Full text of "The Humming bird"

See other formats

n
vw ” a
ST ee weg iw

Ne on ana

Perera
CREER

Lui
…!

yet

“ener

rentes
at TMS -

7
vb

a eat na
sii a oul
eyed van Si sveu tt
Lan
7 hn J
nan
ae

AA
4 =
ee
HAL

ae pet
en

en
Mons IE MN TEEN
CRUE ‘
#
W'AU
oH
20-0 50-06-14 ow
eapowemy zu en: i
à

Sn
Eu Oi YU à

ww?
2
: rw Sy " vey
TA oq
met
er
#
“yr

PAS id

en
Mi
ne
ayia
utd
ba
anew
PART

DETTE
Et

eet
Arte

a
OM nent
DE at EU
a AV

Sushi

DA
Wy
=
ae

MUR
ET

v
bys
vu
per
rom
ee

oe
in

aya
vis

wi inh deh don

: bee
ct
Mai
Etre
ae

a =
a

= =
nets

ees

=
=
a
=e

rs sw uv

Re TT
jeu
M eu ut
à ry
ss
OPA
rt
reel

LAS

bhi)
24 Sisk)
arate
PA

Ss = 4:55 242
LELZ Press
Histo

EX
ye
Lm

toa
ae

vides
ieee
%

sets eteise
Fetes <3
= PES 23 ict aa:

So7acae

Fri.
ES

ALT

æ té
SAP ee et)
aseirazs

i
BE
Hi

5252

peters
cd

SR LSTETUIES
ida. À ist

in
wien

Wwe

nue
Se
rire

LS LI
sesso SS ts
Saas SRE ES STE =

HR HTIE

ely

vu
MUTA EUR TETE
RUN URI ENT ray
nee

AV
party
1

“yee
ly
Ny
Abii I

wt
irony

FEU
ETES

ms
\ tete
nr

Be: es ayn
a PCT EN est

I al
DETENTE

)

Es D

Wu seth tl aieurty cing 24 DRE

NAN SUN En er
il

ARE

21 IE =
eeite rae
esrittrseptecies
etes = Totsise:
iecesese! estes

Wee ey

we:
ins

Wa Sy ula: eins Aime

psag setae a a tt He
#3 : = 52 sans Spisiiis aes?
lé 4 a ETS 5 se #33

Re
Tererrieitietr
RIRES 222
2 .
gi

et. >: >
as re

AME

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY
15,491]
BEQUEST OF

WILLIAM BREWSTER

Pulnscany 21, 1920.

ILLIAM BREWSTER

r
‘
‘
|
‘
f
LE
ie
rt
Py
:
;
*
*
*
.
y"
|
‘
@ 7
t
:
‘ bf
ut ;
; $2
ju
a hi
> TELL
®
fie
1
+
:
}
‘
ie, =
Pe,
rue
3.9 À
w 7
à
i
=
—
>
\
(a mL.
6
t
im LE
as
Ur
r
‘
7
s A4
y
. Le
, —
run 5
A f
.
>» *
L 0

Fi
Paes eee

THE

HUMMING. BIRD.

A QUARTERLY
SCIENTIFIC, ARTISTIC, and INDUSTRIAL REVIEW.

EDITED BY

A. BOUC ARBs

VOLUME TY.

London, 1893.
ENTERED AT STATIONERS’ HALL.

ACTUS

:
RAS ss |

NEW .SPEGIES OF

BIRDS AND INSECTS,

Described in Vol. 111. of the Humming Bird.

AVES.
TROCHILI.
Page.
METALLURA PERUVIANA, Boucard ae Dey a
LESBIA AEQUATORIALIS, Hs 6
OREOTROCHILUS BOLIVIANUS, ,, 7
HYLOCHARIS BRASILIENSIS, MF 7
AMAZILIA FORRERI, à 7
SAUCEROTTIA WELLSI, ec 8
URANOMITRA WHITELYI, " 8
AGYRTRIA SPECIOSA, ” 8
CHRYSURONIA BUCKLEY], Pe 9
PHAETHORNIS GARLEPPI, i, 9
HEMISTEPHANIA GUIANENSIS, +. sé 10
PATAGONA PERUVIANA, 7, Gen ad 60
PATAGONA -BOLIVIANA, “Gen: H: Bard OI
CYANOLESBIA MERIDANA, 7 “+ res 97
CYANOLESBIA COLUMBIANA, & Ad à Ck RO
THALURANIA VALENCIANA, + 102
INSECTA.
COLEOPTERA, CETONIDÆ.
Page.
CETONIA DELAGRANGEI, Boucard... 40
CETONIA SYRIACA ? * 40
PONTENTS. OF VOLUME: ELITE.
PAGE PAGE
Panama : £a .. 1-34 | Chicago Exposition; World’s
Grover Cleveland ; the elected Fair Notes = ect ee
President of the United States 5 |. Reltestatithe Par... ey Li ZE)
Descriptions of several supposed Big Prizes for Live Stock 30
New Species of Humming World’s Fair Souvenirs 30
Birds, by A. Boucard 6-io | Travels of a Naturalist, by
Visits to the Zoological Gardens A. Boucard 1-126

of London by W. Rosenberg 11
Paris International Exhibition of

1900 15
World’s Columbian Exhibition 16-36

Genera of Humming Birds, by

A. Boucard 5-106
The Imperial Institute 6 34
Anver’s International Exhibition 39

CONTENTS OF VOL. II].—continued.

Royal Institution ; é

Description of one supposed New
Species of Cetonia, from Syria,
by A. Boucard

How Animals are Protected
Against Their Enemies, by
W. Rosenberg he

Abundance of Wasps

Notes on Wasps, by A. Boucard

The Ways of Wasps..

Les Guépes ..

Rectification of Name for
Semioptera gouldi ..

Alligators

PAGE

41
48

Destructive Insects of Victoria,
by French

International Exhibitions

The late World’s Fair

International Exhibition of
Lyon (France) 5

International Exhibition of
Paris, 1900

International Exhibition of
Industry, Science and Art in
Hobart Town (Tasmania)

International Exhibition in
San Francisco (California) ..

TRAVELS) OF (AVNADG Ue Ae Sas

By A. BOUCARD.

Preface

At Sea

Baptism of the Line
Dolphins
Whalebone Whale
Tempest

Humming Birds

Conquest of Chili by the Spaniards

Boundaries of Chili

Volcanoes, Lakes, and Rivers oF

Chili
Valparaiso...
Remarkable Chilian Aveta
A Mirage .
Bonito and Dee Fish
Porpoises ;
Guillemot and Grebes
Sea Lions or Seals
California
San Francisco
Count Raousset Euler
Principal Buildings of San

Francisco .
Chinese ù
Californian Humming Birds
Californian Birds and Mammals
Rare Insects and Giant Trees
Discovery of California
Fertility of the Soil
John A. Sutter ate

Colonel Fremont

First Discovery of Gold
Golden Age ..

Mining Laws..

Acapulco

Pearl Fisheries

Ruins of Xochicalco
Indian Pintos
Nicaragua :

Tropical Forests
Animal Life in the Tropics
Lake of Nicaragua
Granada

Plantains

Howling Monkeys
Mot-Mot and Manakins

Humming Birds and Butterflies. .

Cacao and Chocolate ..

Cacao Harvests

Chocolate as Food Se

India-rubber and other Produces

Climate, Lakes and Rivers

History of Nicaragua ..

Spanish Expeditions

Barbarous Execution of RIT

Civil Wars

First President of the Peder aise
Government de

Walker

Mosquito Kingdom

q Vor. III. ‘Part tJ MARCH, 1893. [Price 2/6,

1 PSU SEA MAD LL ET" EN:

| The Dumming Bird

eOX A QUARTERLY xs
SCIENTIFIC, ARTISTIC AND INDUSTRIAL REVIEW

: “EDITED BY

\ NS
NA X ~ & we SN ME S x

fo,

= eee Le

Annual Subscription: United Kingdom, Europe, N. America and Canada,
| 10/- All other Countries, 12/-

Vol. I. and Il, complete, 10/- each.

SCALE OF CHARGES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS:

Whole Page, 20/- Half Page, 15/- - Quarter Page, ro/-
Lowest charge, 2/6 up to five lines, and 6d. per line extra.
Repeated or Continuous Advertisement per contract,

: Published by A. Boucarp, 225, High Holborn, London, W.C.

soe

BOUCARD, A., Works by :—
GUIDE POUR RECOLTER PREPARER ET EXPEDIER
DES OBJETS D’HistTorrE NATURELLE, Brochure

in 8vo., 32 pages, Rennes, 1871 si we Was a =e
The same in Spanish ... CE AA he
NOTES SUR, QUELQUES TROCHILIDES, Brochure .
_ grand, in 8vo., 16 pages, Lyon, 1873 1/6

HAnp-Boox or NATURAL History, 2nd Edition,
Vol. in 8vo., 234 pages, profusely illustrated
with Woodcuts, London, 1874 a 4|-
COLOURED. DIAGRAMS OF NATURAL. History, and
Edition, 20 sheets, 18in. by 24in., comprising 166
Diagrams of typical animals and plants, natural
size, and 37 natural typical specimens of woods,
and ‘minerals, all neatly mounted on rene card-

board i ue a i 4 «- 40/-
The same, varnished aah :. 45/-
NOTES SUR LES TROCHILIDÉS pu MEXIQUE,

Brochure grand in 8vo., 16 pages, Lyon, 1875 ...- 1/6

Monocrapuic, List oF THE COLEOPTERA OF THE
GENUS PLUSIOTIS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS. OF
SEVERAL NEW SPECIES. Pamphlet, in 8vo, with
coloured plate, illustrating five new species es Al

The same, with black plate cy 2/6 |

CATALOGUES AVIUM HUCUSQUE, DESCRIPTORUM, ï
. Vol. in 8vo., cloth, 352 pages, 2546 genera, and
11,031 species recorded. London, 1876. A useful

book for Museums and Ornithologists. Price -
reduced to... vis ce .. 10/-
The same, with French preface ot 10/-
The same, interleaved with blank sheets of paper,
French or English preface Ke 12/-
NOTES ON PHAROMACRUS COSTARICENSIS. Pamphlet
-4to, 8 pages. Brighton, 1857 ... 4|-

ON BIRDS COLLECTED IN CosTA Rica, “by Mr.
Adolphe Boucard. Pamphlet in 8vo, "72 pages,
with coloured plate of ZONOTRICHIA VOLCANI.
Boucard, London, 1878 i: a -. Al-

The same, with black plate | a 2/6

NOTES ON SOME COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS
PLUSIOTIS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE
NEW ''SPECIES FROM MEXICO AND CENTRAL

AMÉRICA. Pamphlet. in 8vo, 4 pages, with

coloured plates, illustrating fine species, P.:

RODRIGUEZI, BADENI, BOUCARDI, MNISZECKI,

and PRASINA .. Xs SE A CAT
: The same, with black plate Le aes 12/0

NOTES SUR LES OBJEIS EXPOSÉS PAR LA Ré-
PUBLIQUE DE GUATEMALA ET PAR M. ADOLPHE
BoucArD À L’EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE
PARIS, 1878, Brochure in 8vo, 32 pages. Paris, 1878 1/-

LISTE DES OIREAUX RECOTTES AU GUATEMALA EN
1877, PAR M. ADoLPHE Bovucarp, Brochure
grand, in 8vo, 48 pages.. Lyon, 1878... A AO)

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES
OF SoUTH AMERICAN Birps. Pamphlet, in 8vo.,

’ with coloured plate, figuring CHIROMACHACRIS
CORONATA. Boucard, London, 1879 ©... Savin ne]

The same, with black plate # I/-

DESCRIPTION D’UNE ESPECE NOUVELLE DE PsEv-
DOEOLAPTES DE COSTA RicA. Paris, 1880 416€!

DESCRIPTIONS DE DEUX ESPÈCES NOUVELLES DE
CICINDELIDES DE PANAMA. Paris, 1880 wade

On A COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM YUCATAN
(MEXICO), WITH NOTES BY Mr. OSBERT SALVIN,
-F.R.S. Pamphlet, in 8vo., 30 pages. London, 1883 . 2/6

NOTICE BIOGRAPHIQUE SUR FRANCOIS SUMICHRAST,
NATURALISTE VOYAGEUR, Brochure in 8vo;, avec

portrait. Paris, 1884 …… 2[-
. VISITE AUX RUINES DE XOCHICALCO (Mexique).
Paris. 1887 … F : 1/-

CATALOGUE DES Omens EXPOSES PAR LA Re-
PUPLIQUE DE GUATEMALA ET PAR M. ADOLPHE
Bovearp A L'EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE

Paris, 1889 °.. 1/-
CATALOGUE DES OISEAUX DE LA COLLECTION ;
Riocour. Paris, 1889 Le sats 1/-

THE HUMMING BIRD. A MonrHriy Sine!
PIFIC, ARTISTIC, AND INDUSTRIAL REVIEW.
Vol. I. London, 1891 os 2 a «- IO/-

Contents of Vol. I.

Preface—What is to be seen everywhere in London—
The McKinley Bill--The Panama Canal—Notes on the
Genus Pharomacrus—An easy way of making £100 a
a year—Reports on Public’ Sales of Feathers and Bird
Skins—Rapport sur la Vente publique, de plumes et
d’Oiseaux à Londres, Décembre, 1890 —The Museum
of la Plata, and my idea of a typical and_ practical
Museum of Natural History—Reports on Public Sales
of Postage Stamps—Notes on rare species of Humming
Birds, and Descriptions of several supposed new species

_Answers to Correspondents—Description of a supposed :

;
1
|
~ Snake, and Fish skins for industrial purposes—World’s —
4
|
}
F
3

REVIEW OF NEW PUBLICATIONS, comprising :— 4

OBITUARY :—

GENERA OF HUMMING BIRDS, by A. Boucarp, 3

— Second International Ornithelogieals Coferes a _.

new species of Parrot in Boucatd’s Museum—Notes on.
the Crowned Superb Warbler (Malurus coronatus (Gould)
—A Visit to the Gardens of Zoological Society of Lon-
don—British Museum (Zoological Department)—Royal «
Aquarium—Books and. Journals received—Obituary— .
Description of a supposed new species of Paradise bird :
in Boucard’s Museum—The Pilgrim Locust—Descrip- |
tion of a supposed new species of Tanager—Notes on a

the great Bower Bird (Chlamydodera nuchalis, Jard)—.
Collections made in Thibet and Central Asia—A Visit to “
the British Museum (Natural History Department)—
The Plantain or Banana Plant—Inauguration of the
statue of Pierre Belon, the Naturalist — A Giant.
Land Crab—Review of new Scientific Books—Report.
on the Public Sale of the celebrated Collection of Shells,

‘formed by the late Sir David Barclay, and sold at

Steven’s on Monday, the 6th of July, and following days
—Recommendations for the prevention of damage by

some common Insects of the Farm, the Orchard, and ~

the Garden—La Vie champétre. La Destruction de la

Larve du Hanneton (Melolontha vulgaris) —Crocodile,

Columbian Exposition, Bâtiment de l’Administation.

The same, Vol. II. London, 1892. Adz Le (cy
Contents of Vol. II.

Description of a supposed new Species of Humming Birds,

Museum—The World’s Fair, Inter-
national Exposition of Chicago—Review of New
Scientific Books—Notes on the ‘Rare Pheasant, 4
Rheinardius ocellatus—Books received—Celebrated —
Gallery of Old Masters, of the late General Marquess ©
de Garbarino—Customs Tariff of Great Britain and

Ireland—Obituary—Biographical Notes on Henry «
Walter Bates, F.R.S., etc. (with portrait)—American «
Pearls—Fish from Volcanoes—A very large Tree—A «
Curious Rat Catcher—List of Birds collected, by Mr. 1
Hardy at Porto-Real, Brazil, with description of one ~
supposed New Species—Déscription of a supposed New |
Species of the genus Manticora, ‘‘ Cicindelide,” from ~
Damara Land, South Africa—Description d’une espèce —

in Boucard’s

nouvelle de Diptère parasite de Costa Rica, Ornithom- «
yia geniculata—The Completion of the Panama Canal. 1
—A complete list, up to date, of the Humming Birds ,
found in Columbia, with descriptions of several supposed

New Species—Christopher Columbus—Festivities and
Exhibitions, held in honour of Christopher Columbus in
America, Spain, Italy and France—America—Le Canal.
de Panama—International Exhibition in Monaco—A |
new Emission of Postage Stamps.

Annual Report ofthe Board of Regents ‘of the Smithso-
nian Institution, 1890-1891—Catalogue of Birds in the «
British Museum, Vol. XX., 1891, Vol. XVI., 1892, ©
Vol. XXII., 1892—Zoological Record, Vol. XXVIIL.,
1892—Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,
1892—The Ibis, Vol. IV., Sixth Series, 1892— —Mémoires |
de la Société Zoologique de France, Vol. V., 1892—
Memorias y Revista de la Sociedad cientifica, Antonio
Alzate, 1892— Actes de la Sociéte scientifique du Chili. M
Vol. I., 1892—The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, L
1892, etc. f°
August von: Pelzen—Dom Beach: @’Alcantara—M. —
Alphand—Monseigneur Freppel—Armand de Quatre: -
fages de Breau—Duke of Clarence—Henry Walter
Bates—Etienne Arago—Hermann Charles Burmeister M
—Carl August Dohrn—Marshal da Fonseca—Ernest .
Renan—Alfred Tennyson—Xavier Marmier.

pages 1 to 56.

SAUVETAGE DU PANAMA, 4éme edition, Brochure ,
in 8vo., 32 pages. Tours, 1892.. 6d.

CATALOGUE DES COLLECTIONS D'HISTORIE
NATURELLE RÉCOLTÉES AU MEXIQUE PAR M.
ADOLPHE BOUCARD 1

CATALOGUE DE MAMMIFÈRES, OrsEAUx REPTILES, A
Poissons ET COQUILLES DE LA CALIFORNIE,

LOUISIANE, MEXIQUE ET URUGUAY... I/-
CATALOGUE DE CARABIQUES ET COLCOPTÈRES a

DIVERS, 1477 espéces.. | x/-
CATALOGUE D'HÉTEROMÈRES ET DE CURCULIO '

NIDES, 2242 espèces : ... 1/- ©
CATALOGUE D'OISEAUX, REPTILES ET POISSONS, "4

1157 espèces . 1/-
LISTE DE COLÉOPTÈRES BXOTIQUES, 2636 espèces 1/6 4

Liste DES CoLÉOPTÈRES EN VENTE CHEZ
ADOLPHE BOUCARD, 7956 espèces 4/- 04

LISTE DES OISEAUX EN VENTE CHEZ M. “ADOLPHE NT
Boucarp, 4584 espèces +. 4/- 0

La série complète des huit Catalogues et ‘Listes Be 12/- :

Che Aumming Hird.

PANAMA.

yr is with great sorrow that. I have been reading, day by
YA) day, all the accounts published on this anys Onan affair.
As one greatly interested in this gigantic enterprise, for the
salvation of which I am doing all | possibly can, I am very
much distressed with the events which have lately taken
place, leaving no possible doubt about the mismanagement of
the Direction from the beginning. It reads like a romance;
but unfortunately there are thousands of victims, of which a
large number have been completely ruined.

It is not my intention to incriminate any one, which is
the work of Justice : but, nevertheless, I think that so many
have incurred great responsibilities in contributing, one way
or another, to the Panama disaster, that I can only see
one way to deal with such a calamity. The French
Government, which is partly responsible for what has hap-
pened, ought to find the means to indemnify the victims of
_ their losses in a certain measure. This could be done easily
by authorising a grand Lottery, from whose proceeds
half should be put away to repay, little by little, in its totality
or in part, the losses sustained by the thousands of honest
people who have subscribed the Panama Bonds, carried away
in so doing, by the moral support given to the Panama
Company by the Government, as also by the famous promises
constantly repeated by the Directors of the Company.
Another way should be for the Government to propose to the
Parliament to vote a certain sum to that effect.

Some other means must surely exist to attain the same
end; but what is certain is this: that the thousands of victims
will not be satisfied until something of that sort is done in
their favour. It will be quite impossible for the majority of
them to understand why, as I said before, a Government,
partly responsible for the loss of their economies, should not
find the means to reimburse their losses in totality, or in a
certain measure. I have every reason to believe that if such
a step was taken by the French Government, it would be the

2 The Humming Bird.

most sensible, honest, and adequate one in the present cir-
cumstances.

I am afraid that nothing short of this will satisfy the
victims of the Panama Company. [ED.]

Réunion plénière des Actisnnatres et Obligataires de

Panama.

Une réunion pléniére des Actionnaires et Obligataires
de Panama convoquée par les Directeurs de |’Avenir du
Panama et du Bulletin Officiel du Comité Central (mais qui
malheureusement na pas eté annoncée comme elle aurait dû
l'être) a eu lieu à Paris, au Tivoli, Waux-Hall le 15 Janvier.
Environ 2000 porteurs étaient presents, parmi lesquels un
certain nombre de Présidents et Vice Présidents des Comités
régionaux. Le Commandant Saleta qui présidait cette
réunion a prononcé un discours qui a été très bien accueilli
par l'assistance. Aprés lui Monsieur Keratry a retracé un
historique très succint du Panama, depuis ses débuts jusquà ce
jour, qui a été écouté avec beaucoup d'attention. Il a démontré
comme quoi l'actif actuel n’était pas à dédaigner et après
avoir vivemeut critiqué la gestion du Liquidateur officiel, Mr.
Monchicourt, 1l a insisté tout particulièrement sur la nécessité
de reconstituer l’entreprise avec la co-opération des capitaux
américains. Ensuite Mr. Focké, Directeur de l'Avenir de
Panama a raconté les démarches faites par lui près de
Monsieur Monchicourt, démarches qui n’ont pas été accueillies
par ce dernier comme elles le méritaient. Il a cité deux per-
sonnalités françaises Messieurs Bonnardel & Christophle qui
seraient disposés a prendre la direction d’une nouvelle Com-
pagnie pour le relévement de cette affaire en faisant observer
toutefois que la co-opération de Mr. Christophle, lié comme il
l’etait par les statuts qui régissent le Crédit Fonçier, dépendait
de l'autorisation du Gouvernement Français, qui vi les cir-
constances actuelles ne pouvait guère la lui refuser.

Les résolutions suivantes ont été votées à l’unanimité.

1ére Résolution.

Sont nommés Membres d’un Comité d'éxécution. M.M. de
Kératry, de Vos, Moitessier, Hennet de Goutel, Saleta, Alfred
Harel, Albert Harel, Baillet, Martinie, et Focké.

The H. umming Bird. 3

2éme Résolution.

Le Comité élu est chargé par |’assemblée plénière de
porter à Mr. le Président de la République, à M.M. les
Ministres des affaires étrangères, des finances et de la justice,
les résolutions et les voeux adoptés par elle en ce jour.

3éme Résolution.

Sont nommés comme Délegués auprès du Gouvernement
colombien et des Capitalistes Américains, Messieurs de
Kératry et Martinie.

4éme Résolution.

Une Délégation particulière de trois membres prise en
dehors du Comité de reconstitution, sera nommée pour arréter
d'accord avec Mr. Monchicourt, les mesures capables de faire
obtenir la restitution, taut des Actions du Panama Railroad,
données en gage à divers, que des sommes détournées à
quelque titre que ce soit de la caisse soçiale de la Societé de
Panama, en liquidation. Sont nommés Membres de cette

délégation. M.M. Odelin, Habert et Labrousse.

5éme Résolution.

L'assemblée décide que Mr. Monchicourt Liquidateur
Judiçiaire, devra avec les fonds disponibles et appartenant aux
intéressés, faire face aux dépenses nécessitées par l’envoi des
deux délégués, tant a Bogota qu'aux Etats-Unis.

J'approuve les résolutions votées par l'assemblée des
Actionnaires et Obligataires daus la réunion du 15 Janvier et
j'ajoute pour ma part quil n’a jamais été question d’exclure les
capitalistes Américains ou autres qui sont préts a aider au
relévement du Panama.

. Dès le principe, cette grande entreprise a été inter-
nationale et il est juste et nécessaire qu’élle conserve ce
caractère. Dans mes précédentes brochures sur le Panama,
jai constamment fait valoir que cette œuvre grandiose ne
pouvait étre sauvée que par les anciens porteurs, lesquels
appartiennent à toutes les nationalités. Une entreprise de
cette envergure et d'un intérêt général pour le Monde entier
doit être le bien de tous en genéral et non d’un seul pays en
particulier. La France doit se contenter d’être l’initiatrice
d’une des plus belles conceptions du dix neuviéme Siècle.
C'est une gloire plus que suffisante pour un pays qui est
toujours prêt a se mettre à la tête des entreprises d’un intérêt
géneral pour le monde entier.

4 The Humming Bird.

Maintenant il ne reste plus aux hautes personnalités
qui veulent bien se dévouer au relévement de cette entreprise
que de faire connaitre leur programme et de ne pas avoir
peur de se mettre en avant. Méme s'ils ne réusissaient pas
complétement, ils auront toujours droit ala gratitude de TOUS.

Il est certain que si on adopte mon projet financier, soit
dans sa totalité soit en partie, on pourra compter sur le
concours de presque tous les anciens porteurs, car il est
indispensable de demander en espéces, le minimum possible, et
d’échelonner les paiements de façon à les rendre faciles aux
intéréssés.

En outre si on acceptait ma combinaison de reprendre
toutes les anciennes valeurs du Panama a un taux moyen
uniforme, on simplifierait beaucoup la formation et la réussite
de la nouvelle Societé, en permettant à ceux qui veulent se
retirer, de vendre leurs titres, à un prix raisonnable, à ceux
qui ont foi dans le Canal. Pour une entreprise comme celle
de Panama, il ne faut que des Collaborateurs qui aient LA FOI,
et qui soient prêts, non seculement à fournir des fonds la
nouvelle Societé, mais même à l’occasion, a donner GRATUITE-
MENT une partie de leur temps, et faire profiter la nouvelle
Société deileur expérience des affaires. |

Il serait Aussi a souhaiter que les journaux de toutes
nuances, prétassent leur appui au relévement de cette grande
affaire, sznon gratuitement, ce qui serait peut être bien
difficile, mais cependant possible, tout au moins à des condi-
tions modestes, acceptables et toutes autres de ce qui a eu
lieu jusqua a jour, car il est vraiment ridicule de parler de
patriotisme et autres belles phrases de ce genre, quand ona été
largement payé pour cela.

En dû temps; s’il y a lieu, je communiquerai aux Action-
naires et Obligataires de Panama une modification a ma
combinaison financiére, qui simplifierait encore de beaucoup
la constitution d’une ioe ole Société et qui ne nécessiterait
de la part des anciens porteurs qu'une mise de fonds presque
insignifiante, tout en conservant Ja propriété exclusive du
Canal dans leurs mains.

The Humming Bird. 5

COVER CLEVELAND,

THE ELECTED PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES.

Mr. Stephen Grover Cleveland, who will take office in
March, 1893, for four years, as the twenty-fourth President of
the United States, was President from 1884 to 1888. He
was born at Coldwell, New Jersey, March 18, 1837, his father
being a Presbyterian minister. Before he began to study
law at Buffalo in 1855, he had been a clerk in a village store,
and a book-keeper and assistant-teacher in a Blind Institution.
He was called to the Bar in 1859, was elected Sheriff of Erie
county from 1870 to 1873, and in 1881 was elected Mayor of
Buffalo. In this post he introduced various reforms in the
administration of city affairs, which led to his election in the
following year as Governor of the State of New York. He
was nominated for the Presidency at the National Democratic
Convention at Chicago, in 1884, and in the following
November defeated Mr. Blaine, and was elected. Being
defeated at the 1889 election, he resumed the practice of the
law in New York City.

The main reasons given for the Democratic success are
dissatisfaction with the McKinley tariff, and opposition to the
Force Bill, combined with a continuance of the desertion of
the Republicans in the Western States to the People’s party.

We have every reason to believe that one of the first
acts of the Democratic Government will be the repeal of the
McKinley tariff, which will be replaced by a new legislation,
more adequate to modern times.

Now is the time when Unzted States ought to take the
lead of Nations, and give a fair trial to ree Trade in its
entirety.

By so doing, I am convinced that a new era of pros-
perity and greatness (impossible to estimate) would begin
for the United States, and give to that country a prominent
place among the Nations of the World.

6 The Humming Bird.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVERAL SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES
OF HUMMING-BIRDS.
by A. Boucard.

METALLURA PERUVIANA, N.Sp.

Male—Upperside bronzy-green. Median rectrices dark
greenish-bronze with bluish-purple reflections in certain
lights; beneath shining bluish-purple with reddish-purple
reflections. Throat luminous grass-green. Sides of neck
and breast golden-green. Abdomen and _ flanks bronze-
green. Anal region white. Undertail-coverts bronze-green
margined with pale buff. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.

Total length, 3fin. Wang, 22. Tail, 18. Culmen, +

Female.—Upperside bronzy-green. Tail like that of male
with the two outermost rectrices tipped with grayish-white.
Underside pale buff, whiter on abdomen and flanks, minutely
spotted with bronze-green. Throat and breast spotted with
golden-green. Anal region white. Wings purplish-brown.
Maxilla black, mandible flesh colour at base, rest black.
Size like that of male.

This new species was discovered in Peru, by Mr. Whitely.
It is closely allied to MW. smaragdinicollis ; but is a larger
bird and easily distinguished from that species by the
greenish colour of the tail above, and the undersurface
more golden.

LESBIA AEQUATORIALIS, N.Sp.

Male.—Upperside, sides of throat and breast, vent and
flanks grass-green. Chin and throat metallic grass-green.
Lower part of abdomen and undertail-coverts pale rufous.
Rest of plumage as Z. victoriæ. Tail longer with tips of
central rectrices greener than in L. victorie.

Total length, ofin.” Wine 22.) ail AN enlmen 95:

Female ——Upperside grass-geen. Underside pale rufous
washed with green. Throat white speckled with green. A
small patch of pale golden feathers in the centre of throat.
Tail, half the length of that of male and coloured similarly.

I have separated this species from Z. victorzxv, because in
the large number of specimens which I have (over one
hundred) collected at Rio Napo, by Buckley, the differences
in colour mentioned above are constant, and it is impossible
to confound the two species.

The Humming Bird. 7

OREOTROCHILUS BOLIVIANUS, N.Sp.

Male.—Upperside olive-brown passing to shining reddish
bronze on uppertail coverts. Median rectrices dark shining
bronze-green, lateral white edged outwardly with dark brown,
outermost ones white at base internally, and the remainder
dark greenish black. Throat glittering green with an imper-
ceptible dark blue margin at base. Breast and abdomen
grayish-white passing to grayish-buff on flanks. A narrow
line of greenish-blue in the middle of the abdomen. Under-
tail coverts grayish-brown. Wings brown externally and
purplish internally. Bull black and curved.

Norallenetim Sins “Wing... Tal 2% NCulmen, 1.

Female.—Upperside like that of male. Lateral and outer-
most rectrices with white tips. Underside grayish-brown.
Throat spotted with green.

This new species is closely allied to O. leucopleurus from
which it differs by the band of throat which is scarcely
perceptible, the line in centre of abdomen very narrow and
greenish-blue, and the tail and the uppertail-coverts
differently coloured. It forms the passage between ©.
estellæ and leucopleurus.

My specimens were collected in Bolivia by Buckley

HYLOCHARIS BRASILIENSIS, N.Sp.
Male.—Upperside shining green, golden on back. Median

rectrices bronze with purplish reflections, lateral chestnut
edged with purplish-black. Chin rufous. Throat and breast
metallic greenish-blue. Flanks and abdomen green. Wings
. purple. Bill flesh colour with black tips.

lotaltlenoth 9 in Wing; 2.) Vail, 13. 2 Culmen, £.
Female —Unknown.

I have only one fine male specimen of this new species
received from Brazil. It differs considerably from JA.
sapphirina and gutanensis, by the colour of throat and
breast, and the golden colour of its general plumage.

AMAZILIA FORRERI, N.Sp.

Male ?—Upperside shining golden-green, brownish on
head. Rump and uppertail-coverts chestnut. Median
rectrices purplish-chestnut passing to reddish-bronze at tips,
lateral purplish-chestnut with dark reddish-black edges near
the tips, outermost one chestnut. Throat and sides of neck
golden-green. Chest, abdomen and vent white. Flanks pale

8 The Humming Bird.

rufous. Undertail-coverts pale chestnut margined with white.
Wings brown passing to purple on shoulders. Maxilla black.
Mandible flesh colour with black tip.

Votal lengthy Aine Wine, eo. ee aie eee CulmenEe

I have only one specimen of this new species, which I
bought in San Francisco (California). It was sold to me
with many other birds as having been collected in Mazathan
by Mr. Forrer, to whom I am happy to dedicate it.

SAUCEROTTIA WELLS I, N.Sp.

Male—F¥ orehead metallic grass-green. Upperside dark shin-
ing green passing to bronze on lower part of back, rump, and
uppertail-coverts. Tail shining dark purplish-blue. Upper-
side metallic grass-green. A tuft on flanks, anal region and
thighs, white. Undertail-coverts, bronze margined with gray.
Wings purple-brown. Maxilla black. Mandible flesh colour
with black tips.

Total length, 33-4 Wingy 25.) al A .Culmen =

Female.—Exactly like the male, but shghtly less brilliant.
Centre of anal region grayish.

This species is closely allied to S. exythronota ; but can be
easily distinguished from it by the colour of the upperside
and tail. It was sent to me by Mr. Wells, from Grenada
(West Indies), and I have the pleasure to dedicate it to him.

URANOMITRA WHITELYI, N.Sp.
Male.—Head and sides of neck metallic green. Upperside

bronze-green. Median rectrices bronze, lateral bronze with a
sub-terminal blackish bar. Throat, breast and abdomen pure
white. Flanks golden-green. Undertail-coverts white with
the centre pale gray. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.
Total length, 32in.. Wing, 2. «Vail, 1 NCulmen, ¢-
Female.—Head and sides of neck shining green; but not
so brilliant as in male. Upperside bronze-green. Underside
white. Flanks white, washed with green. Tail bronze, lateral
with a brown sub-terminal bar, and tips margined with gray. -

This new species is closely allied to ©. mzllerz; but
easily distinguished from that species by the colour of its bill.

It was discovered in British Guiana, by the late Mr. Henry
Whitely, to whose memory | dedicate it.
AGYRTRIA SPECIOSA, N.Sp.

Male.—Upperside dark bluish bronzy-green. Throat and
breast dark glittering-blue. Flanks gray washed with bluish-

The Humming Brrd. 9

green. Middle of the abdomen vent, undertail-coverts and
tuft on each side of vent pure white. Median rectrices
bronze, lateral bluish-black with slight gray tips. Maxilla
black. Mandible flesh colour with black tip. Wings
purplish-brown.

Total length, 3kin. Wing, 22 Tail, 12. Culmen, 44.

Female ?—Same colouring as the male, with throat and
breast shining pale blue. Lateral rectrices tipped white.

My specimens of this new species were collected in Brazil
by Mr. Gounelle. It is allied to A. bartletti and lactea, but
easily distinguished from both, being of the same size as
A. lactea, with the colouring of throat and breast of A.
bartletti, and undertail-coverts pure white.

With A. Zactea it belongs to the genus Agyrtrza, and not
to that of Æylocharis, this last genus being easily distin-
guished from Agyrtria by the flesh colour of its bill and the
rectrices of tail, which are wide and nearly equal in size. In
the genus Agyrtria the central rectrices are shorter, the others
are narrower, and the white band in the middle of the
abdomen is a special characteristic of that genus, with all
the brightly coloured species.

CHRYSURONIA BUCKLEYI, N.Sp.

Male.—Head dark shining blue. Upperside golden-green.
Tail and upper-tail coverts shining golden-bronze. Under-
side metallic emerald-green, passing to golden on abdomen
and flanks. Undertail coverts, golden, fringed with gray.
Wings purplish-brown, Maxilla black, mandible flesh colour,
with black tip.

Hetal length, ggin. Wine 2150 Vail,13---- Gulmen,

ala

Female.—Unknown.

This species is closely allied to C. sosephine, from which
it is easily distinguished by not having any blue on the chin,
its smaller size, and the bill much shorter.

It was discovered in Bolivia, 1876, by the late Buckley, and
I dedicate it to his memory.

PHÆTHORNIS GARLEPPI, N.Sp.

Male.—Upperside pale greenish-bronze, slightly darker on
crown, rump of the same colour, margined with rusty red.
Mn rectrices, bronze-green fr three-fourths of their
length, the next one, bronze- -green for half its length, with a
broad, Rie band, ew the remainder white, the alee rectrices

10 The Humming Bird.

including outermost ones, bronze-green for about half their
length, then black margined with white at tips. Lores and
ear-coverts black, with a pale buff stripe over and under.
Underside cinnamon, paler on throat and in the centre of the
abdomen. Ventwhite. Undertail coverts pale-buff. Wings
purplish-brown, Maxilla black, mandible flesh colour with
black tip.

Total length, 58in. Wing, 22. Tail, 2%. Culmen, 13.

This new species, which is closely allied to P. pretrez, can
be easily distinguished from that species by its lateral and
outermost rectrices, which are broad and nearly rounded,
instead of narrow and pointed as in P. pretrez. The central
and the next one are also shorter; the bill is also much .
shorter. It forms the passage between P. pretrez and
gounellet. My typical specimen is an adult male, collected in
Bueyes (Bolivia), by the well-known collector, Mr. Gustav
Garlepp, in 1890, and I have much pleasure in dedicating it
to him.

HEMISTEPHANIA GINANENSIS, N.Sp.

Male—F¥orehead shining dark blue, nape dark reddish
bronze appearing almost black in certain lights. Upperside
dark bronze-green. Uppertail, coverts grayish-blue. Tail black
with bluish reflections. Throat, breast and flanks very dark
green-bronze. Abdomen and undertail coverts very dark
blue. Wings purplish, bill black.

Totallength) 4 ho Wane, 250) daar. Crimes

Female. Forehead shining green, head purplish-bronze.
Upperside golden-green passing to grayish-blue on uppertail
coverts. Tail bluish-black with grayish-white tips on lateral
and outermost rectrices. Chin rufous. Underside dark gray,
washed with golden-bronze. Undertail coverts bluish, mar-
gined with gray. Wings purplish. Bill black.

Total leneth} 32%in. Wan 2 Mile Aile

This new species is closely allied to H. johannex, but
easily distinguishable by the colour of the throat, breast and
flanks of the male, which are dark green-bronze, instead of
bluish-black. This difference in coloration is greater still in
the female, the underside of which is dark gray, washed with
golden-bronze instead of the pale bluish-green of /7. johannæ.

My specimens were collected by the late Mr. Henry
Whitely in the mountains of Merime, and along Carimang
River (British Guiana).

The Humming Bird. II

Mistise £Or THE

ZeewOGicCAlL GARDENS

OF LONDON.

1.—The Insect House in Winter.

One would imagine the Insect House to be, during the
winter months, one of the most uninteresting buildings in the
Gardens, and indeed, there is little activity in the world of
insects at that season of the year. But still, there is much
that is worthy of more than a passing glance to be seen in
the few cases which still remain on the tables, besides which
there are many rare and curious birds placed here on account
of the extra warmth which this house affords. I may here
state, for the information of those who have not yet had the
oppuntunity to visit these delightful Gardens, that the Insect
House is situated on the north bank of the Regent’s Canal,
close to the North or Primrose Hill Entrance. It is a class
structure, like a large greenhouse, and heated with DORE
pipes, by means of which an even temperature is maintained
day and night. Iron troughs, filled with water, are placed
over the pipes, the evaporation from which produces that
warm, humid atmosphere so necessary to the welfare of the
many inhabitants of tropical climes which are to be seen here.
The centre tables, which now merely contain a number of
beautiful plants, are given up to cases of living insects during
the summer, shewing every stage and metamorphosis from the
egg to the perfect insect. Several fine indiarubber trees en-
hance the pleasing appearance which the interior of the
building presents, and the cleanliness and good order, which
is maintained in all the houses in the Gardens, is reached to
perfection here. One thing, which often excites the wonder
of those who visit the Insect House for the first time, is that
the legs of all the tables are placed in small bowls of water.
This is to prevent the cases being invaded by a small species
of red ant, with which the house is infested, and which would
quickly destroy the inmates were they able to effect an
entrance.

The cases which contain the insects are not unlike square
fern-cases, the front, back, and sides being of glass, and the
top of perforated zinc, thus affording plenty of light and air
to the occupants. On entering the house, and turning to the

12 The Humming Brrd.

left, half-a-dozen cases, containing cocoons of various large
Se Moths, belonging to the family Saturnidae, are seen.
Each case has a preserved specimen of the perfect insect
placed over it for the enlightenment of those not versed in
the science of entomology. By means of these, we see that
the first case contains cocoons of the Indian Moon-Moth
(Actias selene), amagnificent insect with wings of a beautiful
green colour, each wing having a crescent-shaped mark in its
centre, whence the name, Moon-Moth; the hind pair, more-
over, are elongated into tails, which add greatly to the
appearance of the insect. Two other cases contain cocoons
of Attacus atlas, the Great Atlas Moth, alsoa native of India,
a veritable giant among insects, the wings of which often
attain a width of twelve inches or more. Perny’s Silk-Moth
(Antherea pernyt), is interesting on account of the facility
with which the larvæ can be reared in this country. These
latter are black when first hatched, afterwards changing to
bright-green, with rows of yellow tubercles down the back
and sides. These thrive best on oak leaves in England, but
~ will also feed on hawthorn and several other trees.

Another species, somewhat larger than the preceding, is
the Tusseh Silk-Moth (A. Mylitta), some cocoons of which
are in another case. These cocoons are remarkable for their
peculiar oval shape, and the long, leathery stalks with which
they are attached to the food-plant. They are wonderfully
tough, and how the moth can make its way out on emerging
irom the pupa case isa puzzle to the uninitiated anise
process is effected as follows :—The moth, on issuing from
the pupa-case, exudes a brown liquid, which softens the top
of the cocoon, enabling the insect to break the threads and
work its way out.

The visitor now comes to a cage containing a pretty bird
from East Africa, the Madagascar Pratincole (Glareola
ocularis) ; it is light-brown in colour, with black wings, dark
head, and a white streak from the base of the bill across the
cheeks. It 1s said that these birds are great locust eaters,
following in flocks the swarms of these insects, and destroying
great numbers of the pests, and that they are protected by
the natives for this reason. Next to this interesting bird is a
tank in which are two Electric Eels /Gymnotus asterras), from
South America. They are ugly brutes, with small eyes and
sluggish movements. Visitors are allowed to receive electric
shocks from these living batteries on payment of a fee of a

The Humming Bird. 13

shilling to the keeper in charge. A cage, containing a pair
of birds from the Argentine Republic, comes next. These are
graceful creatures, but somewhat shy at present. They are
called short- winged Tyrants (Machetornis rixosa), and are
brown on the backs and wings, with grey heads, whitish
throats and yellow breasts.

The north side of the Insect House has a large cage or
aviary built into the wall in each corner, each cage extending
nearly half the length of the wall. That which is next to
the Tyrant Birds, is tenanted by a large and handsome bird,
the’ Radiated ie Cuckoo (Carpococeyx radiatus), from
Smet woe was been here tor many years. Ele is a
remarkable looking fellow, and is evidently fully conscious of
his superior appearance, putting on a dignified alle the is
most amusing, as if Ze was the real attraction and the other
birds, &c., were merely placed in the house to fill up. Ina
recess, which comes between the aviaries, are placed two
cages, one containing a specimen of Horsfield’s Scaps Owl
(Scops lempyz), from Malacca, and the other an enormous
Cockatoo (Cacatua triton), from New Guinea. After these
comes the other aviary, in which all keepers of foreign cage
birds will recognize some very familiar pets, namely, the
Undulated Grass Parrakeet, or Budgerigar (Melopsittacus
undulatus), whose habitat is ousted. It is these little
birds which are usually seen on the stands of the Italian
fortune-telling women in the streets of London, their extreme
hardihood and docility rendering them very valuable assistants
to their dark-skinned mistresses. On the inquirer into the
mysteries of the future tendering the sum of one penny to
one of these fortune-tellers, one of these pretty little birds
advances to a long box, which is placed in the front of the
cage, and picks thercicom a slip of paper, on which is printed
what purports to be a full prophecy of the future life of the
customer.

In a small cage, hung within that of the parrakeets, is a
pair of very rare Seas care Sahara Bunting (fringillarta
sahara), from North Africa, presented by Lord Lilford, Pees,
in November, 1892. In the north-east corner of the house is
a cage containing a couple of specimens of the Large Hill
My mah Ee Dee intermedia), a member of the Paradiseidæ,
or Paradise Bird family, closely allied to the Crows. It is a
native of India, and, if properly trained, becomes a most
charming talker and mimic. I did not hear these particular

14 The Humming Bird.

individuals speak, but it 1s very probable that they had the
power, as these birds are often very obstinate, refusing to
utter a sound while being noticed, and then, when no one is
looking, breaking out into peals of laughter, and carrying on
quite a conversation in tones, the clearness of which would
quite eclipse those of most parrots. There was a pair of
Mynahs in this house in 1885 which were most amusing. I
do not remember whether they belonged to this species or
another, the Small Hill Mynah Cc FReligiosa), but they
answ ered certain questions in a manner which gave one the
belief that they understood what was said to them. For
instance, on a person entering the house, their usual greeting
was, ‘Good morning, how are you?” in accents which made
it difficult to believe that it was a bird speaking. On the
visitor giving a suitable reply, and inquiring after their healths
in the same manner, one would answer in shrill tones, ‘ Al-
right, alright,” while the other imitated the gruff accents of
an old man, saying, “‘ Quite well, quite well.” At other times,
. on being asked how they did, they would suddenly develop
most alarming coughs. After a little while, they often ap-
peared to tire of their visitor, and would throw out a broad
hint for his departure by exclaiming, ‘‘ Good-bye, good-bye.”
One of their favourite amusements was to recall anyone who
had just left the house by whistling and shouting, “Hi! hi! hi!”
and then, on the perplexed individual returning to see who
called hin) they would burst into laughter, in apparent enjoy-
ment of his discomfiture.

Next to the Mynahs are some small insect cases, one of
which contains some greenish-yellow scorpions, from South
Africa. These are curled up, and appear at first sight to be
dead, but the keeper informed me that he picked one up one
day in this position, thinking it was dead, when it suddenly
struck at his finger with his venomous tail, and then ran
under some moss with the greatest rapidity. Fortunately
the blow was not given with sufficient force to pierce the
skin.

In another case are several South African Millepedes,
animals allied to the well-known Centipedes. These are very
curious creatures, several inches in length, and dark brown in
colour, the whole length of the body being furnished with
innumerable pairs of legs, of a red or reddish-brown colour.
They feed on decayed vegetables.

Following the small cases are two larger ones, each
containing a Mygale, or Tarantula Spider, from Trinidad.

The Humming Bird. 15

Another case is occupied by a smaller species from Demerara,
while in a fourth is an enormous Brazilian species, which |
believe to be the largest ever exhibited in the Insect House.
As, however, he persisted in turning his back on visitors, and
keeping himself half-concealed in an empty flower-pot, I was
not able to observe much of his peculiarities, except that the
greater part of the abdomen is of a light colour, and
destitute of hairs, the remainder of the body and legs being
covered with short, dark-brown hairs, interspersed with long,
stiff, yellowish hairs. These gigantic spiders are usually fed
on large cock-roaches, varied occasionally by a young mouse.

In the next case there are several specimens of a large
Mollusc (Bulimus oblongus), from Africa. These are not
unlike enormous whelks, but they live on the land, and not in
the sea, as the whelk does.

The last case contains some pupz of an American
butterfly (Papzlio chrysphontes), greatly resembling the pupe
of our own swallow-tailed butterfly (P. Wachaon).

Altogether the visitor leaves the Insect House with a
most favourable impression of what he has seen, and with the
thought that, if it can be so interesting in dreary December,
what must it be in June, when the whole insect world is
called into full activity ?

W. F. H. ROSENBERG.

PARIS INTERNATIONAL

EXER CrION- OF 27960:

In November last a Commission, numbering amongst its
members many French notabilities in Sciences and Arts, and
nearly the whole of the Directors of the Exhibition of 1880,
excepting the late Mr. Alphand, who will be much missed,
has been nominated by His Excellency, the Minister of
Commerce, to prepare the means suitable for the realization
of the project of an International Exhibition to be held in
Paris in the year 1900, from May to November of that year.
There is no doubt, whatever, that all will be ready in time,
and that it will be all that can be desired.

But it will be a great task for all the members of the
Commission, as France must not remain behind N. America.
What marvels France must prepare for the millions of visitors
who will visit Paris during that year, it is impossible

16 The Humming Bird.

to have any idea; especially after such an exhibition as
that which is going to take place this year at Chicago; but
all those who know France well, aré certain that it will
succeed, and that the Exhibition of 1900 will be one of the
grandest manifestations of Peace and Labour ever held, and
just the suitable thing to inaugurate solemnly and peacefully
the beginning of the 7wentieth Century.

Several magnificent plans have already been studied.
Some recommend Vincennes, others Auteuil, Courbevoie, and
Bagatelle ; but it is probable that one of those recommending
the neighbourhoods of the celebrated Bois de Boulogne will
be the selected one, as no other place is so well adapted for
the gorgeous display which is contemplated.

In fact, the Bois de Boulogne, close to Paris, offers all the
required conditions; such as the facility of transport of the
Visitors to the grounds, unlimited space, beautiful and
picturesque sceneries, proximity to the Seine for nautical
exhibits, and many other advantages which alone it possesses.

It is our intention to follow attentively all the phases of
this grand enterprise, and to give in this “ Review” a report
of all the doings of the Commission. [ED. ]

WORLD'S

COLUMBIAN]2..H Tl ikea:

According to what we hear from all the distinguished
travellers who visited Chicago last year, it appears that it will
be the most magnificent exhibition ever held, everything
being done on such a grand scale, that probably many years
will pass before another can surpass it.

All the Nations of the World will be there, to do honour to
the memory of the great navigator, Don Christobal de Colon,
the discoverer of America, and will rejoice together over such

a magnificent spectacle of PEACE AND LABOUR.

All of them are doing their utmost efforts to appear there
at their best, and all those who will be able to visit Chicago,
the fairy City of the West, will never forget the marvellous
spectacle to be seen there. I hope that an immense number
of people, from all parts of the World, will be able to do so
and to enjoy this wonderful sight, and will return home
convinced that there is nothing like Srotherhood and
Fraternity among all Nations. [ED.]

| BOUCARD, PODER. CO,

Maturalists and feather Merchants,
225, HIGH HOLBORN, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.

Messrs. BOUCARD, POTTIER and Co. offer to sell on commission, Objects of
latural History, Collections of Mammals and Birds, Skins, Skeletons, Human and
nimal Skulls, Insects of all orders pinned and set, or in papers; Marine, Fresh
Vater and Land Shells; Reptiles and Fishes in spirit; Crustaceæ and Arachnidæ in
pirit; Ethnological Collections from all parts; Showy Bird Skins and Feathers for
lumassiers and Naturalists; Mammal Skins for Furriers; Bright species of Insects
x Artificial Florists ; Rare Old Stamps, used and unused; Curios of all sorts;
ictures and Works of Art, etc., etc.

All possessors of such objects should not dispose of them without consulting
lessrs. Boucard, Pottier and Co., who having a large connection with Amateurs in all
arts of the world, are able get the very best prices for them.

FOR SALE

About 6,000 species of Birds, 30,000 species cf Coleoptera and Lepidoptera,
lammal Skins, from New Guinea, West Africa, South America, etc:; Land, Fresh
Vater and Marine Shells, a large number of species: Reptiles and Fishes in spirit;
rustaceæ, dried and in spirit; Insects of all orders; Skeletons; 5,000 different
arieties of Postage Stamps, etc., etc.

A very fine collection of Shells, especially rich in LAND SHELLS, and containing
any types and new species, about 40,000 specimens. For Price, etc., apply at
25, HIGH HOLBORN, LONDON, W.C. |

ay STANDS, NEW STYLE.
io. 1. For Humming Birds and Small Birds ne sh Le wii _ at 20s. per hundred
» 2. For Small Birds, up to Tanagers a ms Lt va at 24s. Ws
» 3. For Tanagers up to Magpies uae ita a at 28s. FA
» 4 For Magpies up to Crows or Small Hawks is me ASE: at 32s. rf

5. For Small Hawks to Large Hawks and Owls “if ee at 40s. i

ARTIFICIAL EYES.
CORNERED AND

BLACK | COLOURED. . CORNERED, Deer enss
Bt Per Gross. Per Dozen. Pairs. Pey Dozen Pairs.
Vo. 1 to 4 6d. 1s. 6d. No. 4 to 6 3s. 6d. . 4s. 6d.
sy “5 to 8 8d. 2s. 6d. » 7 tog 5s. od. 6s. od.
» 9 to 10 Is, od. _ 4s. od,
Mir to 13. 2s. 6d. 7s. od. 5, 10 to rr 8s. od. Tos. od.
es | EU 2 gs. od, i? 1rs. ods
n CONS Per Dozen Pairs.
» 14 to 16 3s. Cd. 2s. 6d. » 13 tO 15 13s. od. ; 15s. od.
| 9 iy: 8s. od. gs. od. Larger Sizes can be made to order.
Bye 18.06 2s.) od: 4S. od. 1

UTENSILS FOR COLLECTING, Etc.

eat botic Acid . spe ri quart 2/- Insect Pins. English, French
ectified Benzoline … Las 2/- or German » .. a ...from 1/6 per 1000
3oucard’s Insecticide ... A ie Ib. 4|- Setting Boards ... Z “from 1/- to 2/- each
zollecting Corked Box from 1/- to 5/- each Butterfly Nets complete » 1/6 to 5/-
’ocket Corked Box … FA from 2/- each Sweeping and Water Nets from 2/6 to 10/-
zorked Box for Museums from 24/- to 36/- doz. Cork in Sheets cpa ive aitron 4/2 doz:
3otanical Box eee ... from 2/6 to 6/- each Magnifying Glasses A from 1/- to 5/-
n Box, with 1,000 pins T2 3/- Hammers ... si » 1/6 to5/-
Sollecting Bottles with. large Naphthaline Bas » 4/- per lb.
» opening from 6d. Botanical Grey Paper ... » 6/- ream
3oucard’s Tin Collecting Box, with Folding Umbrella for A Selects
ÿ two partitions = Se 2]/- Insects us za from 10/-
pleut Scissors MeL ea from 2/- Cutting Pliers’... Bas oa els
iis abe sees Flat Pliers ei. ds as ». 2/-
Sera Knives... AN » 1/6 Arsenical Soap ... oe aoe » 2/-perlb
ong Forceps … ise Ba 21 Glass Tubes... » ‘1/- doz.
: RTE ERP UE $1 Taxidermist Case, ‘containing
a Nippers ne ane per ale) 1 Pair of Scissors, 2 Knives,
a2 RTE 1 Lime, 1 Grater, 2 Pliers,
voie for cleaning eggs ore n° 2/- 1 Hammer, 1 Pair of Forceps,
ey 5» 2/- 1 Brush, 3 Gimlets, etc. com-

es BIS ais (Gifs plete ... Ps £2 ... from 12/- to 40/-

TO BE SOLD OR EXCHANGED
For Properties of equal value in London, Brighton, or
the Isle of Wight, |

SEVERAL PROPERTIES AT SAN- REMO,

The Celebrated Winter Resort on the Riviera, 40. Minutes
from MONACO. 2

VILLA MARIA LUIGIA.

Three Villas, known as Villa Maria Lurgia, and Villas: Rondo: the firstal
one, detached with a beautiful garden of 2200 square vards; the last, semi- —
detached with front and back eardens. Villa Maria Luiga consists of three —
floors, with fifteen fine room, offices, kitchen, etc. Ten of the rooms sve fall :
south, facing the sea. i,

Villa Rondo n° 25, corso Garibaldi, consists of two floors, swith nine
rooms, kitchen, office and cellar. N° 27 has two SEE eae bate more -
rooms on the underground floor.

Villa Maria Luigia and Villa Rondo n° 25, the smallest, are hay let.
- unfurnished, 3800 francs per annum, for several years.—Villa. Rondo n° 27,

a
wa

is also let at 1400 francs per annum. Furnished, they will Prete DÉS
£400 amd £500 per annum. À

All applications to be made at Mr. Boucard’s, 225, High Holborn, a

London, W.C. (England), where photographs of the Villas can be seen.

JUST ARRIVED. | eet

A very interesting collection of Beetles. and. Butterflies from ‘Syria.
Another of Beetles and Butterflies from: Haiti (Antillae). It contains some
very fine species of BUPRESTIDAE and CURCULIONIDAE, and one rare species
of GyMNETIs. Collections of CoLEoPTERA from Java and Japan. Large |
collections of Butterflies and Moths from Assam and Japan. Several inter-
esting collections of Bird skins from Japan, British Guiana, Borneo,.Gaboon, :
Congo, Guatemala, etc., etc. Specimens of CERIORNIS CABOTI, and otk er -
rare species of birds. A collection of shells from Australia, and many eS
also AUSTRALIAN ECHIDNAE, in spirit, which can be seen at the

Naturalists’ Agency, 225, High Holborn, London, WC.

Parpy & Co., General Printers, 8, The Triangle, Bournemouth.

Vor. III. Part Il.] JUNE, 1893. [Price 2/6.

Che Dumming Bird

eOX A QUARTERLY Xe
SCIENTIFIC, ARTISTIC AND INDUSTRIAL REVIEW

EDITED BY

Qo OU CATR D:

à =
WY Ne & x AG xX BRS:
Ÿ re & oh IS iy Rie ee

Annual a et United Kingdom, Europe, N. America and Canada,
10/- All othey Countries, 12/-

Vol. I. and II., complete, 10/- each.

SCALE OF CHARGES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS:

Whole Page, 20/- Half Page, 15/- Quarter Page, 10/-
Lowest charge, 2/6 up to five lines, and 6d. per line extra.
Repeated or Continuous Advertisement per contract.

Published by A. Boucarb, 225, High Holborn, London, W.C.

The same, with black plate
NOTES ON SOME COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS

| BOUCARD, A, Works by :—

GUIDE POUR RECOLTER PREPARER ET EXPÉDIER
. DES OBJETS D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE, Brochure
in 8vo., 32 pages, Rennes, 1871 fes

The same in Spanish ©... 1/-

NOTES SUR QUELQUES Tea en aa Bicone
grand, in 8vo., 16 pages, Lyon, 1873

HAND-Book oF NATURAL History, 2nd Edition,
/ Vol. in 8vo., 234 pages, profusely. illustrated
with Woodcuts, London, 1874

COLOURED DIAGRAMS OF NATURAL History, and

Edition, 20 sheets, 18in. by 24in:, comprising 166-
‘Diagrams of typical animals and plants, natural
- size, and 37 natural typical specimens of woods,
and minerals, all neatly mounted on strane card-

board ie pat is Re NUE ;

The same, varnished he

NOTES SUR LES TROCHILIDÉS DU MEXIQUE,
Brochure grand in 8vo., 16 pages, Lyon, 1875

MoNoGRAPHIC List OF THE COLEOPTERA OF THE
GENUS PLUSIOTIS, wir DESCRIPTIONS OF
SEVERAL,NEW SPECIES. Pamphlet, in 8vo, -with
coloured plate, illustrating five new species ... 4/-

The same, with black plate à

CATALOGUES AVIUM HUCUSQUE DESCRIPTORUM, I
Vol. in 8vo., cloth, 352 pages, 2546 genera, and
11,031 species recorded. London, 1876. A useful
book for Museums and Ornithologists. eee
reduced to 0d A

The same, with French preface HA

‘Fhe same, interleaved with blank sheets of paper,
French or English preface 3

NOTES ON PHAROMACRUS COSTARICENSIS. ‘Pamphlet
ato, 8 pages. Brighton, 1877 ...

On BirDS COLLECTED IN CosTA Rica, “by Mr.
Adolphe Boucard. Pamphlet in 8vo, 72 pages,
with coloured plate of ZONOTRICHIA VOLCANI,
Boucard, London, 1878 A 4]-

2/6

PLUSIOTIS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE
NEW SPECIES FROM MEXICO AND ‘CENTRAL
AMERICA. Pamphlet in 8vo, 4 pages, with
coloured plates, illustrating fine species, P. -
RODRIGUEZI, BADENI, BOUCARDI, MNS ra
and PRASINA °|.. Da 5, Ja halle
The same, with black plate 2/6

: NOTES SUR LES OBJETS EXPOSÉS PAR. LA R£-

PUBLIQUE DE GUATEMALA ET PAR M. ADOLPHE
Boucarp A. L'EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE
PARIS, 1878, Brochure in 8vo, 32 pages. Paris, 1878
LISTE DES OIREAUX RECOTTES AU GUATEMALA EN
1877, PAR M. ADOLPHE BOUCARD, Brochure
grand, in 8vo, 48 pages. Lyon, 1878
DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES
OF SOUTH AMERICAN Birps. Pamphlet, in 8vo.,
with coloured plate, figuring CHIROMACHACRIS
CORONATA. Boucard, London, 1879 Sat AE
The same, with black plate. bel I/-
DESCRIPTION D'UNE ESPÈCE NOUVELLE DE PSEU-
DOEOLAPTES DE CosTA Rica. Paris, 1880 164.
DESCRIPTIONS DE DEUX ESPÈCES NOUVELLES DE |
CICINDELIDES DE) PANAMA. Paris, 1880 106,
ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM YUCATAN |
(MEXICO), WITH NOTES BY MR. OsBERT SALVIN,
F.R.S. Pamphlet, in 8vo., 30 pages. London, 1883
NOTICE BIOGRAPHIQUE SUR FRANCOIS SUMICHRAST,
NATURALISTE VOYAGEUR, Brochure in 8vo,, avec
portrait. Paris, 1884 ...
VISITE AUX RUINES DE XOcHICALCO (Mexique).

sik:

2/6

2/-

Paris. 1887... ‘ I/-

CATALOGUE DES aus EXPOSÈS PAR LA Rë-
PUPLIQUE DE GUATEMALA ET PAR M. ADOLPHE
BoucarD A L’EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE
Paris, 1889 1/-

CATALOGUE DES OISEAUX DE LA CoLecrion
Riocour. Paris, 1889 Mae : 1/-

THE HUMMING BIRD. A Monks Bett
TIFIC, ARTISTIC, AND INDUSTRIAL REVIEW.
Vol. I. London, 1801 de

Contents of Vol. I,

10/-

Preface— What isto be seen everywhere in London—

The McKinley Bill--The Panama Canal—Notes on the
Genus Pharomacrus—An easy way. of making £100 a
a year—Reports on Public Sales of Feathers and Bird
Skins—Rapport sur la Vente publique; de plumes et
d’Oiseaux à Londres, Décembre, 1890 — The Museum
of la Plata, and my idea of a typical and practical
Museum of Natural History—Reports on Public Sales
of Postage Stamps—Notes on rare species of Humming
Birds, and Descriptions of several supposed new species

— Second Thternmeodal ‘Ornithélozical, ‘Congress a %
Answers to Correspondents—Description of a supposed —
new species of Parrot in Boucard’s'Museum—Notes on

the Crowned Superb Warbler (Malurus coronatus (Gould)

—A Visit to the Gardens of Zoological. Society of Lon-
don—British Museum (Zoological Department)—Royal —
Aquarium—Books and Journals received—Obituary— —

Description of a supposed new species of Paradise bird
in Boucard’s Museum—The Pilgrim Locust—Descrip-

! tion of a supposed new species of Tanager—Notes on

the great Bower Bird (Chlamydodera nuchalis, Jard)—

Collections made in Thibet and Central Asia—A Visit to.

baie = ht MS. ae

D AG See Pe

the British Museum (Natural History Department)— |

The Plantain or Banana Plant—Inauguration of the
Naturalist — A Giant ,

statue of Pierre Belon, the
Land Crab—Review of new Scientific Books—Report
on the Public Sale of the celebrated Collection of Shells,
formed by the late Sir David Barclay, and sold at
Steven’s on Monday, the 6th of July, and following days
—Recommendations for the prevention of damage by
some common. Insects of the Farm, the Orchard, and
the Garden—La Vie champêtre. La Destruction de la
Larve du Hanneton (Melolontha vulgaris) —Crocodile,

Snake, and Fish skins for industrial purposes —World’s.

Columbian Exposition, Batiment de I’ Administation.

The same, Vol. II. London, 1892

10/-
Contents of Vol. II.

Description of a supposed new Species of Humming Birds,

in’ Boucard’s: Museum—The World’s Fair, Inter-
national Exposition
Scientific Books—Notes on the Rare Pheasant,
Rheinardius ocellatus—Books received—Celebrated

Gallery of Old Masters, of the late General Marquess

de Garbarino—Customs Tariff of Great Britain and ‘
Henry. :

Ireland—Obituary—Biographical Notes on
Walter Bates; F.R.S., etc. (with portrait)—American
Pearls—Fish from Volcanoes—A very large Tree—A
Curious Rat Catcher—List of Birds collected, by Mr.
Hardy at Porto-Real, Brazil, with description of one.

of Chicago—Review of New.

supposed New Species— Description of a supposed New :

Species of the genus, Manticora, ‘‘\Cicindelide,” from
Damara Land, South Africa—Description d’une espéce
nouvelle de Diptère parasite] de Costa Rica, Ornithom-
yia geniculata—The Completion of the Panama Canal
—A complete list, up/to date, of the Humming Birds

found in Columbia, with descriptions of several supposed

New Species—Christopher Columbus—Festivities and
Exhibitions, held in honour of Christopher Columbus in
America, Spain, Italy and France—America—Le Canal

de Panama—International Exhibition in Monaco—A |

new Emission of Postage Stamps.

Annual Report ofthe Board of Regents ‘of the Smithso-
nian Institution, 1890-1891—Catalogue of Birds in the
British Museum, Vol. XX., 1891, Vol. XVI.,. 1892,
Vol. XXILI., 1892—Zoological Record, Vol. XXVIII.,

1892—Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,
1892—The Ibis, Vol. IV., Sixth Series, 1892—Mémoires

de la Société Zoologique. de France, Vol. V., 1892—
Memorias'y Revista de la Sociedad cientifica, Antonio \

Alzate, 1892—Actes de la Sociéte scientifique du Chili,
Vol. I., 1892—The Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,
1892, etc. \

August von
Alphand—Monseigneur Freppel—Armand de Quatre-
fages de

—Carl August Dohrn—Marshal da Fonseca—Ernest
Renan—Alfred Tennyson—Xavier Marmier.

GENERA OF HUMMING BIRDS, by A. Boucarp,

pages I to 36. f

SAUVETAGE DU PANAMA, 4éme edition, Broche
in 8vo., 32 pages. Tours, 1892.. 4 sh

CATALOGUE DES COLLECTIONS D’ HISTORIE
NATURELLE RÉCOLTÉES, AU MEXIQUE PAR M.

ADOLPHE BOUCARD é
CATALOGUE DE MAMMIFERES, OISEAUX REPTILES,
PoissoNS ET COQUILLES DE LA CALIFORNIE, LM
LOUISIANE, MEXIQUE ET URUGUAY ... 1/-
CATALOGUE DE CARABIQUES ET COLCOPTÈRES AE
DIVERS, 1477 espèces .. 1/-
CATALOGUE D'HÉTEROMÈRES ET DE CURCULIO AE à
NIDES, 2242 espèces 1/-
CATALOGUE D’OISEAUX, REPTILES ET POISSONS, le
1157 espèces 1/-

LISTE DE COLÉOPTÈRES EXOTIQUES, 2636. espèces
LisTE DES CoLÉOPTÈRES EN VENTE CHEZ
ADOLPHE BOUCARD, 7956 espèces :
LisTE DES OISEAUX EN VENTE CHEZ M. “ADOLPHE }
BoucaRD, 4584 espèces
La série complète des huit Gaialasies et Listes 4e
1

Veer

Breau—Duke of Clarence—Henry Walter
Bates— Etienne Arago—Hermann Charles Burmeister | M

tai à

REVIEW OF NEW PUBLICATIONS, comprising :—

co ee ae ee ee 7 >

OBITUARY :— . . is
Pelzen—Dom © Pedro d’Alcantara—M.

ae :

D RS eee

ace

“4

> ere

The Humming Bird. 1)

CAE GO EXPOSITION.
WORLD'S FAIR NOTES.

The Duke of Edingburgh has announced his intention of
sending for exhibition at the World’s Fair some of the almost
invaluable collection of ancient musical instruments, which
he possesses. A part of the collection is now on exhibition
at the International Music and Art Exhibition at Vienna,
where it attracts much attention.

The following schedule of allotments of space in square feet
to foreign nations in the World’s Fair Agricultural Building,
includes grants of increase made since the first schedule
of allotment determined upon some years ago. As finally
fixed these allotments are as follows :—Brazil, 7,200; Argen-
tine Republic, 2,976; Chile, 731; Honduras, 099; Nicaragua,
miso; Columbia 1610 Peru, 1342; Salvador, 1,342; Bolivia,
na42 oan Doninpo, 12 ;-Porto Rico 912, Cuba, 1,444 ;
Ecuador, 1,710; Guatemala, 978; Hayi, 978; Ceylon, 1,684;
Mexico, 36,020, Germany, -11,875:;- Great; Britain, 18,340;
France, ©3354; Denmark, 1,584; Sweden, 1,769; Japan,
3,038.

A solid gold brick, weighing 500 pounds, and worth
$150,000, will be exhibited in the Mines and Mining Building
at the World’s Fair, by a Helena, Mon., mine owner.

The Russian exhibit at the World’s Fair will occupy
120,610 square feet, divided as follows :—Agriculture, 32,000;
horticulture, 7,000; live stock, 200; fisheries, 6,300; mines,
2,400 ; machinery, 4,100; transportation, 2,500; manufactures,
50,000; \electricity, 200% line arts, 1,209; liberal arts, 12,400;
ethnology, 10; forestry, 2,300.

Two of the cannon which, it is believed, were at one
time mounted on board Christopher Columbus’ flagship, were
received at Chicago recently. The cannon are of the ancient
and clumsy pattern of such guns turned out in the fifteenth
century. Nothing but the body of the guns remain, the
woodwork, of course, having rotted away centuries ago. The
guns themselves are almost worn to pieces, and are not much
more than huge chunks of rust. Indeed, the cannon are put
on the ‘scrap iron”’ list in the custom house papers. These
historic old pieces have been secured for exhibition at the
World’s Fair. One of the naval officers, who was detailed for
B

18 The Humming Bird.

work in connection with the Columbian Exposition, found the
relics at one of the West Indian islands. Tradition and sub-
stantial proof showed that the cannon had been used in a fort
erected by Columbus’ son, and that they were brought from
Spain with Columbus’ fleet. The ruins of the fort are still to
be seen.

The Marquis de Lacaze, of Paris, has a portrait of George
Washington, made by Stew art, an American painter, which
he ers to lend to the Werle Fair at Chicago. It was.
_ taken to France by his wife’s grandfather, at one time minister
to the United States. As the portrait is by an American
artist, it cannot be exhibited in the French section, but the
Marquis de Lacaze offers to send it over if the government
will pay the charges, which it undoubtedly will do.

: One of the curiosities of the Chicago Exhibition will be
a Salt Palace, built by. the inhabitants of San-Bernardo.
Blocks of crystalized salt of one cubic foot will be used.
These blocks being transparent, the effect will be extremely
curious.

France intends to show its skill in landscape gardening
at the World’s Fair. A cablegram has been received from
the French Commission asking that it be allowed to do, and
bear the expense of, the “whole decoration of the spaces
surrounding the Horticultural and the Woman’s Buildings.”
This generous offer, doubtless, will be accepted if it does not
interfere with plans too far advanced to be changed. The
French are world-renowned as artistic landscape gardeners,
and, it is believed, they would hardly have made the offer
referred to unless they intend to makea display of surpassing
beauty. The Commission asked also for 60,000 square feet
for the French Horticultural Exhibit.

The rich and powerful Princes of India, writes Consul-
General Ballantine, are preparing to send to the World’s
Fair a, large collection of exhibits, including artistic articles
of gold and silver, ivory carvings, paintings, lacquer. and
damask work, embroidery, lace, silver filigree work, etc.
Several of the Princes have decided to visit the Fair with
their retinues.

The Chicago Schuetzen-Verein has issued an invitation
to the Sharpshooters of the World to participate in a great
International Sharpshooters’ Contest in Chicago in connection
with the Exposition this year. Should a sufficient number of
acceptances be received to warrant it, the festival will be

The Humming Bird. 19

continued during the first five months during which the
Exposition will be open. The Festival is to be conducted by
the Chicago Society under the title of the Columbia
Schuetzenfest: Communications should be sent to C.
Schotte, 20 N. Canal Street, Chicago.

À huge octopus, or devilfish, has been captured outside
the Golden Gate, Cal., by some fishermen. It measured
fourteen feet from the end of the body to the end of the
longest tenacle, and has eight arms, and as is usual with the
fish, there are over 800 suckers on the arms. The body is
nothing but a huge sack, and is soft and flabby ; it is about
two feet long. There are two eyes about an inch in diameter,
and a faint resemblance to a beak and mouth. This specimen
is one of the best in the country, and will be preserved and
sent to Chicago for exhibition at the Exposition.

Some very interesting exhibits of Photography are to be
sent to the Exposition from Sydney, New South Wales. The
collection is being prepared by the Government Printing
Office, and will consist of some 400 views, measuring 40 by
30 inches. Some of these pictures, when arranged in
panoramic order, will finally measure 4o feet in length. An
enlarged view of the moon, from a negative taken by
Mr. Russell, the Government Astronomer at the Observatory,
is said to be one of the collection.

It is proposed that one of Montana’s contributions to
the Exposition, to be made by women of the State, shall be
a Fountain made of natural ore. The design will be selected
by open competition. It is suggested that the base be made
of native minerals, the bowl of silver, and the cup of gold.

The largest sample of gold quartz ever mined in Montana
was taken out of the McIntyre lode. Its weight is 1,785
pounds. It came from near the surface. There are other
large samples which came from the Shafer shaft at the depth
of 110 feet; one from the Musser shaft, 100 feet, and another
from the working shaft, 200 feet. All are destined for ex-
hibition at the World’s Fair at Chicago.

The bust of the Queen, upon which the Princess Louise
has been engaged for some months, and which her Royal
Highness has, with her Majesty’s consent, promised to send
to Chicago for exhibition at the World’s Fair, is now complete.
It is a notable example of the Princess’ skill, and, standing
in the Queen’s boudoir, at Osborne, it has attracted much

20 The Humming Bird.

attention among members of the Royal Family. The Princess
has also been at work upon some pictures which are intended
for Chicago, and these, it 1s said, will, after the Exhibition, be
sold, the proceeds being given to some of the charitable in-
stitutions in this country in which she takes so much interest.
Of all the daughters of the Queen, Princess Louise is the best
artist, though she is closely run by Princess Beatrice.

One of the features of the California exhibit at the Ex-
position will be a pampas palace, twenty feet square, which
will be erected in the state building. The palace is the con-
tribution of Mrs. Harriet W. R. Strong, of Whittier, Cal., who
is a large grower of pampas plumes.

Much apprehension has existed in the minds of many
persons lest they should not be able to procure single speci-
mens of the World’s Fair souvenir half dollar, except by
paying exorbitant prices to speculators. The Exposition
could not sell, except in quantities, and the solution of the
problem seemed) dithenlt: ihe ton los SP Sayama:
solved it in a highly satisfactory manner. He has deposited
with the treasurer of the Exposition $5,000, and the same
number of half dollars, as soon as minted, are to be delivered
to the Jenning’s Trust Co. Any stockholder of the Exposition,
on exhibition of his stock certificate and payment of the value,
at the rate of one dollar for each, can receive one Or more
coins. These will be delivered in the order of the original
application as filed. Applications should be made at once.

An exhibit of the Ice Age is being prepared, in Ohio,
for the Exposition by Professor I. F. Wright. He will collect
boulders from different parts of the State, and with them
fragments from the original ledges in Canada, from which
the Ohio boulders were brought by the ice; and specimens.
of scratched stones ; exhibit a large Glacial Map of Ohio, an
outline map showing the course the boulders have been
brought, placard detailing the principal glacial facts, etc.

An optician’ of Baltimore; ~ Mids “whasspertceveds ian
ingenious invention for cutting, grinding, and _ polishing
lenses. .‘The~ original wdevices wall sbes exhiloite diane ime
Columbian Exposition. It will make 400 lenses at the same
time. It consists of a saw and a number of metal discs, both
flat and oval, in which the glass is secured by clamps, and
which are kept in constant motion by means of a pulley and
wheel operated by a motor.

The Humming Bird. 21

Late advices from Sydney, New South Wales, sustain the
view that, notwithstanding the commercial and financial
depression existent in some parts of Australia, the Australian
Exhibit at the World’s Fair will be a great and representative
display. From Sydney will be sent a remarkable astro-
nomical clock. This clock is forty-five feet high and
twenty-five feet square at the base. Within it is exhibited
the motion of the sun. Mercury, Venus, and ‘the Earth
revolving on its axis around the sun, and the moon around the
earth. The sun is to be represented by an electric light,
which will illuminate the surrounding planetary bodies.

The International Chess Tournament, to be held at Chicago
in connection with the World’s Fair, will distribute $7,000 in
prizes.

Dauphin county, Pa., will send for exhibition, in the
Woman’s Building at the World’s Fair, an elaborate carved
table of extraordinary historical interest. It will be composed
of woods taken from the yoke of the famous “ Liberty Bell,”
from the house in which the first American flag was made,
from Washington’s headquarters at Valley Forge, from the
old ship Constitution, and from a pillar in Independence
Hall. The upper surface will be inlaid with Indian arrow
heads, relics of the Six Nations, with whom, what is now
Dauphin country, was once a favourite hunting ground.

The owners of the Mammoth Cave of Kentucky propose to
reproduce the ‘‘ Starry Chamber” in the Mining Building at
the World’s Fair.

Persons in Bombay, India, are persuaded that there will be
considerable profit in making a varied display at the World’s
Fair. They propose to send over twelve elephants, so that
visitors can take rides “in howdah with mahout;” to give
exhibitions of suttee, cremation, jugglery, nautch, wrestling,
ete, and tosell tea at ten cents a cup. They expect to sell a
million cups.

Arrangements have been completed whereby excursion

2 ) . J >
trains to the World’s Fair, by whatever road they may arrive
in Chicago, will run within the Exposition grounds and dis-
charge their passengers there. No transfer of passengers at
any point will be necessary.

Carl Hagenbeck, the celebrated German Collector and
Tamer of Wild Animals, is in Chicago to arrange for the
extensive Zoological Exhibit which he will make in Midway

22 The Humming Bird.

Plaisance at the World’s Fair. He will exhibit lions, tigers,
panthers, leopards, bears, monkeys, etc., in great number,

)

and will show the largest “happy family” ever seen.

A very interesting exhibit in the Transportation Depart-
ment of the World’s Fair will be made by the Steamship and
Railway Companies of England. The collection of models of
battleships, yachts, cruisers, steamers and merchant vessels
willbe more complete than was ever before exhibited. The
London and North Western Railway will send over a
complete train of cars, headed by a great compound
locomotive named ‘Great Britain.’ This will afford an
opportunity to compare the English compartment cars and
sleepers with American coaches. The Great Western
Railway will exhibit the antiquated locomotive “ Lord of the
Isles,” one of the first used on that road. Several of the
Railways will show their signalling systems.

Sir Walker Buller, who owns the finest collection of native
Maori curiosities and paintings in the world, has applied for
space in which to display his collection, and intends visiting
the Exposition with his family. Major John Wilson, of Auck-
land, has submitted a proposition to the Foreign Affairs
Committee to bring a colony of Maoris to the Exposition,
house them in one of their native-built forts, and let them
show their native costumes, home life, and methods of war-
fare. The proposition is regarded with some favour, as it
would add greatly to the value of the general ethnological
exhibit of the Exposition.

Ivan Malakoff, a St. Petersburg capitalist, wants to repro-
duce at the Exposition a street scene from Nijni Novgorod,
the celebrated place where expositions have been held for
800 years. He agrees to spend $250,000 upon the repro-
duction.

British Columbia has decided to build a structure, which
will be a novelty in architecture, composed of every variety
of wood known to the British Columbian forests. The build-
ing will be built first in sections of contrasting woods neatly
mortised together. The roof will be of native slate and a
variety of cedar shingles, making in all a pleasing effect. It
is intended to ship the building in sections, ready to be
erected on its arrival. The display will be unique in every
way, the government and cities of the province subscribing
to the fund.

The Humming Bird. 23

The supporting columns for the Forestry Building are to
be trunks of trees, with the bark on. Chief Buchanan has
requested each State to furnish three trunks of trees for this
purpose. Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Illinois,
Indiana, Iowa, Maine, Minnesota, Montana, Wepraska: New
‘Mexico, Pennsylvania, Rexas, Wisconsin, Washington, and
West Virginia have promised to furnish their quota.

The president of Ecuador has ordered that a Le
display of woman’s work shall be prepared for the Fair. This
is to include a collection of gold and silver braid work, woven
straw, and other novelties. Two or three women may be sent
to Chicago to take charge of the display.

Hassan Ben Ali, of Morocco, is seeking a concession to
make a Morocco Exhibit at the Exposition. He says he will
spend $50,000 in showing the people, manners, customs,
amusements, etc., of his country, and in bringing to Chicago
an thibe OL Plenhers.

Among the exhibits to be made at the World’s Fair by
foreign nations, the visitor will doubtless find that of Persia
one of the most interesting. It includes rare specimens of art
industry work. Rich and highly wrought fabrics will
constitute an attractive feature, as will exquisitely fine
embroideries and elaborately worked gold and silver jewelry,
rare Persian rugs, carpets, embroidered hangings, etc.
There will also be found in this Persian exhibit a department
for manufactured articles, such as arms, curios and richly
wrought armour, tiles ae tile work, mosaics, objects of art,
antiquities, use instruments, wearing apparel, etc. ike.
‘gether the Persian exhibit is promised to be characteristic
and exceptionally unique, a collection rich in objects of cost
and beauty.

Fac-similes of thirty- seven “of the most prominent of the
Aztec idols in the museum in the City of Mexico, have been
prepared for the World’s Fair at Chicago.

From Holland an offer has been made to the Holland
Society of New York, and the St. Nicholas Society of
Brooklyn, to construct aoe present to them an exact repro»
duction of the Half Moon, the ship in which Henry Hudson
discovered and explored the river which bears his name. The
societies named have accepted the offer, and are planning
to fit up the ship as a club house, and to take it to Chicago
both to be exhibited and to be occupied by their members
during the Exposition.

24 The Humming Brrd.

The owners of one of the finest business corners in Chicago
have decided to erect a $1,000,000 sixteen-story building, to
be called ‘ The Columbus,” in honour of America’s discoverer.
The plans contemplate a structure, strikingly artistic and
ornate in appearance, of the Spanish style of architecture.
On each side of the main entrance will be placed a bronze
tablet, the first bearing this inscription :—

Erected in honour of
COLUMBUS
im the year 1892,
being the 4ooth anniversary
of the discovery of

America.
The other tablet will show :—
5e HO sn) etre, (0) MODO OO UX 0 Di0 Vi 10 D 0 DID 0 D D 00:01 T0 CO 000, 0010 0/0 MC 0 00 *

CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS,
Born at Genoa in 1435,
Discovered America the 12th day
of October, 1492.

Died at Valladolid the 2oth day
of May, 1506.

It is the intention to have the building completed by May
1S, LEO},

The Gold and Silver, and other Mineral exhibits at the
Exposition will probably aggregate in value several
million dollars. In exhibits of this description Colorado will
naturally take front rank. It is announced that the gold and
silver nuggets to be shown by that State alone, are worth a
quarter of a million dollars. There has been made a splendid
collection of native gold specimens, from all the) richest
mining districts. A single collection, valued at $60,000, has
already been secured. This will be supplemented by the
finest collections, secured as loan exhibits. The exhibit will
be both technical and economic in its character, showing a
scientific classification of the mineralogy of Colerado and a
correct presentation of its geology. At the same time a

The Humming Brrd. 25

popular and massive display of ores, building stone, commer-
cial clays and other mineral products will be made. Models,
maps, and diagrams will be employed to show the progress
made in mining. These will be accompanied by historical
data and reliable information regarding the product and
formation of veins in the mining districts. In the display will
be the ‘“ Silver Queen,” a beautiful statue of an ideal female
figure executed in silver, and valued at $7,500 to $10,000.

It is announced that the Virginia Exposition Board intends
to reproduce at the Fair, Mount Vernon, the famous home
and last resting place of George Washington. If this is done
a large and interesting collection of Washington relics will be
exhibited in the structure.

A very interesting Exhibit which, it is reported, the British
Commission is planning to make at the World’s Fair, is a
Large Scale Map, showing the discoveries which have been
made in North America by Englishmen. Though Columbus
discovered the West Indies, the credit of first sighting the
mainland of America seems—if we put aside the unrecorded
investigations of the Northmen—to be due to an Englishman,
Sebastian Cabot ; and the list of names of English explorers
of America, which is headed by his, is a very long and
distinguished one. Raleigh, Sir Humphrey Gilbert, Sir Hugh
Willoughby, Frobisher, Davis, Hudson, Baffin, in the seven-
teenth century, were followed, in the eighteenth, by Scoresby
and Cook; while the work they commenced was carried
on during our own century by the Rosses, Parry, Franklin,
Collinson, Maclue, McClintock, Nares and Markham. It will,
therefore, be seen that there is ample material for a map such
_as that proposed.

The American flag now floats’ from the Administration
Building at Jackson Park to signify that the World’s Fair
buildings and grounds are in the possession of the United
States government. Vice-President Morton accepted them
on behalf of the government on Dedication day, but actual
possession was not taken until Director-General Davis, the
chief government World’s Fair official, moved into his offices
in the Administration Building. The raising of the stars and
stripes signalled that event.

All of the World’s Fair offices, except two or three, are
now removed to Jackson Park, and those will soon follow.
For nearly two years the offices have been in the Rand-
McNally building, in the centre of the city. Now, however,

26 The Humming Brrd.

the work of preparation of the great Fair has reached a stage
requiring it to be carried on in the buildings which are to
contain the exhibits. All of these buildings are now practi-
cally finished, and ready for the installation of exhibits.
Most of the work remaining to be done on the buildings is of
a decorative nature, and can be carried on and completed
without interfering with the placing of exhibits.

In the Adiinistration Building, with Director-Genenal
Davis, are the offices of the departments of Foreign Affairs
and Publicity and Promotion. The chiefs of the various
exhibit departments—agriculture, electricity, mines, trans-
portation, etc.,—have their offices respectively in the great
department buildings.

The installation of exhibits has already begun, but has not
yet progressed far. Soon, however, the interior of each one
of the buildings will be the scene of great“activity. . dhe
authorities are determined to have all exhibits in place at the
opening of the Fair, and manifestly this cannot be accom-
plished if exhibitors are allowed to be dilatory. It will not
do to permit the great mass of exhibitors to defer installing
their exhibits until April, and accordingly, state and foreign
commissions, and individual exhibitors, will be required to be
prompt. Exhibitors, who are dilatory beyond a certain point,
will lose their space and be barred out.

The requirements of the preparation of the official catalogue
of exhibits also necessitate promptness on the part of ex-
hibitors. This catalogue will be an elaborate publication,
and, generally speaking, will have a separate volume devoted
to each department. Its preparation is in charge of Major
Handy, chief of the department of Publicity and Promotion.
It is the determination to ‘have it on sale, in complete con-
con on the opening day of the Fair, if it 1s possible to do
so.’ That will, of course, depend mainly on the promptness
of exhibitors.

Under the east windows of the occupied wing of the
Administration building les a scene like a creation of the
‘Arabian Nights. It is the grand court, the main gate-way to
the World’s Fair, the feature par- excellence of the entire
perfect plan of the Exposition.

In the centre ripples the blue waters of the great basin,
which, while constantly renewed by Lake Michigan, is yet
sheltered from the giant waves foaming on the open shores
The sky line on the east side—where the gray-blue horizon

The Humming Bird. 27

melts indistinguishably into the greyer blue of the lake and
basin—is broken by the imposing pillared colonnade and the
magnificent arch of the Perestyle. At either end stands the
Music Hall and the Casino, disappearing in the soft misty
haze behind the stately corner pavilion of the Manufacturers’
Building on the north, and on the south partially hidden by
the graceful front of the Agricultural Building. Above the
dome of the latter the famous figure of Diana pirouettes with
the shifting wind. This statute, being of heroic proportions
and brilliantly gilded, is dazzlingly conspicuous amidst the
prevailing white and grey of the landscape. Here and there,
too, along the ornate fronts of these ivory palaces, are rich
warm frescoes, in mellow reds and yellows, painted under the
direction of Millet, the artistic magician of the World’s Fair.
At the east end of the great basin stands French’s grand
statute of the Republic, lifting her shapely length sixty feet
from the pedestal, towering ninety feet above the waters of
Lake Michigan. Opposite, and immediately in front of the
Administration Building, is the celebrated McMonnies foun-
tain, fast approaching completion. Columbia sits enthroned
in the barque of Progress, heralded by Fame, and rowed by
the genius of civilization, while Time, representing experience,
keeps a firm steady hand on the tiller. It is a strikingly
beautiful and particularly spirited conception, the wind from
the lake seeming to rustle the snowy drapery of the forward
bent figures at the oars.

To the right and left of this, workmen are toiling and
machines are whirring, within two balustraded semi-circles,
building the electrical fountains. These will give the finishing
touch to the scene of enchantment, by throwing over it the
light that never was on land or sea. Over the great basin,
with its giant statutes and its encircling columns and palaces
of ivory and gold, will play these cloud-touching fountains of
myriad, ever varying hue, tinging them in turn with violet,
rose, blue, green, crimson, or the mingled tints of the most
resplendent rainbow.

There is no ground for the published report that Visitors to
the Fair are to be made the victims of exorbitant charges.
Competition will be so extensive and sharp as to prevent it.
One who climbs to the top of one of the Exposition buildings
and surveys the territory lying to the north, west and south
of Jackson Park, can easily believe this statement. There,
and indeed in all parts of the City, the amount of building

28 The FHlumming Brrd.

which is going onfis simply astonishing. Hundreds of
structures to meet World’s Fair demands are being erected.
Some of the new hotels are large enough to accommodate
several thousand guests each. By the time the Fair opens
Chicago will have living accommodations for not less than
300,000 strangers. Connected with the Exposition Manage-
ment is a Bureau of Public Comfort, through the agency of
which many thousands of visitors can be directed to hotels,
apartments, boarding houses, furnished rooms, etc., where
they will be comfortably cared for at moderate prices.
Eating facilities, both outside the Fair Grounds and in the
numerous Beenie in the Exposition Buildings, will be so
extensive that no one need fear that he will not be able to
get all he needs to eat, and at reasonable charges.

An effort is being made to arrange for a grand reunion, at
the World’s Fair, of surviving “ 49-ers "the men who left
their homes in the East in 1849 to become gold-hunters in
California. It is thought that several thousand of them are
still living, and that all would make an extra effort to go to
Chicago this year, were a reunion arranged as is proposed.
Many of them remained in California, but the majority
returned and are now scattered throughout the States east of
the Mississippi.

The most approved methods of Artificial Ice Making and
Cold Storage will be exhibited at the World’s Fair. These
processes will be shown in a very fine building, 130X255 feet,
and five stories high, with observatories at the corners and a
lofty tower at the centre. About eighty tons of ice will be
manufactured daily, three methods being employed, namely,
the plate system, from filtered water; the can system, from
condensed steam filtered and purified; and the can system
from de-zrated water. Three different processes of cooling
rooms will also be shown.

Ohio will erect a Mineral Cabin in the Mines Building at
the World’s Fair to illustrate its mineral resources. The
Cabin will be 32X61 feet in dimensions, and twenty-three feet
high, and be constructed entirely of Ohio mineral products.

The section from one of the big California redwood trees,
which the government will exhibit in its building at the
World’s Fair, has arrived at the Fair grounds. Eleven freight
cars were required to convey i! ackoss the Continent
measures thirty feet long by twenty-three feet in diameter.
The section is hollowed out, and when placed on end, divided

The Humming Bird. 29

into two stories and lighted, as it will be, it will form a rustic
house, large enough for a family to live in.

The Educational Exhibit at the World’s Fair is to have the
space it requires. A new building, costing $120,000, has been
ordered for the ethnological exhibit, which, accordingly, is.
thereby removed from the Manufactures and Liberal Arts
Building, thus allowing more space for the Educational
Exhibit.

RELICS AT THE FAIR.

The objects of historical value and interest, which will be
shown at the World’s Fair, will be legion. It is safe to say
that the collection will be ten times as numerous as has ever
been witnessed in one place before. The Columbus relics
alone will be very great in number, and will include the
majority of the important portable reminders of the famous
explorer. They will be brought from Spain, Italy, Rome, the
West Indies, and other widely separated parts of the earth.
Every department, almost, of the great Exposition will have
its relics on view—old records, portraits, machines, models,
inventions, etc., each having historical interest, or marking a
stage of progress in ifs own line. Particularly numerous will
be these historical exhibits from the United States. Almost.
every state will contribute to the number something which
will be viewed with interest because of its history or associa-
tions. One of the best contributions will be shown b
Pennsylvania, the collection being furnished mainly from Phila-
delphia, under the auspieces of a committee of its city council.
Among the objects in this collection are the following :—The
chair occupied by Thomas Jefferson when writing the Declara-.
tion of Independence ; the table on which it was signed; the
silver inkstand used on that occasion; Thomas Jefferson’s
sword; chair of memorial woods, including parts of Columbus’
house in Spain; bell rung at Valley Forge when Washington
occupied that place with his army; sofa belonging to George
Washington and used by him when he lived in Philadelphia ;
bench made from pew in old Christ Church occupied by Wash-
ington and Lafayette; punch bowl used by Gen. Washington
and other officers of the Revolutionary army; baby clothes.
made by Mrs. John Adams for her son, John Quincy Adams;
ale mug that belonged to John Paul Jones; Peale’s portrait of
Washington, the first ever printed; first lightning rod in-

30 The Humming Bird.

vented by Ben. Franklin; electrical machine invented by
Franklin; original model of John Fitch’s steamboat which ran
between Philadelphia and Burlington from 1787 to 1790;
unsigned copy of the Declaration of Independence ; fans used
by Franklin at the court of France when he was minister
there; cast of Washington’s face taken during life, from
original mould used for Houdon’s statue ; clocks of Benjamin
Franklin, William Penn and Oliver Cromwell, running and
keeping good time ; Gilbert Stuart’s portrait of Washington ;
Thomas Jefferson’s thermometer; lock of Jefferson’s hair ;
Pocahontus’ necklace; surveying instruments used by William
Penn in laying out the city of Philadelphia; and the famous
Liberty Bell.

BIG PRIZES FOR LIVE STOCK.

Chief Buchanan of the World’s Columbian Exposition Live
Stock Department, has sent out about 3,000 copies of the live
stock premium list to the various fair and breeders’ associ-
ations of the country, and is receiving responses which show
that the live stock exhibit at the Exposition will be something
tremendous. Besides the large premiums offered by the
Exposition for a live stock exhibit, all the various breeders’
associations are offering large prizes, notably for shorthorns,
Herefords and Jerseys. As an evidence of the widespread
interest taken in the live stock show, A. E. Mansell, of Shrop-
shire, England, offers a prize of $500 for the best American
bred Shropshire ram. The State of Illinois offers $40,000 in
premiums for live stock; the Clydesdale horse breeders offer
$5,000 extra prizes; the cattle associations offer extra prizes
as follows: Galloway, $3,000; shorthorn, $6,000; Hereford,
$5,000; Jersey, $10,000, and Holstein, $10,000. The swine,
sheep and dog breeders also offer extra money prizes. The
money prizes to be paid for live stock will amount to
$250,000 or more, which, of course, includes the sum of
$150,000 voted by the Exposition company for premiums in
that department. The Exposition Buildings for the accom-
modation of live stock will cover thirty acres.

WORLD’S FAIR SOUVENIRS. |
How YOU CAN GET ONE OF THE COLUMBIAN HALF DOLLARS.

The World’s Fair souvenir coins are ‘going like hot cakes,”
and those who want to get one or more of them will have to

The Humming Bird. 31

bestir themselves, or they will be too late. The desire for
one of these mementos of the Exposition seems to be almost
as universal as is the interest in the Exposition itself, and
orders for them have been sent in from all parts of the United
States, and also from foreign countries.

This souvenir half dollar, it is reported from Washington,
will be the most artistic coin ever issued from the mint. On
the obverse side will appear the head of Columbus, designed
from the Lotto portrait, and surrounding it the words,
“Worlds Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1893.” On the
reverse side will appear a caravel, representing Columbus’
flagship, and beneath it two hemispheres. Above the caravel
will be ‘United States of America,’ and beneath the hemis-
pheres, “Columbian Half Dollar.’ There is no doubt that
this coin will be regarded as the most distinctive and highest
prized cheap souvenir of the World’s Fair.

All of these souvenir coins, except five, are being sold at a
uniform price of one dollar each. For the first coin struck off
$10,000 has already been offered, and various prices have
been bid for the 4ooth, 1,492nd, 1,892nd, and the last coin.
Desiring that these souvenirs be distributed as widely as
possible among the people, and that all, irrespective of locality,
have an equal chance to obtain them, the Exposition authori-
ties have sought to prevent syndicates and others from
purchasing large quantities, and thus “cornering” the sale.
On the contrary, they have arranged to supply banks, business
houses, and individuals in all parts of the country, with as
many as they may desire to distribute among their patrons,
customers, or friends. They require only that the orders
must be for fifty coins, or some multible of fifty, and that the
order be accompanied by the cash, at the rate of one dollar
for each coin. A great many banks and business firms have
gladly complied with these conditions, and ordered each from
50 to 20,000 of the coins.

Notwithstanding these conditions have been widely pub-
lished, still a vast number of inquiries by letter have been
received at Exposition headquarters asking how the coins
may be obtained... The best way is to get them through local
banks, all of which are no doubt willing to accommodate in
that way their patrons, and the residents of the city or town
in which they are doing business. If, however, for any
reason it is desired’ to obtain them otherwise, the. proper
method is to form a club of subscribers for fifty coins, or

32 The Humming Bird.

some multiple of fifty, and select some one member of the
club to send on the order and money and to distribute the
coins when received. Orders should be addressed to
A. F. Seeberger, Treasurer World’s Columbian Exposition,
Chicago.

THE GENERA OF HUMMING BIRDS.

Since the last six months I have been working and re-
arranging my collection of Humming-birds, with the hope of
finding a way to adopt partly, or in its entirety, the classifica-
tion proposed last year, by Mr. Osbert Salvin, of Zrochili
_ serrirostres, intermedi, and laevirostres ; but I am sorry to
say that I have not been successful, therefore I must continue
to follow my own classification, which I have made as natural
as possible ; but I must confess that it has been a very hard
work. Ido not believe that other birds present such difficulties.
of classification as the Humming-birds.

To give an idea of the difficulties encountered all along,
I shall just mention some of the genera included in the
Trochili serrirostres of Mr. Salvin. Helzothrix, Schistes,
and Augastes, belong certainly to the family of Petasophoridae,
having all in common, metallic blue or violet ear-covers,
peculiar to that family.

Ramphodon, Androdon, and Glaucis, whose dentition is.
very conspicuous, cannot be well separated from Pygmornis,
Phaethornis, Threnetes, Eutoxeres, etc., which are laevirostres.

Chlorostilbon cannot be separated from Panychlora,
ÆEupherusa, and Elvira are closely allied to Agyrtria, and so.
on with:many others.

From what has been printed of the Genera, in Vol. II.
of the Humming Bird, I have been obliged to reprint pages 55
and 56, so as to make place for the genus, Adez//za, which
finds its place in my family of Cephalolepidae, and | have
been obliged to place Patagona after Eustephanus, agreeing
with that genus in many particulars, and forming the passage.
to Oreonympha, which begins my family of MZetalluridae.

A.B.

He Wray. i” fate C0 PTE TE ER Fa ant
Ÿ fs L ye ' . 7

~BOUCARD, POTTIER & CO,
4 Maturalists and Feather Merchants,
225, HIGH HOLBORN, LONDON, W.C, ENGLAND.

i Messrs. BOUCARD, POTTIER and Co. offer to sell on commission, Objects of

~ Natural History, Collections of Mammals and Birds, Skins, Skeletons, Human and

+ Animal Skulls, Insects of all orders pinned and set, or in papers; Marine, Fresh
_ Water and Land Shells; Reptiles and Fishes in spirit; Crustaceæ and Arachnidæ in

spirit ; Ethnological Collections from all parts ; Showy Bird Skins and Feathers for

; Plumassiers and Naturalists; Mammal Skins for Furriers ; Bright species of Insects

… for Artificial Florists ; Rare Old Stamps, used and unused ; Curios of all sorts;

» Pictures and Works of Art, etc., etc.

_ All possessors of such objects should not dispose of them without consulting
Messrs. Boucard, Pottier and Co., who having a large connection with Amateurs in all

| parts of the world, are able get the very best prices for them.

4 FOR SALE

… About 6,000 species of Birds, 80,000 species cf Coleoptera and Lepidoptera,

: Mammal Skins, from New Guinea, West Africa, South America, etc.; Land, Fresh

_ Water and Marine Shells, a large number of species: Reptiles and Fishes in spirit;
… Crustaceæ, dried and in spirit; Insects of all orders; Skeletons; 5,000 different

À varieties of Postage Stamps, etc., etc.

A very fine collection of Shells, especially rich in LAND SHELLS, and containing
"many types and new species, about 40,000 specimems. For Price, etc., apply at
a 225, HicH HoLBoORN, LONDON, W.C.
wi

STANDS, NEW STYLE.

i.) For Humming Birds and Small ‘Birds bs M aes at 20s. per hundred
2. For Small Birds, up to Tanagers ee SE ae KE at 24s. ‘i
3. For Tanagers up to Magpies ee Siow a2 at 28s7 %
4. . For Magpies up to Crows or Small Hawks ve pe ai at 328; 5
5. For Small Hawks to Large Hawks and Owls Cia Re at 405. ke
ARTIFICIAL EYES. À
: CORNERED AND
BLACK COLOURED. CORNERED. ~ Wine
Per Gross. Per Dozen Pairs. Per Dozen Pairs.
eel io 4 éd. ts. 6d. No. 4 to 6 3s. 6d. 4s. 6d.
5 to 8 8d. 2s.. 6d. : » 7 to 9: 5s, od. 6s. od.
9 to Io Is. od. 4s. od.
11 to 13 2s. 6d. 7s. od. 5, 10 to 11 8s: od. Ios. od.
ta ay G2 gs. od. IIs. od.
GARE Per Dozen Pairs.
14 to 16 3s. 6d. 2s. 6d. è » 13 to 15 135. od. 155. od.
17 8s. od. 3s. od. Larger Sizes can be made to order.
18 12S. od. Ai 4s. od.
UTENSILS FOR COLLECTING, Etc.
+ Bicarbolic Acid .. une A) quart 2/- Insect Pins. English, French
_ Rectified Benzoline na ae 55 f+ or German .. a from 1/6 per 1000
~ Boucard’s Insecticide ... te Ib.) ~4/- ' Setting Boards ... ate from 1/- to 2/- each
» Collecting Corked Box | from 1/- to 5/- each Butterfly Nets complete » 1/6 to 5/-
‘Pocket Corked Box... a from 2/- each Sweeping and Water Nets from 2/6 to 10/-
’ Corked Box for Museums from 24/- to 36/- doz. Cork in Sheets 4 via .. from 3/- doz.
pol Box Prt ... from 2/6 to 6/- each Magnifying Glasses a from 1/- to 5/-
in Box, with 1,000 pins Le 3/- Hammers ... Fe » 1/6 to 5/-
LC collecting Bottles with large Naphthaline SANS » 4/- per Ib.
_ Opening from. 6d, Botanical Grey Paper ... » 6/- ream
Boucard’s Tin Collecting Box, with Folding Umbrella for Po ae
be. two partitions...” ... ne ae 2|- Insects we .… from Io/-
| Straight Scissors 25 i from 2/- Cutting Pliers ... i ee as al-

mCurved :,, ee x TE Flat Pliers he ms ue ried
5 Mere ve a AT Arsenical Soap ... bes “a » 2/- per Ib
enact Be Glass Tubes ANG tans 94 T1 d0Z:
ke se ae Ps 9 Taxidermist. Case, containing
ee Nippers ue 7 Ney Sys 1 Pair of Scissors, 2 Knives,
+ Sieve 3 a »° 2]/- - ry. Lime, 1 Grater, 2 Pliers,
lowpipe for cleaning cuss = 5" 2]- 1 Hammer, x Pair of Forceps,
: Ga + HEAR 1 Brush, 3 Gimlets, etc. com-

RE DE plete: ) ie #4: save from 12/- to 4o/-

For Beate: of aha value in ee Brighton, or
- the Isle of Wight, |

SEVERAL PROPERTIES AT SAN. REMO,

-The Celebrated Winter Resort on the Riviera, 40 Minutes ©
from MONACO. |

VILE MARIA ‘LUIGIA.

Three Villas, known as Villa Maria Luigia, and Villas Rondo: the first
one, detached with a beautiful garden of 2200 square yards; the last, semi
detached with front and back gardens,. Villa Maria Luiga consists of three
floors, with fifteen fine room, offices, kitchen, etc. Ten of the rooms are Fo
south, facing the sea.

| Villa Rondo n° 25, corso Garibaldi, consists of two ai, with nin
- rooms, kitchen, office and cellar.. N° 27 has Los kitchens and fwo mores
rooms on the underground floor.

Villa Maria Luigia and Villa Rondo n° 25, the emilee, are actually. ie
unfurnished, 3800 francs per annum, for several years.—Villa Rondo n° 27, ©
is also let at 1400 francs per annum. Furnished, they will produce betwee a
£400 amd £500 per annum. a

All applications to be ue at Mr. Boucard’s, 225, High Holbden
London, W.C. rene, where Cr us of the Villas can be seen. i>

JUST ARRIVED, — alee à a
Collections of Mammal and Bird Skins from Madagascar, containing |
new species of Lemur, the Sea Eagle, Coua ruficeps, gigas, olivaceiceps, and
other species ; Leplosomus discolor, Brachypteracias, pittoides, and squamigera, |
Euryceros prevosti, and many other rare species. Also a perfect specimen, -
fossil egg, of the supposed extinct species, Aepyornis medius, Insects various,
etc. Collections of rare Butterflics and Moths from Madagascar, Japan, India,
Gold Coast, Venezuela, Columbia, Brazil, and other countries. Collections.
of Beetles from India, Mexico, , Venezuela, Columbia, Japan, Madagascar,
Australia, Cape of Good, Hope, etc. Collections of Land, Fluviatile, ‘and
Marine Shells, from Madagascar, New Guinea, Japan Venezuela, Paraguay, .

- Mexico, Central America, etc. A unique specimen. of the wonderful
Pheasant from Tonkin, Rheinardious ocellatus. Also a unique andpérfect.
pair of the very rare Pheasant, Lobiophasis Bulweri, and many othe ver
rare species of Birds from Borneo and New Guinea. a 1778
ETHNOLoGIcAL CoLLECTIONS and Curiosities from New ce Mada.
gascar, Gold Coast, Mexico, Central America, Japan, etc. va

Parpy & Co., General Printers, 8, The Triangle, Bournemouth. |
AU" bat Pe DANS

| ee
‘ { \ .

ee i

Vor. III. Part III] SEPTEMBER, 1893. [Price 2/6.

The Dumming Bird

cox A QUARTERLY xe.
SCIENTIFIC, ARTISTIC AND INDUSTRIAL REVIEW

EDITED BY

LES SOA GVA Re 1.

{| Annual Subscription : United Kingdom, Europe, N. America and Canada,
Bee 10/- All other Countries, 12/-

Vol. I. and II. complete, 10/- each.

SCALE OF CHARGES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS:

.. Whole Page, 20/- - Half Page, x5/- Quarter Page, ro/-
eae Lowest charge, 2/6 up to five lines, and 6d. per line extra.
Repeated or Continuous Advertisement per contract.

Published by A. Boucarp, 225, High Holborn, London; W.C.

ON ee di LP fe nae
Stee

RICE ROIS ee

\T AR

~ BOUCARD, A., Works by :—

GUIDE POUR RECOLTER PREPARER ET EXPEDIER
DES OBJETS D’HistoirRE NATURELLE, Brochure

in 8vo., 32 pages, Rennes, 1871 22 ae Sn) MEL =
The same in Spanish … ae Meare EE
NOTES SUR QUELQUES TROCHILIDÉS, Brochure |

grand, in 8vo., 16 pages, Lyon, 1873 1/6

HAND-BOOK OF "NATURAL History, 2nd Edition,
Vol. in 8vo., 234 pages, profusely illustrated
with Woodcuts, London, 1874 ioe 4/-

COLOURED DIAGRAMS oF NATURAL History, and
Edition, 20 sheets, 18in. by 24in., comprising 166 ©
Diagrams of typical animals and plants, natural
size, and 37 natural typical specimens of woods,
and minerals, all neatly mounted on strong card-
board ke. Ee, ee Pe ae … 40/-

The same, varnished... w+ 45/5

_NoTES SUR LES TROCHILIDES DU MEXIQUE,

Brochure grand\in 8vo., 16 pages, Lyon, 1875... 1/6
Monocrapuic List oF THE COLEOPTERA OF THE
GENUS PLUSIOTIS, wITH DESCRIPTIONS OF
— SEVERAL NEW SPECIES. Pamphlet, in 8vo, with
coloured plate, illustrating five new species... 4/-
The same, with black plate... EAU) 0
CATALOGUES AVIUM HUCUSQUE DESCRIPTORUM, I
Vol. in 8vo., cloth, 352 pages, 25146 genera, and
11,031 species recorded. London, 1876. A useful
book for Museums and Ornithologists. Price
reduced to = “A LE .. .10/-
The same, with French preface ‘ey .. 10/-
The same, interleaved with blank sheets. of paper,

French or English preface ie 12/7.

NOTES ON PHAROMACRUS COSTARICENSIS. ‘Pamphlet
4to, 8 pages. Brighton, 1877... 4|-
On BIRDS COLLECTED IN Costa Rica, “by Mr.
Adolphe Boucard. Pamphlet in 8vo, 72 pages,
with coloured plate of ZoNOTRICHIA VOLCANI.
Boucard, London, 1878 He pe Fe AE
The same, with black plate re Ent 2h
NOTES ON SOME COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS
PLUSIOTIS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE
NEW SPECIES FROM MExICO, AND CENTRAL
AMERICA. Pamphlet in 8vo, 4 pages, with
coloured, plates, illustrating fine species, P.
RODRIGUEZI, BADENI, BOUCARDI, MNISZECKI,
and PRASINA. ... as sy ST Ade

The same, with black plate “à, ee) 12/6

NOTES SUR LES OBJETS EXPOSÉS PAR LA R&-
PUBLIQUE DE GUATEMALA ET PAR M, ADOLPHE
BoucARD ‘A L'EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE
Paris, 1878, Brochurein 8vo, 32 pages. Paris, 1878 1/-

LISTE DES OIREAUX RECOTTES AU GUATEMALA EN
1877, PAR M. ADOLPHE. BoucarD,. Brochure
grand, in 8vo, 48 pages.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES
OF SOUTH AMERICAN Birps. Pamphlet, in 8vo.,
with coloured plate, figuring CHIROMACHACRIS
CORONATA. Boucard, London, 1879 .,.. ©... 2]-

The same, with black plate oe ao I

DESCRIPTION D’UNE ESPECE NOUVELLE DE PsEv-
DOEOLAPTES DE CosTA Rica. Paris, 1880 set -OGs

DESCRIPTIONS DE DEUX ESPECES NOUVELLES DE
CICINDELIDES DE PANAMA.

On a COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM YUCATAN
(Mexico), WITH NOTES BY Mr. OSBERT SALVIN,
F.R.S. Pamphlet, in 8vo., 30 pages. London,1883 2/6

NOTICE BIOGRAPHIQUE SUR FRANCOIS SUMICHRAST,
NATURALISTE VOYAGEUR, Brochure in 8vo., avec

portrait. Paris, 1324 ... 2/-
VISITE AUX RUINES DE XOCHICALCO (MEXIQUE).
Paris. 1887... fe Bes ee 1}

CATALOGUE DES OBJETS EXPOSÈS PAR LA RE
PUPLIQUE DE GUATÉMALA ET PAR M. ADOLPHE
Boucarp A L'EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE

Paris, 1889 .. 1/-

CATALOGUE DES OISEAUX DE LA COLLECTION
RIocourR.

THE HUMMING BIRD. A AL SES
TIFIC, ARTISTIC, AND INDUSTRIAL REVIEW.
Vol. I. London, 1891 ... 12) ce ,« 10/-

Contents of Vol. I.

Preface—What is to be seen everywhere in London—

The McKinley Bill—The Panama Canal—Notes on the
Genus Pharomacrus—An easy way of making {100 a
a year—Reports on Public Sales of Feathers and Bird
Skins—Rapport sur la_Vente publique, de plumes et
d’Oiseaux a Londres, Décembre, 1890 — The Museum
of la Plata, and my idea of a typical and practical
Museum of Natural History—Reports on Public Sales
of Postage Stamips—Notes on rare species of Humming
Birds, and Descriptions of several supposed new species.

= Second Katebnationel OR Con
‘the Crowned Supetb Warbler(Malurus coronatus (Go

‘Aquarium—Books and Journals received—Obituary

Description of a supposed new Species of Humming Bi

“de Panama—International Exhibition in Monac 0

REVIEW OF NEW PUBLICATIONS, comprising:
Lyon, 1878. : 2/6

de la Société Zoologique de France, Vol. V., 189

Paris, 1880 Ur 8° as
OBITUARY :— pu a

GENERA OF HUMMING BIRDS, by A. Boucani

Paris, 1889 de 7 1/-

Answers to Correspondents—Description of a sup
new-species of Parrot in Boucard’s Museum—Note

—A Visit to the Gardens of Zoological Society of! où
don—British Museum (Zoological. Department)—Roy

Description of a supposed new species of Paradise bir
in Boucard’s Museum —The Pilgrim Locust—Dese if
tion of a supposed new species of Ianager—Notes 6
the great Bower Bird (Chlamydodera nuchalis, jard)-
Collections made in Thibet and Central Asia—A Visit
the British Museum (Natural History Department)=

The Plantain or Banana Plant—Inauguration of ne
statue of Pierre Belon, the Naturalist — A Gia
Land Crab—Review of new Scientific Books—Repor
on the Public Sale of the celebrated Collection of Shell
formed by the late Sir David Barclay, and sold, “at
Steven’s on Monday, the 6th of July, and following day
—Recommendations for the prevention of damage b
som= common Insects of the Farm, the Orchard, nd
the Garden—La Vie champêtre. La Destruction del
Larve du Hanneton (Weélolontha vulgaris) —Crocodi .
Snake, and Fish skins for industrial purposes—World’s
Columbian Exposition, Bâtiment de I’ nae

The same, Vol. II. London, 1892
Contents of Vol. LI.

a A0 -

in Boucard’s Museum—The World's Fair, In
national Exposition of Chicago—Review of N
Scientific Books—Notes on the Rare Pheasa
Rheinardius ocellatus—Books received—Celebrater
Gallery of Old Masters, of the late General Marquess
de Garbarino—Customs Tariff of Great Britain ant
Ireland—Obituary—Biographical Notes on Henry
Walter Bates, F.R,S., etc. (with portrait) —Americal
Pearls—Fish_ from Volcanoes—A very large Tree
Curious Rat Catcher—List of Birds collected, by Mr,
Hardy at Porto-Real, Brazil, with description of one
supposed New Species—Description of a supposed New
Species of the genus Manticora, ‘‘ Cicindelide,” fro
Damara Land, South Africa—Description d’une espé
nouvelle de Diptére parasite de Costa Rica, Ornithom
yia geniculata—The, Completion of the Panama Ca a
—A complete list, up to date, of the Humming Bird
found in Columbia, with descriptions of several suppo
New Species—Christopher Columbus—Festivities
Exhibitions, held in honour of Christopher Columbus.
America, Spain, Italy and France—America—Le Ca

new Emission of Postage Stamps.

Annual Report ofthe Board of Regents ‘of the ‘Smiths¢
nian Institution, 1890-1891—Catalogue of Birds in th
British Museum, Vol. XX., 1891,. Vol. XWI., 1892
Vol. XXIL., 1892—Zoological Record, Vol. XXVI
1892—Proceedings of the Zoological Society of Londot
1892—The Ibis, Vol. IV., Sixth “Series, 1892—M émoire

Memorias y Revista de la Sociedad cientifica, Antoni
Alzate, 1892—Actes de la Sociéte scientifique du Chil
Vol. I., 1892—The Entomologist’s Mons Magazimg
1892, etc.

August von Pelzen—Dom Pedro d'Alcantara—N
Alphand— Monseigneur Freppel—Armand de Quatr
fages de Breau—Duke of Clarence—Henry Walte
Bates- Etienne Arago—Hermann Charles Burmeiste
—Carl August Dohrn—Marshal da Fonseca—Ernes
Renan—Alfred Tennyson—Xavier Marmier.

pages 1 to 56. ,
SAUVETAGE DU PANAMA, 4éme edition, Brochure :
in 8vo., 32 pages. Tours, 1892. ie se ae
CATALOGUE DES’ COLLECTIONS D'HISTORIE M
NATURELLE RÉCOLTÉES AU MEXIQUE PAR M.
ADOLPHE BOUCARD :
CATALOGUE DE MAMMIFERES, OISEAUX REPTILES, ;
: Poissons ET COQUILLES DE LA CALIFORNIE, id
LouIsIANE, MEXIQUE ET URUGUAY … an
CATALOGUE DE CARABIQUES ET | COLCOPTÈRES |
DIVERS, 1477 espèces .. +f
CATALOGUE D'HÉTEROMÈRES ET DE Curcunto
NIDES, 2242 espèces .:: |
CATALOGUE D’OISEAUX, REPTILES ET Poissons,
1157 espèces .. À
Liste DE COLÉOPTÈRES EXOTIQUES, 2636 espèces |
LISTE DES CoLÉOPTÈRES EN VENTE CHEZ M.
ADOLPHE BOUCARD, 7956 espèces ty ey
LISTE DES OISEAUX EN VENTE CHEZ M. ADOLPRE
BoucaRp, 4584 espèces ‘Te
La série CORRE des huit Catalogues € et Listes | oe I

R ae

Che Arumming Bird,

PANAMA.

PROROGATION FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE PANAMA
INTEROCEANIC CANAL.

ig the issue of Part 1, Vol. in, of the Humming Bird,
Nw) a treaty has been signed between Mr. Monchicourt,
Liquidator of the Panama Canal Co., and the Columbian
Government, by which the latter has agreed to a prorogation
of twenty months, thus giving ample time to the Company
to promote and form a new Society for the completion of
the Canal.

So far so good, as I never doubted that the Columbian
Government would protect, as much as possible, the interests
of the first subscribers; but I am sorry to see that one of the
clauses of the treaty mentions that a total sum of four millions
of francs be paid to Columbia by the new Society, the first
payment of 500,000 francs to be made by the Liquidation in
the course of next month.

Knowing as I do, the great difficulties existing in the
formation of a new Society, I am afraid that the said clause
will be a great obstacle to the formation of a new Company,
ane tt really believe that Columbia has made a mistake in
introducing that clause in the treaty.

The interests of Columbia were to facilitate by all means
in its power the promoting of a new Company, and by making
such terms, | am afraid that the result will be quite the
reverse of what that country expects.

I know of one Company, with a capital of twenty millions
of francs, which is willing to resume work in Panama, but
it cannot do so if that clause is maintained, because the twenty
millions which it possesses are required in their entirety, for
the disposing of the principal obstacle standing in the way of
the Canal, I mean the removal of the Culebra. This done,

34 The Humming Bird.

confidence would be restored, and the rest made easy; but it
cannot be done if the new Company has to pay four millions,
from its capital, to the Columbian Government.

This is the state of affairs at the present moment, and |
think that the only way of rescuing this gigantic international
and most useful undertaking should be the immediate convo-
cation of an International Congress, either at Paris, London,
New York, or Chicago, where suitable measures could be taken
wo) wren eniec, AID]

THE IME RAL INS AIRNESS

On Wednesday, the 12th of May, the Imperial Institute
was officially opened by Her Majesty the Queen.

The weather was magnificent, and that day of rejoicing
and spontaneous holiday making, will be remembered during
their life time, by all Londoners who assisted, either as guests
or spectators, at that grand ceremony.

Crowds began to assemble in the vicinity of Buckingham
Palace and along the line of route to be taken by the Royal
cortege, as early as nine o'clock in the morning, and it is quite
impossible to form an exact estimate of tine number of
spectators who assembled together to do honour to QUEEN
VICTORIA, but we think that nothing less than several hundred
thousands lined the passage followed by the Royal Family.
Triumphal arches, festoons of evergreens, and flags could be
seen everywhere. Add to that, most magnificent weather,
and you will have an idea of the glorious appearance of that
part of London, on the 12th of May last.

No such gathering had been seen since the Jubilee celebra-
tion. Shortly after noon the appearance of the six carriages
forming the Queen’s procession was signalled by a flourish of
trumpets from the Queen’s trumpeters. The first four carriages,
preceded by an escort of Life Guards, contained the Equerries,
the Lords and Ladies in Waiting, and the Court officials. Then
came a carriage containing Prince Christian and Prince Henry
de Battenberg. A body of Life Guards, followed by the
Australian, Canadian and Indian troops, preceded the Queen’s
state carriage, drawn by six cream coloured horses. Her
Majesty, who appeared to be in excellent health, was dressed

The Humming Bird. 35

in black, as usual. Opposite her, were Princess Christian and
Princess Henry de Battenberg. Another body of Life Guards
followed the Imperial carriage. Their Royal Highnesses,
Prince of Wales, Duke of York, Duke and Duchess of Edin-
burgh, Princess May, and Duke of Connaught who had gone
in advance, received Her Majesty on her arrival at the
Institute.

Her Majesty took her seat at the north end of the Hall.
On each side were placed chairs for the Royal Family, the
Indian Princes, and the high Dignitaries.

Opposite were the guests, among which could be seen
many well-known selebanes, civil and muy eT thie
usual ceremonies, the Imperial Institute was declared open
by Her Majesty.

The Imperial Institute, a magnificent building, nobly
carried out by the architect, Mr. Colcutt, has been built with
the contributions made to that effect by private individuals,
in honour of the Queen’s Jubilee.

The foundation stone of this great building was laid five
years ago, by Her Majesty on the occasion of her Jubilee. Its
object 1s to bring the Colonies into closer touch with the
mother country, by friendly and commercial intercourse, by
the exhibition of the raw materials and manufactured products
of England and its Colonies, by the advancement in every
possible way of trades, handicrafts, etc. The Institute will
form a kind of international club for colonists and others
visiting England, where information may be easily gained and
good fellowship promoted. In fact, it will be the Colonies’
Palace of Commerce, Art, and Industry, a fit homage rendered
by the nation to Her Most Gracious Majesty, Queen Victoria.

On the evening of the 17th, a grand reception was held
by His Royal Highness, the Prince of Wales. The guests
numbered over 15,000, including all the Fellows, the guests
invited on the day of opening, the members of the London
County Council, the London School Board, the London Cor-
poration, the mayors, provosts, and town clerks throughout
the country, and about 1,000 officers of the Army and Navy.
An immense buffet had been placed in the north gallery, at
which guests were supplied with all kinds of wine, fruits, and
other refreshments. As far as possible, the articies supplied
at the buffet were obtained either from England or from the
Colonies. It was a grand success.

36 The Humming Brrd.

WORLD'S

COLUMBIAN EXHIBITION.

On the ist of May, President Cleveland inaugurated the
Chicago Exhibition and delivered a remarkable speech on
that occasion, chiefly in praise of Labour and Peace.

It was a magnificant ceremony all through. Over three
hundred thousand spectators assisted at this solemn inaugura-
tion. An orchestra of 1,200 performers played National
tunes all the while.

. The Duke of Veragua, direct descendant of Christopher
Columbus, and his wife, assisted at the ceremony as special
guests of the American Government, and were much cheered.

The Austrian, English, German, and French Exhibitions
were much admired by President Cleveland and suite.

The German Exhibition which was nearly completed was
inaugurated by President Cleveland on that day.

in general, the foreign exhibitions were more advanced
than the American sections, but it was hoped that all of them
would be completed during the month.

Mrs. Palmer inaugurated the Ladies’ Exhibition, and in
her speech she said that special thanks were due to Queen
Victoria, to the Empress of Russia, to the Queen of Italy, to
the Queen Regent of Spain, and to the Committee of the
Belgian ladies for the great help and interest taken by all of
them in that part of the Exhibition.

The Duchess of Veragua replied in the name of the
Spanish ladies, Countess Piazza in the name of the Italian
ladies, and Princess Schakowsky in the name of the Russian
ladies.

‘The ladies’ Section, “ssaidiMrshenalmena.. provesuenat
the talent isnot the privilege oivomessexmalone:

On the 15th, the Women’s Congress was opened in the
of Hall Columbus, in the new Art Institute. Nearly seventy
organisations composed exclusively of women, and many
hundred societies and associations were represented, the
number of participants in the Congress being over 5,000.

The Countess of Aberdeen, Miss Jane Fos and the
most prominent of Women’s Rights representatives in
America occupied seats on the platform. |

The Humming Brrd. 27

Addresses were delivered by Marie Stromberg (Russia),
Miss Unwin, Mrs. Fenwick Miller and Marie Fisher (England),
Isabelle Bogelot, and Cécile Ranoz (France), and by other
delegates from Canada, South America, etc.

On the 16th, twenty different conventions were in
session.

The French Section of Fine Arts attracts a great deal of
attention. On the oth, a banquet was given by Mr. Roger
Ballu, the principal French Commissioner of Fine Arts, to the
Officers of the Chicago Exhibition, the foreign Commissioners
of Fine Arts, artistic notabilities, and others.

The Japanese Exhibition is also much admired.

Much remains to be done; but even as it is, months
would be required to see all the marvels accumulated in the
Exhibition.

It is a great pity that such a wonderful display should
have such an ephemeral life.

During the six months of its existence there is scarcely
time enough to study conscientiously only those peculiar
branches which interest most.

The Chicago Exhibition occupies about ten times more
space than the last Paris International Exhibition of 1880.
Those who saw the Paris Exhibition will know what that
means.

The Palace of the Administration is in the centre. It is
a wonderful structure and one of the great attractions of the
Exhibition. It cost very nearly one million of dollars, or
4200,000. All the buildings are distributed right and left
of that palace. On the right, the Palaces of Mines and
Electricity, two colonial structures. Further on, the leviathan
of all, or Palace of Manufactures and Liberal Arts, the centre
of which is occupied by England, France, Germany, and
United States. Then comes the Palace of Music where 7,000
spectators and over 2,000 artists can be easily seated.

Opposite the Palace of Liberal Arts is the Palace of
Agriculture, another colonial structure, and so many others that
it would fill several pages of this journal to give their names. I
shall only mentionthe Horticultural Palace, pe Women’s Palace,
the Federal Government Palace, the States Buildings, aes
Foreign Palaces, and the gigantic Aquarium.

38 The Humming Bird.

In the place called Midway Plaisance, two hundred yards
wide, and over one mile in length, are concentrated the places
of amusement and the curiosities of the Exhibition, such as:
—A captive balloon, Algerian, Indian, Austrian and Tunisian
villages, Japanese bazaars, Panorama of the Alps, Dutch
sledges, Pompeian house, Remples,ecte,, ete, Om tinevlalkerean
be seen crafts of all descriptions, from an Indian canoe to a
man of war, and it will certainly be one of the greatest attrac-
tions of the Exhibition. Restaurants and drinking stalls are
to be seen everywhere, so it is to be hoped that visitors will
not experience the unpleasant feeling of thirst and hunger,
as happened several times to the visitors of the last Paris
International Exhibition, who could not get, inside the grounds,
a glass of wine, or a piece of bread, for love or for money.

The Humming Bird has been one of the first Journals
which, from the beginning, has had the greatest and most
constant faith in the complete success of the World’s
Columbian Exhibition. It has constantly kept its readers
well informed of all the doings of the directors and officers
of the administration; of all the preparations made by
American, European, and other foreign countries to appear at
the Fair at their best ; and the Editor is very happy to say that
everything has come to pass exactly as announced. It is the
grandest and finest Exhibition ever held, and it does great
credit.to all those who, in one way or another, have contributed
LOM ie

The North Americans can be justly proud of their
glorious achievement in commemoration of the four hundredth
anniversary of the discovery of America, by Christopher
Columbus.

How far it will prove an European success, time will show,
because for want of habit of travelling, it is much less easy
for Europeans to go to America than for: Americans to
come to Europe; but what is certain, is, that it will be a
colossal American success, and that Europeans will be seen
this year in America in greater numbers than ever before,
and we hope that such a friendly and peaceable intercourse
between all the nations of the World at the Fair, will do more
for the maintenance of PEACE than all the armaments of the

World. [ED.]

- bl AE
The Humming Bird. 39

The Queen-Regent of Spain has conferred a sufficiently
large pension on Don Cristobal Colon, Duke of Veragua, to
keep him from want, and even to enable him to maintain
some of the position of his rank. It will be remembered
that this great Spanish nobleman, who is the principal lineal
descendant of the discoverer of America, was declared bank-
rupt, and his possessions sold by auction, a few days after the
recent Columbus celebration in the United States. He was
Minister of Marine in Don Sagasta’s Cabinet.

Mr. John D. Rockefeller, the Standard Oil Company
millionaire, has made an additional donation of $1,000,000
to the University of Chicago.

Mr. Phil Armour, a Chicago millionaire, left for Europe
somewhile ago, and after his departure it was learned that he
had made a gift to the city of a splendid five-storey building,
which is to be called the Armour Institute, for manual train-
ing in science and art. Mr. Armour gives an endowment of
$1,400,000 to maintain the establishment.

BNVERS INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION.

In May, 1894, will be opened an International Exhibition
at Anvers, Belgium.

All those willing to participate in it can communicate
directly with the Belgian Consuls in England and in other
countries, who will give all the required information to
intending exhibitors.

eC York RS Tel Ue Pil ON"

A series of scientific lectures is being given at the above
Institution by the well-known lecturer and ornithologist, Mr.
Bowdler Sharpe, of the Zoological Department of the British
Museum. In the two lectures already given, Mr. Sharpe has
treated principally of the extinct species, and the geographi-
cal distribution of Birds. Very good diagrams of fossil and
of rare birds were shown. We wish all success to Mr. Sharpe
for these popular lectures.

40 The Humming Brrd.

DESCRIPTION (cr ONES SUPP OS Dear
SPECIES or CH VONIAs rom side

CETONIA DELAGRANGEI, N. Sp.

C. delagranget, supra vividi-aurata ; capite crebre punctu-
lato; thorace subtuliter punctulato; scutello loevt; elytris
fortiter punctatis ; infra metallico violacca ; tibits tarsisque,
violaceo tinctis ; antennis rufis.

ILemgin, + 1 & Of aim men,

Habitat.—Akbes, Syria.

Head and pygidium metallic-coppery, strongly punctured,.
thorax, scutellum and elytrae golden-green with coppery
reflections in certain lights, especially on the thorax and on
the margins. of the elytracy the ‘thorax is very minutely
punctured all over, the scutellum quite smooth, the elytrae
strongly punctured all over with only a vestige of two white
lines on each elytrae, one external at about two-thirds of
its length, the other internal slightly lower; undersurface
dark metallic violet, tibiae and tarsi of same colour, darker
on tarsi. I have some specimens with the thorax metallic
coppery and others entirely metallic coppery.

This new species is closely allied to the well-known
Cetonia aurata, but is much smaller and much brighter in
colouration. The white markings of C. aurata, scarcely
exists at all in this species. Some specimens have no trace
whatever of them. It is a beautiful insect, finding its place
between C. aurata and C. afints.

I have much pleasure in dedicating this new species to its
discoverer, the well-known Syrian collector, Mr. Delagrange.

I have also a fine series of what may be a variety of this
species, but in the doubt, I give the description below, and
propose the name of Cefonza syrzaca for it, if it should prove
to be a distinct species.

Head, thorax, scutellum and elytrae, brilhant metallic dark
green, with golden reflections in certain lights ; undersurface,
including pygidium, tibiae, and tarsi, dark “bluish- purple. On
some specimens one small white ee is seen on the external
margin of the elytrae, on others none.

Flabitat.—Akbes, Syria.

It is a beautiful insect.

Che Atmmming Sid.

BOW Nt VEAIS ARE = PROTECTED
AGAINST THEIR ENEMIES.

The most casual observer cannot fail to be interested in the
wonderful manner in which all classes of animals, from the
largest quadruped to the smallest insect, are protected against
eae various enemies which seek to destroy them, and the study
of this subject is a source of never- ending delight to the
naturalist, or, indeed, anyone who is embued eer te sense
of the lessons to be learnt from the wonders of nature. It
will be seen at once that those animals which are not endowed
with strong teeth, claws, or other weapons of defence against
their foes, always have some peculiarity of shape or colour
whichconcealsthem by harmonizing with their surroundings, and
thus guards them, toa certain a. from the attacks A those
predatory a into whose clutches they would otherwise
easily fall. And thisis as it should be, for, if those carnivorous
animals whose natural food they are, were able to find their
prey too easily, they would destroy for the love of slaughter,
even after the pangs of hunger were satisfied. But as it is,
predatory*animals are obliged to use a large amount of cunning
and energy in hunting their victims down, and therefore they
do not as a rule kill more than are absolutely necessary to
satisfy the cravings of the stomach. Thus is the balance of
Nature evenly preserved, all species of animals maintaining
their proper proportions to one another. At the same time,
we must not forget that the same resemblance to surrounding
objects which conceals many animals from their stronger foes,
serves them also as a means of more successfully hunting those
weaker creatures upon which they in their turn prey.

Anyone who has seen the Hippopotami in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London must have been struck
by the resemblance these huge animals bear to half-sunken
rocks, when laying quietly in the small lake which is attached
to their house, with only part of the back and top of the head

42 The Humming Bird.

showing above the surface. This, and their power of sinking
noiselessly when alarmed, affords them, no doubt, a means of
concealment from the hunter. A somewhat similar case in
point 1s seen in the Crocodiles and Alligators, which look
exactly like dead logs laying in the water, especially in their
native haunts, when they are surrounded by slime, water-
plants, fallen trunks of trees, etc. A curious means of defence,
familiar to everyone, is that of the Hedgehog, which, besides
having its body covered with spines, has the power of rolling
itself into a ball when attacked, entirely concealing its head
and legs (which, with the belly, are the only parts not pro-
tected by the spines), and thus becoming nothing but an
impenetrable prickly ball. The ‘ fretful porcupine” is another
animal protected by spines, these latter being, however, much
longer than those of the Hedgehog; it also differs from the
latter by being unable to roll itself into a ball. There are several
other animals besides the Hedgehog which possess this power,
one of the principal being the Armadillo, a little animal from
South America, which is covered with a kind of bony armour
on the upper parts of the body and head, and by this means
is, when rolled up, as secure from danger as the Hedgehog.
There is also a species of woodlouse called the Armadillo,
which is frequently met with in England, under the bark of
decayed trees, etc., and is armour-plated like the mammal
referred to above, rolling itself into a little ball lke a black
pill when disturbed. Indeed, itis said that the old-time
doctors used to have great faith in their virtues as pills, and
dried them for the purpose, administering them, along with
their powdered snake-skins and other equally delightful pre-
scriptions, to their confiding patients.

An interesting instance of nature’s protection is afforded
by the Stoat, or Ermine {Mustela erminea). This animal is
reddish brown in summer, which colour harmonizes well with
the undergrowth in which the creature lives. But, being an
inhabitant of northern countries, where snow lies on the
ground during part of the year, its summer dress becomes
too conspicuous amongst its white surroundings, and its
colour then changes to white, which, while effectually con-
cealing it from its foes, at the same time enables it to
approach, unseen, the small mammals and birds upon which it
feeds. It is while it wears this winter coat that it is called
the Ermine, and it is then hunted for its skin, which is highly
valued. Among birds, the Ptarmigan (Lagopus vulgaris) is
one which changes its colour in the same manner as the

The Humming Brrd. 43

Stoat, its plumage being composed of various shades of brown,
grey, &c., during the summer months, like other birds
belonging to the” grouse family, and then turning pure white
in the winter. The Reindeer is an inhabitant of countries
which are under snow for the greater part of the vear, like
Lapland, and these countries being also the home of thousands
of hungry wolves, which are the worst enemies of the
Reindeer, the latter would be in constant danger were it not
for the large size and peculiar formation of his hoofs, which
are cloven like those of other deer, but which are very large
and which, moreover, spread apart over the snow instead of
sinking into it, enabling the animal to travel at great speed,
and thus escape its enemies. Antelopes, living as most of
them do in countries which are infested with the larger
Carnivora, besides being much hunted by the natives for their
flesh, skin, &c., would be in great danger of extermination
were it not for their fleetness of foot, which is greatly aided
by their lightness and elegance of build.

Almost all animals which are gregarious, z.e., travel or feed
in herds or flocks, appoint some of the oldest and most
experienced among them to act as sentinels and give warning
of the approach of an enemy. The Baboons of one are sam
example, and, if attacked by a Leopard or other foe, the old
males will not hesitate to give battle to the enemy, so as to
keep him at bay whilst the females and young escape. Wild
Horses, when attacked by wolves, usually form themselves
into a circle, with their heels outwards, and woe be to the
imprudent wolf who ventures within reach of their hoofs.

A curious instance of protection for the young is afforded
by the Marsupials, or Pouched Animals, of which the
Kangaroo is a familiar example. The females of these
remarkable creatures, as all visitors to the Zoological Gardens
know, have a pouch in front of their bodies in which the
young are reared, and to which, after they are old enough to
run and feed themselves, they retreat when alarmed. It is a
most interesting sight to see the pretty little animals protrude
their bright eyes and pointed ears from their mother’s pouch,
and cautiously emerge, hastily scrambling back again at the
least alarm.

Nearly ail birds which live much on the ground, such as
larks, partridges, quails, etc., are dull in colour, the various
browns and drabs which are the usual hues of their plumage
being the most indistinguishable among grass and under-
growth, and these birds usually sit very quiet on the approach

44 The Humming Bird.

of danger, preferring to trust to the assimilation of their
plumage with the surrounding objects than to their powers
of flight. The females of most birds are of a dull colour, as,
if they wore the brilliant dress which a large number of the
males do, they would easily betray the whereabouts of their
nests. This is especially the case with birds like the peacock
and pheasant.

There are probably no animals which are more effectually
concealed from their enemies than the toads and frogs,
especially the former, for although many of them are brightly
coloured underneath, in most cases they are dark? onthe
upper parts of the body, and they usually make a small
depression in the ground and lay flat in it, when, their backs
being on a level with, and of a similar colour to the earth,
they are extremely difficult to distinguish. Those species
which inhabit swamps, marshes, etc., are usually of a greenish
colour, like the slime and ooze in which they live, the only
thing brilliant about them being their beautiful eyes, which
often betray them to the practised eye of the collector.

Among fish, the flat-fish, such as plaice and soles, are about
the most defenceless, being comparatively slow in their
movements, but to compensate for this defect they are able
to hide themselves very effectually. As everyone knows, they
are brown on one side, which most people call the back, and
white on the other, commonly supposed to be the belly. But
a close examination of the position of the intestines, mouth,
fins, &c., will show that these fish lie on one side, the eyes
being the only organs which are in a different place to those
of other fish, as they are both on the uppermost side. These
fish lie at the bottom of the water, the brown side uppermost,
and often covered with sand, the only parts visible being the
mouth and eyes; these latter are rather prominent, so that
they remain above the sand when the fish has the rest of its
head buried beneath it, and he is thus enabled to watch all
that is going on above him while lying securely hidden. It is
only necessary to visit the Fish House at the Zoological
Gardens to verify this, as there are usually several buried
beneath the ‘sand: at. the) bottom obwthem tank theresa
remarkable means of protection is that of the Torpedo Fish
and the Electric Eel (Gymmnotus). The former isa member of :
the ray, or skate family, and has the power of giving very
severe electric shocks to anyone who touches them.

The Electric Eel is common in rivers in many parts of
South America, where they are said to grow to the length of

r . ‘J > se
The Humming Brrd. 45

six feet, and to be able to give a shock strong enough to stun
a horse. However that may be, | had ample opportunities of
observing two of these fish at the Insect House, Zoological
Gardens, in 1885. They were only medium sized specimens,
but they could give a somewhat severe shock, as I have
myself experienced, causing a most unpleasant sensation and
momentarily paralyzing the arm sometimes, as they were
apparently able to regulate the strength of the shock. Nor-is
it necessary to touch them in order to receive a a shock, as they

could send a current of electricity through the water, though
I was unable to ascertain to what distance. They also make
use of their wonderful power to obtain their food, which
consists of small fish, &c. They have very small eyes, and
are by no means active, therefore they would soon starve
were it not for the aid of their electrical apparatus. The two
specimens referred to used to have small roach, carp, and
other fish for their food, which, of course, were given them
alive. As soon as the eels became aware of the presence of
their prey, they would send several electric currents through
the water, which would cause the fish to float, dead or stunned,
upon the surface. The eels would then feel about with their
mouths, their eyesight being, as | have said, very poor.
As soon as they felt a fish they would seize it voraciously
and swallow it whole. I noticed an interesting circumstance
one day, which shewed that they must possess a certain amount
of reasoning power. <A small perch had inadvertently been
given them among the other fish, and when one of the eels
seized it, he turned it round so as to swallow it head foremost;

had he tried to dispose of it tail first, the fins, which are very
spiny in the perch, would have stuck in his throat and choked
him. The most remarkable point about this incident was
that they never troubled how they swallowed the carp, roach,
etc. I do not think they gave very strong shocks as a pale
while feeding, as on several occasions I took apparently dead
fish out of the water, and on putting them into a bowl of fresh
water they gradually came too and swam about as lively as
ever. I saw these two eels only last June alive and well,
and with a notice over their tank intimating that visitors who
pay one shilling to the keeper are entitled to receive an
electric shock from these extraordinary fish.

But it is among insects that we find the most wonderful
instances of protection and disguise against their foes.
Their enemies are so numerous, including mammals, birds,
reptiles, fishes, and even the stronger members of their own

46 The Humming Bird.

class, that it is only the extraordinary means of concealment
which many of them possess, combined with their remarkable
fecundity, that stands between them and total extinction. As
it is, however, they are enabled to hold their own with such
success as to greatly out-number the remainer of the animal
world. No doubt birds are the greatest destroyers of insects,
especially when the latter are in the larval state, as almost all
birds, even the seed-eating species, feed their young on
insects. As a means of protection against these destroyers,
a large number of insects lay their eggs either in the ground
or in fale future food-plant of the young larva. Among the
former are the cockchafers and grasshoppers. The cock-
chafer is fearfully destructive when in the larval stage, as the
grub lives under the ground, where it is comparatively safe
from the attacks of birds, feeding on the roots of plants and
doing enormous damage to growing crops. It is for this
reason that rooks, starlings, and other birds follow the plough,
in order to find these and other grubs which may have been
turned up with the soil. Consequently, these useful birds
should never be destroyed, but, on the contrary, should be
encouraged as much as possible. The weevil, a small beetle
belonging to the family of Curculionidæ, is another insect
which, unfortunately for the farmer, is well concealed from
its foes when in the larval state. The eggs are laid in grains
of corn, and the larve hatch and feed in security, causing
immense destruction on account of their numbers. Another
beetle which lays its eggs so that the young grubs find them-
selves in the midst of their food on hatching, is the Burying
Beetle, which, however, is not injurious to farmers. On
finding the dead body of a mouse, small bird, or something of
the kind, these insects bury it in the earth. and then lay their
eggs in it. Among the larvæ of Lepidoptera may be found
some of the most interesting examples of the subject of this
paper. The larve of a large number of species belonging to
the family of Vanessidæ feed on nettles, thistles, and other
plants which are more or less spiny or hairy ; in order to
conceal them as much as possible, these larve are covered
with branched spines, which look very formidable, but which,
however, are quite soft and harmless. The pupæ of the same
insects hang by their tails from the stems, etc. of their food-
plants, and from a little distance look exactly like dead leaves
which have shrivelled up.
The larvæ of a remarkable North American butterfly,

(Limenitis disippus), are curious from the fact that a

The Humming Bird. 47

colour and shape they resemble the excrement of a bird, so
much so as to deceive even the most experienced eye;
indeed, I should think that even the birds themselves were
mislead, so extraordinary is the similarity. They spend about
three weeks in the larval stage, and eleven or twelve days as
pupe. The Leaf Butterflies ihn llima) of India are brightly
coloured on the upper side of the wings, but quite sober
in hue underneath, and they look exactly likebrowa leaves
when the wings are closed, the middle vein of the leaf being
represented by a dark line extending across both wings,
which are also marked with blotches and spots, just like a
leaf commencing to decay. Each hind wing is elongated into
a kind of tail, which, when the butterfly is in repose, rests
against the stem of the plant on which the insect is sitting,
and thus resembles the stem of the leaf. They are very
variable in colour on the underside, all shades from yellow
to dark brown being found, and no two specimens are exactly
alike. One of the most difficult British pupz to find is that
of the Puss Moth (Dicranura vinula), on account of the
shape and colour of the cocoon. When the larva is about
to undergo its metamorphosis it selects a comfortable crevice
in the bark of the poplar or willow tree on which it has been
feeding. It then bites the bark away in small chips until it
has made a slight hollow, a little longer and broader than
itself; then, with the aid of a gummy secretion, which it
possesses in lieu of the silk with which most larve of
Lepidoptera are provided, it proceeds to glue together the chips
of wood which it has bitten away, until it has built an oval
shaped dome over itself, which soon hardens with exposure
to the air, becoming almost impervious to the sharpest knife.
During the winter months the cocoons get discoloured, and
often covered with lichens, etc., so as to be indistinguishable
from the bark of the tree. If comfined in a box, it will
compose its cocoon of cardboard or whatever substance the
box is made of. This larva is also interesting from the fact
that it has two so-called tails on the extremity of the body,
which are in reality whips for driving away ichneumon flies.
When it feels one of these flies alight on its back, for the
purpose of laying its eggs in the caterpillar’s body, the larva
protudes these curious organs from the sheathes in which they
are encased, and uses them as whips to drive its foe away.
Countless other examples could be added to those already
enumerated, such as the snail, which has a shell into which it
retires when threatened with danger; the cuttle fish, which

48 The Humming Bird.

discharges a black fluid into the water to darken it and thus
cover its retreat; the hermit crab, which lives in the old shells
of whelks, etc., but it would fill many volumes to mention all
of them. In fact one may say that every animal has some
special protection, or disguise, to guard it from the dangers
which beset it. Moreover, there are always fresh points of
interest to be discovered in this connection, and there is a
wide field of study and research still left open for every lover

of natural history.
W. Fo A ROsENeERG

AB ON DEN ClO rane oile on

The extraordinary hot and dry weather which has been
experienced this year in Europe, has been partly injurious to
the crops of cereals and grasses; but, as a compensation, it
has been extremely favourable to all trees and plants bearing
fruit.

The quantity of fruit has been ‘so large this” year thar
everywhere can be seen trees, so overloaded with them, that
many of their branches not being able to support such a
weight, lie broken on the soil.

The year 1893 will always be remembered as an exceptional
year in that respect. The Vines are in the most flourishing
condition as to quantity and quality, and it is now certain that
this year, the wine will be of an exceptionable good quality.

But what is of greater interest to the Zoologist, is the
prodigious number of Wasps, which can be seen everywhere
in the orchards. Millions, or better say milliards of them are
feasting on fruits, and it is a great task, for gardeners and
others, to preserve their crops from these insects. From
where did all these insects come from, precisely at a time
when there is such an abundance of fruit, is more than we
can say? It is one of those mysterious doings of NATURE,
which we can well admire, but not so easily explain? [Ep.]

AE ‘Poldigg ditto 1. aes, a

j'a ce
i

BOUCARD, POTTIER :@& GO:
~Waturalists and Feather Merchants,
225, HIGH HOLBORN, LONDON, W.C, ENGLAND.

Messrs. BOUCARD, POTTIER and Co. offer to sell on commission. Objects of
Natural History, Collections of Mammals and Birds, Skins, Skeletons, Human and
Animal Skulls, Insects of all orders pinned and set, or in papers; Marine, Fresh
Water and Land Shells; Reptiles and Fishes in spirit; Crustaceze and Arachnide in
spirit; Ethnological Collections from all parts; Showy Bird Skins and leathers for
Plumassiers and Naturalists; Mammal Skins for Furriers; Bright species of Insects
for Artificial Florists ; Rare Old Stamps, used and unused ; Curios of all sorts;
Pictures and Works of Art, etc., etc.

_ All possessors of such objects - should ‘not dispose of them without consulting
Vee Boucard, Pottier and Co., who having a large connection with Amateurs in all
parts of the world, are able get the very best. prices for them.

FOR SALE

About 6,000 species of Birds, 30,000 species cf Coleoptera and Lepidoptera,
Mammal Shins from, New Guinea, West Africa, South America, etc.; Land, Fresh
Water and Marine Shells, a large number of species: Reptiles and Fishes in spirit;
Crustaceæ, dried and in spirit; Insects of .all orders; Skeletons ; 5,000 different
varieties of Postage Stamps, etc., etc. f

A very fine collection of Shells, especially rich in LAND SHELLS, and containing

many types and new species, about 40,000 M DURE Price, etc., apply at

225, HicH HoLBorN, Lonpon, W.C.

STANDS, NEW STYLE.

No. 1. For Humming Birds and Small Birds tn ce ts at 20s. per hundred
4, 2. For Small Birds, up to Tanagers Med Reta dès ts at 24s. nek
» 3: For Tanagers up to Magpies Be Bi Sof Ste at 28s. *
» 4. For Magpies up to Crows or Small Hawks ie ay Se at 32s. FA
» 5. For Small Hawks to Large Hawks and Owls up an at 405. re
ARTIFICIAL EYES.
BLAcK CoLOURED. | CORNERED. ge peed WA
ji dex Gross. Per Dozen Pairs. Per Dozen Pairs.
No. 1 to 4 6d. 1s. 6d. No. 4 to 6 3s. 6d. as. 6d.
yh 52t0' 8 Bde. : ‘2s. 6d. » 7 t0 9 5s. od. ~ 6s. od.
» 9 to 10 1s. od. 4s. od.
HAL, tO. 13..-- 28. 6d.” 7s. od. », 10 to 11 8s. od. Ios, od,
He tet LOS ods 11s. od.
; Per Dozen Pairs. :
AUTO 10 igs. 6: 2s. 6d. » T3 tO 15 13s. od. 155. od,
He askZ 4288. OÙ, 3s. od, Larger Sizes can be made to order.
iy. en kO 125. fad... 4s. od.
UTENSILS FOR COLLECTING, Etc.
Bicarbolic Acid ... OF: A quart 2/- Insect Pins. English, French
Rectified Benzoline ... i. ae 3 or German .. à: from 1/6 per 1000
Boucard’s Insecticide ... mp Ib. 4/- Setting Boards .. from 1/- to 2/- each
Collecting Corked Box from 1/- to 5/- each Butterfly Nets complete » 1/6t05/-
“Pocket Corked Box … À from 2/-each Sweeping and Water Nets : from 2/6 to 10/-
‘Corked Box for Museums from 24/- to 36/- doz. Cork in Sheets i +. ... from 3/- doz.
Botanical Box + ... : from 2/6 to 6/- each Magnifying Glasses .. from 1/- to 5/-
Pin Box, with 1,000 pins ~... aug 3/- Hammers .., ws » 1/6 to 5/-
_ Collecting Bottles with large Naphthaline Wiss ee ». 4/- per lb.
opening . from 6d. ° Botanical Grey Paper ... », 6/- ream
Boucard’s Tin Collecting ang with . Folding Umbrella for Ean cot a
two partitions ... és 2/- Insects Fe iy from 10/-
Straight Scissors: Fe oe from 2/- Cutting Pliers ... wt “sp AP AT À
Curved ,, se He yieate | Flat Phers Hi a ts Goats
Faxidermist Knives... isa 1/6 Arsenical Soap ... Bs wai » 2/- per lb
Long Forceps ... a ie sot By Glass Tubes : … pst Re 5 -I/- doz.
Small fs 92 oY pik iadle Taxidermist Case, containing
Insects’ Nippers * … Ea to 1 Pair of Scissors, 2 Knives,
Sieve ; 2h AEN By te 1 Lime, 1 Grater, 2 Pliers,
Eo ypive for cleaning eggs de wo] 1 Hammer,r Pair of Forceps,
Digg as 1 Brush, 3 Gimletsi etc. com-

» 6/- plete re eee from 12/- to 40/-

TO BE SOLD OR EXCHANGED,

For Properties of equal value in London, Brighton, or
the Isle of Wight,

SEVERAL PROPERTIES AT SAN- REMO,

The Celebrated Winter Resort on the Riviera, 40 Minutes É
from MONACO. Desh
: |

VILLA -MARIA! LUIGIA.

Three Villas, known as Villa Maria Luigia, and Villas Rondo: the first
one, detached with a beautiful garden of 2200 square yards; the last, semi-
detached with front and back gardens, Villa Maria Luiga consists of three
floors,-with fifteen fine room, offices, kitchen, etc. Fen of the rooms are full.
south, facing the sea. Rae,

Villa Rondo n° 25, corso Garibaldi, consists ot. two Gare with nine — se
rooms, kitchen, office and cellar. N° 27 ne te kitchens and two more
rooms on the underground floor. | ue

Villa Maria Luigia and Villa Rondo n° 25, the smallest, are nie let QE,
unfurnished, 3800 francs per annum, for several years.—Villa Rorido sn 27°
is also let at 1400 francs per annum. Furnished, they will produce between —
£400 amd {500 per annum. |

All applications to be made at Mr. Boucard’s,. 225, High Holborn, ~
London, W.C. (England), where photographs of the Villas can be seen. —

Ee oe)"

LS BTE LP ae ox)

dis

}
Phrase
TL ee a ŒUT

JUST ARRIVED.

A very interesting collection of Beetles and Butterflies from Syria.
Another of Beetles and Butterflies from Haiti (Antillae). It contains some _
very fine species of BUPRESTIDAE and CURCULIONIDAE, and one rare species.
of Gymneris. Collections of COLEOPTERA from Java and Japan. Large —.
collections of Butterflies and Moths from Assam and Japan. Several inter- =
esting collections of Bird skins from Japan, British Guiana, Borneo, Gaboon,
Congo, Guatemala, ete., etc. Specimens of CERIORNIS CABOTI, and other .
rare species of birds. A collection of shells from Australia, and many others
also AUSTRALIAN ECHIDNAE, in spirit, which can be seen at the :

Naturalists’ Agency, 225, High Holborn, London, W.C. 3

Parpy & Co., General Printers, 8, The Triangle, Bournemouth.

: Vor. III, Part IV.] DECEMBER, 1893. [Price 2/6.

Che Dumming Bir

= 6x A QUARTERLY x
SCIENTIFIC, ARTISTIC AND INDUSTRIAL REVIEW

EDITED BY

MORE TEGO AR»

NS RN
el
je’ AN AN

we sv s SNS
ys »

av
:- Ae
ra ws wy He
&
ty
as ; SALES grees Lee

Des, RSR RE ss —_
, =
‘ SS
i RS
ÈS
À SSS
TT

4 ‘
4

7
dt

& Annual Subscription : United Kingdom, Burts N. America and Canada,
Ee ro} All other Countries, 12/-

Vol. I. and II., complete, 10/- each.

SCALE OF CHARGES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS:

Whole Page, 20/- Half Page, 15/- Quarter Page, 10/-
Lowest charge, 2/6 up to five lines, and 6d. per line extra.
Repeated or Continuous Advertisement per contract.

sor

BOUCARD, A., Works by :—
. GUIDE POUR RÉCOLTER PRÉPARER ET EXPEDIER

DEs OBJETS D’HistToiRE NATURELLE, Brochure

in 8vo., 32 pages, Rennes, 1871 a is ere Uf
The same in Spanish … 1/-

NOTES SUR QUELQUES TROCHILIDES, Brochure

grand, in 8vo., 16 pages, Lyon, 1873 1/6

HAND-BOOK OF "NATURAL History, 2nd Edition,
Vol. in 8vo., 234 pages, profusely illustrated

with Woodcuts, London, 1874 pss 4/-

COLOURED DIAGRAMS OF "NATURAL History, and
Edition, 20 sheets, 18in. by 24in., comprising 166
Diagrams of typical animals and plants, natural
size, and 37 natural typical specimens of woods,
and ‘minerals, all neatly mounted on strong card-

board“... me = Ade ae .… 40/-
The same, varnished... OAs

NOTES SUR LES TROCHILIDES DU Me bind

- Brochure grand in 8vo., 16 pages, Lyon, 1875... . 1/6

Monocrapuic List OF THE COLEOPTERA OF THE
GENUS PLUSIOTIS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF
SEVERAL NEW SPECIES. Pamphlet, in 8vo, with

coloured plate, illustrating five néw species... 4/-
The same, with black plate BA sNc.2/0
CATALOGUES AVIUM HUCUSQUE DESCRIPTORUM, I

Vol. in 8vo., cloth, 352 pages, 2546 genera, and
11,031 Species recorded. London, 1876. A useful
book for Museums and Ornithologists. Price

reduced to... Be as -. I0/-
The same, with French preface aoe 10/-

The same, interleaved with blank sheets of paper,

French or English preface 2. 12/-

NOTES ON PHAROMACRUS COSTARICENSIS. ‘Pamphlet

‘to, 8 pages. Brighton, 1877 .. 4/-

On BIRDS COLLECTED IN Costa RIcA, ‘by Mr.
Adolphe Boucard: Pamphlet in 8vo, 72 pages,
with coloured plate of ZoNOTRICHIA VOLCANI.

Boucard, London, 1878 ke see .. Af-
The same, with black plate nee 2/6

NOTES ON SOME COLEOPTERA OF THE GENUS
PLUSIOTIS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE
NEW SPECIES FROM MExICO AND CENTRAL
-AMERICA. Pamphlet in 8vo, 4 pages, with
coloured plates, illustrating fine species, P.
RODRIGUEZI, BADENI, BOUCARDI, MNISZECKI,

and PRASINA ... ae = -» 4f-
The same, with black plate as 2/6

NOTES SUR LES OBJETS EXPOSÉS PAR LA RÉ-.
PUBLIQUE DE GUATEMALA ET PAR M. ADOLPHE
Boucarp À L’EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE

Paris, 1878,Brochure in 8vo, 32 pages. Paris, 1878 1/-

LISTE DES OIREAUX RECOTTES AU GUATEMALA EN
1877, PAR M. ADOLPHE Boucarp, Brochure

grand, in 8vo, 48 pages. “Lyon, 1878 … 22/0

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES
OF SOUTH AMERICAN BIRDS. Pamphlet, in 8vo.,
with coloured plate, figuring CHIROMACHACRIS

CORONATA. Boucard, London, 1879 .... : .. 2/-
The same, with black plate a 1/-

DESCRIPTION D’UNE ESPÈCE NOUVELLE DE PsEU-

DOEOLAPTES DE COSTA RICA. Paris, 1880 0;

DESCRIPTIONS DE DEUX ESPÈCES NOUVELLES DE

CICINDÉLIDES DE PANAMA. Paris, 1880 we 64,

On A COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM YUCATAN
(Mexico), WITH NOTES BY Mr. OsBERT SALVIN,

F.R.S. Pamphlet, in 8vo., 30 pages. London, 1883 2/6

NOTICE BIOGRAPHIQUE SUR FRANCOIS SUMICHRAST,
NATURALISTE VOYAGEUR, Brochure in 8vo., avec

portrait. Paris, 1884 ... 2|-

VISITE AUX RUINES DE XocuIcaLco (Mexique).

Paris. 1887 … 1/-

CATALOGUE DES Ouyers pupbeke PAR ‘LA Re.
PUPLIQUE DE GUATEMALA ET PAR M. ADOLPHE
BoucarD A L’EXPOSITION UNIVERSELLE DE

Paris, 1889 .. 1/-

CATALOGUE DES OISEAUX DE LA COLLECTION

Riocour. Paris, 1889 3 iA 1/-

THE HUMMING BIRD. A MonTHLy Scott.
TIFIC, “ARTISTIC, AND INDUSTRIAL REVIEW.

Vol. I. London, 1891 ... a ie «+ I0/-

Conterts of Vol. I.

Preface—What is to. be seen everywhere in London—
The McKinley Bill—The Panama Canal—Notes on the
Genus Pharomacrus—An easy way of making £100 a

a year—Reports on Public Sales of Feathers and Bird
Skins—Rapport sur la Vente publique, de plumes et
d’Oiseaux à Londres, Décembre, 1890 — The Museum
of la Plata, and my idea of a typical and practical
Museum of Natural History—Reports on Public Sales
of Postage Stamps—Notes on rare species of Humming
Birds, and Descriptions of several supposed new species

REVIEW OF NEW PUBLICATIONS, cOmpnicinee

OBITUARY :—

GENERA OF HUMMING BIRDS, by A. Boucal

-- Second tte hate Oxted Cong
Answers to Correspondents—Description of a sup
new species of Parrot in Boucard’s Museum—Notes
the Crowned Superb Warbler (Malurus coronatus (Go
—A Visit to the Gardens of Zoological Society of L
don—British Museum (Zoological Department)—R
Aquarium—Books and Journals received—Obitua
Description of a supposed new species of Paradise.
in Boucard’s Museum—The Pilgrim Locust—Dese
tion of a supposed new species of Tanager—Notes
the great Bower Bird (Chlamydodera nuchalis, Jarc
Collections made in Thibet and Central Asia—A Visit
the British Museum (Natural History Department
The Plantain or Banana Plant—Inauguration of 1
statue of Pierre Belon, the Naturalist — A Giz
Land Crab—Review of new Scientific Books—Repc
on the Public Sale of the celebrated Collection of Shel
formed by the late Sir David Barclay, and sold
Steven’s on Monday, the 6th of. July, and following da
—Recommendations for the prevention of damage
some common Insects of the Farm, the Orchard, a
the Garden—La Vie champêtre. La Destruction de
Larve du Hanneton (Melolontha vulgaris)—Crocodi
Snake, and Fish skins for industrial purposes—Work
Columbian Exposition, Bâtiment de l’Administation.

The same, Vol. Il. London, 1892
Contents of Vol.If.
Description of a supposed new Species of Hughes Bir
in Boucard’s Museum—The World’s Fair, Inte
national Exposition of Chicago—Review of -
Scientific Books—Notes on the Rare Pheasa
Rheinardius ocellatus—Books — received—Celebrat
Gallery of Old Masters, of the late General Marque
de Garbarino—Customs Tariff of Great Britain.
Ireland—Obituary—Biographical Notes on He
Walter Bates, F.R.S., etc. (with portrait) —Americ
Pearls—Fish from Volcanoes—A very large Tree-
Curious Rat Catcher—List of Birds collected, by”
Hardy at Porto-Real, Brazil, with description of
supposed New Species—Description of a supposed À
Species of the genus Manticora, “ Cicindelide,” fr
_ Damara Land, South Africa—Description d’une espé
nouvelle de Diptére parasite de Costa Rica, Ornithof
yia geniculata— The Completion of the Panama Ca
—A complete list, up to date, of the Humming Bin
found in Columbia, with descriptions of several suppos
New Species—Christopher Columbus—Festivities ar
Exhibitions, held in honour of Christopher Colin ig
America, Spain, Italy and France—America—Le Cai

de Panama—International Exhibition in Monaco—
new Emission of Postage Stamps. |

Annual Report ofthe Board of Regents ‘of the Smith hs
nian Institution, on ene of Birds ee :
British Museum, 1891, Vol. XVI.

Vol. XXIL., 1892—Zoological. Record, -Vol. XX VI)
1892—Proceedings of the Zoological Society of Londa
1892—The Ibis, Vol. IV., Sixth Series, 1892—Mémoit
de la Société Zoologique de France, Vol. V., 1892
Memorias y Revista de la Sociedad cientifica, Anton
‘Alzate, 1892— Actes de la Sociéte scientifique du Chi
Vol. I., 1892—The Entomologist’s FA et
1892, etc.

August von Pelzen—Dom Pedro Aude -
Alphand—Monseigneur. Freppel—Armand de Quati
ages de Breau—Duke of Clarence—Henry* Walt
Bates— Etienne Arago—Hermann Charles Burmeis
Carl August Dohrn—Marshal da Fonseca—Ernt
Renan—Alfred Tennyson—Xavier Marmier.

pages I to 56.
SAUVETAGE DU PANAMA, 4éme edition, Brothnrés .
in 8vo., 32 pages. Tours, 1892.. : Lol
CATALOGUE DES COLLECTIONS D’HISTORIE 3
NATURELLE RÉCOLTÉES AU MEXIQUE PAR M:,
ADOLPHE BOUCARD
CATALOGUE.DE MAMMIFÈRES, OISEAUX REPTILES, |
Poissons ET COQUILLES DE LA Sea tia oy.
LoutsiANE, MEXIQUE ET URUGUAY
CATALOGUE DE CARABIQUES ET CoLaneeineas c
DIVERS, 1477 espèces .. >
CATALOGUE D'HÉTEROMÈRES ET DE CURCULIO |
NIDES, 2242 espèces .
CATALOGUE D'OISEAUX, REPTILES ET Porssons, |
1157 espèces .
LISTE DE COLÉOPTÈRES EXOTIQUES, 2636 espèces |
Liste pes, CoLÉOPTÈRES EN VENTE CHEZ M. |
ADOLPHE BOUCARD, 7956 espèces |
LISTE DES OISEAUX EN VENTE CHEZ M. ADOLPHE
BOUCARD, 4584 espèces at
La série complete des huit Catalogues et Listes lg

Che Ajumming À Bil.

NOTICE.

221 1H the present Part, we close the Third Volume of the
rs) A é Humming Bird. In Volume IV. will be concluded the
Genera of Humming Birds, and the First Volume of Travels of a
Naturalist.

This Fourth Volume will be issued Quarterly: the First

Part on the first of March, and the Fourth and last one on the
first of December.

The price for Subscribers, post prepaid, will be Ten
Shillings for the United Kingdom, Europe, North America and
Canada; and Twelve Shillings for all other countries. The
subscription for Vol. IV. is now due.

THE REDACTION.

NOLES ON ~WASes:
BY A. BOUCARD.

The Wasp (Vespa Britannica) is an hymenopterous
insect belonging to the family Vespzdae, or family of Wasps
and Hornets. The principal characters of these insects are
taken from the structure of the wings. These, four in
number, as in all the species of Yymenoptera, are folded
throughout their entire length when the insect is at rest; the
fore-wings have one marginal and three sub-marginal cells,
with an incomplete terminal sub-marginal cell, and in all the
species the neuration is the same. Some wasps are solitary
in their manner of life, and these have been separated from
the social species and formed into a distinct family EUMENIDAE.

The social wasps have their bodies usually black with
yellow markings ; they have strong and dentated mandibles,
and the females and neuters have a long, powerful, and
venomous sting. Their legs are unprovided with apparatus
for collecting pollen. They live in societies composed of

50 The Humming Bird.

males, females, and neuters or workers; but their communities
are dissolved at the commencement of the winter. The nests
in which they live, called sometimes vespiaries, are either
built under ground, in holes, in banks, or attached to the
branches of trees. Within these nests, which are varied in
size and appearance, they construct hexagonal cells, arranged
in combs like those of the bees, and in which the larvae and pupæ
are contained. A large nest sometimes contain an hundred
females, and though few escape the rigour of the winter, the
few that do emerge in spring commence to construct a new
habitation.

The males perform no menial work, this is left to the
neuters which are always the most numerous and busiest of
the community. These are the architects and the soldiers;
they build the nests, gather provisions, regulate the nurseries,
and revenge insults. Wasps are very voracious, preying
upon insects, sugar, meat, fruit, honey, etc. Vespa Britannica
is a true wasp, and builds its nest of a thin substance like
paper, but of a very fine and close texture, and suspends it
from the branch of a tree.

This year, as everyone knows, there has been quite an

abundance of wasps in all Europe, and many were the notices
published in many of the leading European papers on these
insects. Nearly all of them have stated that the wasps was
one of the greatest pests to orchards, vineyards, etc. Myself, in
Part III. of the Humming Bird, 1893, page 48, mentioned that
millions of wasps were feasting on fruits, and considered them
as extremely injurious insects; but since then, I have been think-
ing a great deal over the matter, and I have completely altered
my opinion. [| am not at all certain that they are so injurious
as I thought. On the contrary, I think that they are very
useful, and that it is chiefly due to these insects that such an
abundance of fruit has been gathered this year in all Europe.
I quite believe that they are the greatest auxilary of Agri-
culturists in destroying an immense number of parasitic,
minute insects well known as injurious to fruit, and I call the
special attention of the Hymenopterists and other Entomolo-

gists to what precedes. It is of such vital importance to.

Agriculture, that we should know with certainity, which are
our friends or our enemies among the insects and other
animals, that I consider that money and time could not be
better spent than in trying to solve this most important point,
and more especially so about the wasps when we see that in
many European countries, money has been spent largely for

The Humming Bird. ‘51

the destruction of these insects, when perhaps quite the
reverse, is what ought to have been done. Supposing for one
instant that my opinion about the utility of these insects
could be satisfactorily proved, it is easy to see of what
importance it is to the whole world at large, especially so,
if we take into account the immense number of wasps w hich
have been destroyed this year, by order, or by supposed
friendly advices.

It is quite true that several fatal casualties, occasioned by
these insects, have been made known by different newspapers;
but these are only accidents, similar to many others, to which we
are daily exposed, during the course of our life; and we may
say that im prudences were perhaps made by the victims.

Unless man 1s attacked by a multitude of these insects,
in trying to destroy their nests, the sting of a single wasp is
not a pleasant sensation, but is not dangerous. With a few
drops of pure ammonia, immediately applied on the wound,
the irritation disappears very quickly ; and in all my rambles
-over the world, I have never heard of wasps attacking man,
without provocation of his part, neither seen one of these
Insects stinging anyone of its own accord.

During a stay of several weeks made this year in the Isle
of Wight, I have been greatly annoyed w ith them, when

walking, bathing, and even at meal times. When bathing,
they came along and wanted to rest on me (for what purpose
I don’t know); when walking about and in perspiration, they
seemed as if they wanted to > suck me; when eating fruits or
sugared cakes, they swarmed round and even dared to stand
on the cake or fruit which I had in my hand, and devoured
part of .it; and, lastly, when taking my breakfast or dinner,
they ransacked what was on the table, chiefly butter and sugar.

On the 24th of August, when at breakfast, I witnessed
-what I consider a very interesting fact, on the voracious habits
of wasps: that of a wasp hunting a common house fly, which
was partly stuck in the butter. A wasp which assisted to
nearly all my meals—now flying about in all directions, now
partaking of the sugar, then of the bread, etc.—perceiving the
fly half stuck in the butter, pounced upon, seized it, and carried
it on the glass of the French window. In less than two
minutes it had cut off the two wings of the poor fly, and swal-
lowed it all. If I had not seen it, I could not have believed it.

I shall conclude my Notes on Wasps with the reprint of
two principal notices on Wasps, taken from the “ Petit
_Journal ” de Paris, and “ Pearson’s Weekly” of London.

52 The Humming Bird.

PES NAS OR AV ASI Se

In many parts there is a regular plague of wasps. Here
are some interesting facts about these pests.

I know naturalists say that the wasp has really no blood-
thirsty designs in our direction, but I have not noticed this
myself. Anyway, they always go for me and I always
retaliate and slay them wholesale and when they are asleep
if possible. In my opinion, the taking of a wasps’ nest is a

great and glorious occupation—if you don’t get stung.

There are more wasps about this year than ever. But in
1892 there were hardly any to be found. It is easy to under-
stand why, too, if we look into their domestic ways and habits.

At the end of each summer every ‘“waspy,” as the
village lads call them, who has escaped the avenging hand of
man falls into the clutches of death with the exception of the
biggest females or self-crowned queens. Now upon these
ladies depends the entire responsibility of propogating the
species. On the death of their husbands they become torpid,
and so manage to survive the cold bleak winter, which kills
so many millions of their tribe.

Sometimes as many as 500 of these regal dames are
produced in one nest, and if there happen to be a succession
of heavy rains, the chances are that the hibernating queens
are drowned in their beds. And every female carried off
represents a loss of from 10,000 to 30,000 wasps the next
season. And so it is easy to understand that a wet winter
materially reduces the number of nests for us to take during
the ensuing summer.

On the advent of spring every queen who has survived
quits her snug quarters and sails out into the open air to
select a suitable site for her future home. :

By the side of sunny banks she flits searching for apart-
ments. If she cannot find a decent rat hole or other sub-
terranean passage, she starts building on her own account.
As soon as the excavations are complete, or the original ones
altered and improved to her majesty’s taste, the problem of
upholstering the establishment presents itself. Off she darts
and searches diligently till she finds a tree with rotting bark,
or some weather-beaten paling.

Clinging to the wooden fence or gnarled branches, as the
case may be, she strips off: scraps of the outside wood and

gathers them in bundles, leaving behind her a pale glistening
streak wherever she has passed,

The Humming Bird. 53

She carries the fibre home and then turns it into paper-
pulp; for it was Mrs. Wasp who gave us our first lesson in
paper-making.

All the odd bits of vegetable matter which have been
collected are mashed most carefully, most thoroughly, with a
sticky secretion from her mouth, and are then plastered to-
gether into a thin film of stucco, which looks for all the world
like some crumpled sheet of tissue.

A variable number of cones are connected together with
scaffolding, made of this papier maché, and then a strong
external wall is built, having two doors. The next operation
is to form a pillar riveted to the roof of the cavern, and then
the topsy-turvey lady, whose sting is in-her tail, not in her
mouth, begins at the roof and builds gradually down towards
the foundations.

The energetic female does not complete the building of
her inimitable walled citadel without assistance ; and feeling
the want of fellow workers, she sets to and manufactures
some for her own purposes.

Every cell she furnishes with an egg, which, as time goes
on, becomes converted intoa grub. The maternal duties now
interfere considerably with the professional ones, and bring
the building operations to a standstill. The queen-builder
turns huntress. She leaves her little colony to chase and
capture luckless flies and other insects, which she forthwith
churns into a palatable mess and retails to the little grubs.

As they are fed up in this way several times a day the
ugly grublings soon begin ‘to grow in breadth and stature,
until ‘they suddenly burst forth into full-blown wasps, and
immediately begin to relieve their mother of her multitudinous
duties. When “they grow old enough they take the building
operations entirely out of her hands and finish the great work
she began so gamely.

These new-comers are neither masculine nor feminine,
but neuter. They are, above all things, workers, and the
mother does not let them forget it either. She allows no
lazying. She sends them out into all parts of the world to
collect food for the younger generations of grublings, and it
is when they feel too lazy to suck the flowers and gather
honey from the fields that they come into our rooms, drive us
from our dinners, and browse on the jam-tarts and fie fruit.

As time goes on this champion mother produces more and
more grubs, and these in their turn have to build for their
prospective brothers, and so the paper mansion grows bigger
ty day.

54 The Humming Bird.

Then, as the summer draws to a close, the little boy and
girl wasps are born. They are rather larger than the gender-
less workers, and have more spacious cells apportioned out to:
them as becomes their more exalted position in the colony.
The females have a section of the nest to themselves, and are
not allowed to mingle with their brothers.

Finally the young ladies and gentlemen break through
the barriers which divide them and quit their homes in nuptial
flight, which secures the continuance of the species, whilst
the poor workers who have fed them and the mother who has.
tendered them so long are left behind to die.

—Pearson’s Weekly.

LS eee Se

L'été exceptionnel que nous avons eu cette année a
développé dans des proportions vraiment extraordinaires
l'activité de ces insectes. Le printemps qui a commencé de
très bonne heure leur a permis de multiplier leurs pontes et,
l'été venu, ils se sont montrés en si grande abondance qu'ils
ont fait courir de sérieux dangers à nos arbres à fruits, nous
ont très désagréablement incommodés nous-mêmes et ont
causé de très graves accidents.

Dans quelques régions de la France, en Auvergne notam-
ment, 1ls ont fait de tels dégâts dans les cultures fruitières que
l'administration préfectorale a pris contre eux un arrêté. Ne
riez pas. L'administration préfectorale pouvait employer sa
puissance à de moindres objets.

Vous le connaissez tous cet insecte malfaisant. Vous
savez qu'il est proche parent de l'abeille, mais qu'il ne fournit
ni miel ni cire utilisables. Les guêpes en effet vivent souvent:
en nombre, mais ne forment pas de véritables communautés
industrieuses. On en compte plus de cent mille espèces aussi
nuisibles les unes que less autres, carnassières et féroces, ne
vivant que de rapines.

Elles établissent leur nid,—leur guépier,—un peu partout,
sous la terre, dans les tiges creuses des arbres, les coquilles
vides des limaçons, les trous de vieux murs: parfois leurs
alvéoles sont appliqués contre une pierre on une branche
d'arbre.

Le guépier souterrain est leur guépier de prédilection.
Elles ont, comme tous les animaux de la terre, l'instinct de la

The Humming Bird. 55

conservation très s prononcé et elles n ignorent pas qu un nid
souterrain est plus difficile a détruire qu'un nid aérien.

Il y a chez elles, comme chez toutes les espèces animales
des individus imprudents, inexpérimentés, sans souci du lende-
main. Ce sont ces individus qui risquent leurs alvéoles aux
branches de nos arbres. Ces guépiers-la sont faciles à détruire.
Rien n'est si aisé que de les prendre, à la nuit close, lorsque
les guépes sont toutes rentrées et de les jeter au feu.

La destruction des nids souterrains présente plus de
difficultés. D’abord, ce nid, il faut le découvrir. Où est-il ?
D'où viennent ces guépes dont l’aiguillon est si menaçant ?
Quand nous aurons trouvé le nid, comment le détruirons-nous ?

Dans l'instruction qui accompagne l'arrêté préfectoral
auquel je faisais allusion plus haut, nous trouvons réponses à

ces questions. Je ne résiste pas au désir que j'ai de citer ce
document, car il est instructif. Voici d’abord le texte de
l'arrêté pris par le préfet du Puy-de-Dôme :

Art 1*.—La destruction des nids de guépes est obligatoire
dans toute l’étendue du département, dans toutes les pro-
priétés closes ou non closes, dans les huit jours qui suivront
la publication du présent arrêté.

Art. 2.—Les propriétaires ou fermiers devront, en tout
temps, permettre sur leurs terres aux agents de l'autorité la
constatation de la destruction des insects dont il s’agit.

Art. 3.—Les contraventions aux dispositions qui précè-
dent seront constatées par des procès-verbaux, et punies par
les peines prévues a l’article 5 de la loi du 24 dote 1888,
sans préjudice de la destruction des nids de guêpes qui pourra
étre opérée d office, aux frais des contrevenants, conformément
aux dispositions de l’article 4 de cette dite loi.

Notez bien ceci: la destruction des nids de guépes est
obligatoire.

C’est là évidemment une obligation qui, si elle n’est pas
observée, ne donnerait pas lieu à une contravention sérieuse,
quoi qu'en dise l’article 3 de l'arrêté. Mais ne pourrait-on
pas la rendre pour ainsi dire effective, cette obligation, en
facilitant la destruction des nids de guépes par les moyens
dont on se sert parfois pour se débarrasser des hannetons ?

Pourquoi, par exemple, ne donnerait-on pas une récom-
pense aux destructeurs de guépiers? La question vaut la
peine d'être examinée par nos Sociétés agricoles et, au besoin,
par le ministre de l’agriculture lui même qui ne reste étranger
à rien de ce qui peut intéresser son départment.

56 The Humming Bird.

Mais revenons aux instructions qui accompagnent l'arrêté.
Elles sont intéressantes et les voici:

Les moyens recommandés pour se soustraire aux dégâts
causés par les guêpes consistent à rechercher les nids et à
détruire les insectes avant leur départ dans les vergers et les
vignes.

Pendant le jour, on doit observer la direction suivie par les
guêpes lorsqu'elles emportent leurs provisions. Si l’on remarque
que toutes les guêpes suivent la même direction, on peut ètre
certain que l’on se trouve à proximité d un nid.

Le guépier découvert (le plus souvent il se décèle par un
petit tas de terre extraite par les guépes), on plante alors une
fiche à une certaine distance, et la nuit ou de grand matin,
lorsque toutes les guépes sont réunies, on se rend à l’endroit,
muni d'une lanterne : on agrandit l’orifice du nid et l’on creuse
jusqu'a la rencontre de son enveloppe, on la perce au moyen
d’un bâton, et on verse rapidement un quart de litre de pétrole
ou de sulfure de carbone ; enfin, on rebouche le trou et on tasse
la terre, toutes les guêpes de la colonie se trouvent asphyxiées.

Pour les nids installés dans les vieux murs, on pourra se
servir d’une pompe pour faire pénétrer le pétrole ou le sulfure;
quant aux nids suspendus aux arbres, on les emprisonne, la
nuit, dans des sacs de toile grossière que l’on plonge ensuite
dans l’eau.

Il est à peine besoin de reeommander aux opérateurs de
prendre mille précautions. 51 on oubliait de boucher l'entrée
du nid avoc soin et rapinement, les guépes en sortiraient et
feraient sentir à leurs ennemis que ce n’est pas pour rien que
dame Nature leur a donné une arme terrible: un aiguillon.

C’est maintenant surtout qu'il faut rechecher les guêpiers
si nous ne voulons pas, l’an prochain, avoir à souffrir cruelle-
ment des guêpes Voici le moment où les femelles vont se
terrer pour passer chaudement l'hiver. Au commencement
du printemps, ces femelles feront une premiére ponte d’une
vingtaine d'œufs environ, qu'elles placeront soigneusement
dans les alvéoles fabriqués par elles à l'avance. Au fur et à
mesure de l’éclosion des premières larves, ces méres-guépes
construiront de nouveaux alvéoles où elles continueront à
pondre tout en nourrisant leurs premiers . . . rejetons.

Quelques jours suffisent aux larves pour se transformer
en guépes. Ces guépes sont dépourvues de) sexe “er sone
condamnées à servir comme ouvrières dans la famille; elles
ne sont que les domestiques de la mère-guêpe. C'est pour
elle et pour les nouveaux venus, les dernières larves, qu’elles

The Humming Brrd. 57

vont à la recherche de leur proie de prédilection, escarbots,
chenilles ou arraignées. Et pendant trois ou quatre semaines,
grâce à ce mode d'évolution, au dévouement des ouvrières,
c'est par milliers qu'il faut compter la population d’un nid de
guépes vers la fin du printemps.

Si donc, au printemps et à l’été prochains, nous ne voulons
pas voir sortir de terre d'innombrables colonies de ces insectes
nuisibles, détruisons les nids où les femelles, dans quelques
jours, vont chercher un abri pour y passer l'hiver et y pondre
tout 4 leur aise.

— Petit Fournal. THOMAS GRIMM.

nee PRC APiON- “OF “NAME! “FOR
SE VMIOP ThA. GO GET.

The Bird of Paradise which I described as a new species
in Vol. I. of the Humming Bird, page 47, under the name of
Semioptera gouldi, is undoubtedly the same as what Count
Salvadori has described under the name of Semzoptera
wallacei var halmaherae. When | made my description, |
did not know that another species of Semioptera had been
described. It is Doctor Kurt Lampert, of Stuttgart, who first
kindly informed me of this, and I quite agree with him;
especially since I have received specimens of this bird from
Hlalmahera. Yherefore it 1s the name bestowed by Count
Salvadori which has the priority, and it must stand as
follows :—

SEMIOPTERA HALMAHERAE, Salvadori.
Semioptera gouldt, Boucard.

PROPOS"

During last year, 250,000 alligators have been killed
in Florida, for the sake of their skins, which are in great
demand in Europe for the manufacture of purses, bags, pocket
books, shoes, etc., etc. These animals are now so scarce in
that country, that alligator farming is one of the principal
ressources for many of the inhabitants, and lately alligators’
eggs have been hatched by incubators. The actual demand
for the skins of these reptiles is very large, much in excess of
the supply, so that about half the population of the villages
find it a lucrative employment to explore the shores of the
swamps for eggs.

58 The Humming Bird.

The usual time required for the full growth of these
reptiles is about fifty years; but when they attain this fine
old age, they are usually very large and have a skin so tough
that they are of very little value for manufacturing purposes.
When old, it is nearly impossible to soften enough its skin for
manufacturing purposes. The skins which fetch the highest
prices are those from two to three years old.

In Vol. I. of the Humming Bird, page 83, I have already
called the attention of the readers of this Journal to the
farming of alligators, and the value of their skins for manu-
facturing purposes. Fifty years ago if such a thing had been
told, that a day would come when thousands of people would
find a living, and even make money with the farming of
alligators, every one would have laughed at the suggestion.
This shows us once more that there is scarcely anything in
this world, which one day or another, cannot be turned to
good account to the welfare of the community.

aN s:

Ham OF THE
DESTRUCTIVEMINSECIS ORAUIE PORTES
PART IL, ‘BY FRENCH;

I have just received the book entitled as above, and I
congratulate heartily my friend, Mr. Chas. French, the
Government Entomologist of Victoria, for its publication. It
is a very interesting and useful book which ought to be in the
hands of all farmers, and other persons interested in Agri-
culture. It consists of 193 pages of text, twenty-two beauti-
fully coloured plates of insects, and eleven black plates
figuring apparatus, and showing the way how to apply the
remedies recommended by the author, concluding with a very
good index.

The principal insects figured are :—

Green French Aphis /Ayzus sp.) and its parasites.
Common garden Ladybird (Leis conformis).

Black Peach Aphis /Myzus cerasti).

The Plum Curculio (Conotrachelus nenuphar).

The Cherry Green Beetle (Diphucephala colaspidoides).
The Cottony Cushion Scale {Zcerya purchasi).

The Oleander Scale (Aspidiotus neriz).

Red Scale of the Orange (Aspzdiotus coccineus).
Orange Moth (A/ydrusa sp.)

The Orange Aphis (Szphonophora sp.)

The Humming Bird. 59

The Case Moth of the Orange (Wetura elongata).

Lemon Scale (Mytilaspis catricola):

The Apple- root Borer (Leptops hopez).

The Vine Moth (Agari iste glycine).

The Silver Striped Vine Moth (Chaerocampa celerto).

Phylloxera or Grape Louse of the Vine (Phylloxera
vastatrix), two very good plates, with a great
deal of information on this too much known pest.

The White Ant (Termes australrs).

Potato Moth (Lita solanella).

The Cabbage Moth (Plutella cruciferarum), and its
parasites.

The Cabbage Aphis (Aphis brassicae).

The Strawberry Beetle (RAznaria perdix).

The perusal of this cheap and useful book, issued at 2/6,
has again reminded me that in England and in many other
European countries, such appointments as Government
Entomologists do not exist, at least [am not aware of their
existence. Why is itso? Iam quite unable to say. In my
opinion, it is imperative that it should be remedied at once.

During this year, | have travelled in the country, in
England as well as in France, and | have been quite astonished
to see the gross ignorance of the countrymen and others
about the animals useful or injurious to their crops. Of
course | met with several scientists who knew a great deal
about these insects, but it was of little use to them; mean-
while it is one of the most vital questions of the present
time to farmers, and I really believe that the time has arrived
when the heads of all the Agricultural Departments in Europe
ought to take the means to publish at a nominal price, such
handbooks as the present one. TI will say more, these books
ought to be printed extensively, and given away to all whom
it may concern, and before long, a large harvest would be
reaped by all those who will take the trouble to study them,
and put into practice the remedies, discovered by many
Scientists and Specialists, for the destruction of those pests
which cause so much injury to Agriculture. It is a well
known fact that in Canada, in the United States, and now in
Australia, where such institutions exist, they have been the
means of saving a large part of the crops of cereals and
fruits grown in these eouitiies: during the last years, and the
benefits obtained have been of such a magnitude, that if
expressed in pounds sterling, they would amount to several
millions yearly. PAB.

60 Lhe Tr umming Bird.

INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS.

THE’ LATE NMORED STAR
CHICAGO, NOVEMBER 2nd, 1893.

Although the returns relating to the World’s Fair have
not yet been completed, it has already been definitely ascer-
tained that the receipts cannot have fallen short of $14,000,000.
The Chairman of the Finance Committee reports that all
obligations have been met, and that there is a cash balance in
hand of $2,500,000. It is expected that a sufficient sum will,
in the end, have been received from gate receipts and salvage
to pay working and general current expenses. Hence the
stockholders, whose capital represented a total of $5,000,000
upon which, however, they did not expect to realise anything,
will be reimbursed to the extent of 5oc. per dollar. It was
understood, however, that most of them would contribute
their stock to the Columbian Museum, and a careful estimate
shows that $1,500,000 in stock will be so presented, giving
that institution, with the help of other donations and subscrip-
tions, a working capital of over $8,000,000. The exhibits are
being rapidly removed from the late World’s Fair, but no
immediate step is to be taken for the demolition of the
buildings. —Reuter.

The Chicago Exhibition was closed on Monday in
mourning, with flags at half-mast and without festival exercises,
which would have taken place but for the murder of Mr.
Harrison, the Mayor. The total number who paid for admis-
tion during the Fair exceeds 20,000,000. All expenses have
been paid, and stockholders will receive 10 or i5. percent. ;on
sheir subscriptions. As the stockholders never expected to
be repaid, it is contended that the Fair can be pronounced a
financial success—wonderfully so, considering the unprece-
dented amounts expended upon buidings. Chicago contributed
$10,000,000 without expecting any ro this city being the
chief stockholder.

INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION OF LYON
(FRANCE), 1804.

On the ist of May, an International Exhibition, will
be held at Lyon, France, the capital of the Rhône, justly
celebrated for its fine manufactures of brocades, and all silky

The Humming Brrd. 61

textures. The Directors have done wonders to attract
Exhibitors and Visitors to their fair Capital, and everyone
thinks that the Exhibition will be a great success.

All intending Exhibitors should apply at once for space,
to the Chief Director, Exposition Internationale de Lyon,
Lyon, Rhône, France.

INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION OF
PAdkIS,...rQoo.

During the month of November, the Commission entrusted
with the selection of the site for the future Exhibition of
1900 have met under the Presidency of Mr. Picard, the
General Director, and decided that it should take place in
Paris, making use of the Palars de l'Industrie, Cours la
Reine, Quat de la Conférence, Invalides, Trocadero, and
Champ de Mars. Additional bridges will be erected on the
Seine to facilitate the communications between the two banks
of the Seine. Besides) many concourses and feasts will
take place at Vincennes, the well-known and beautiful park,
unfortunately situated on the wrong side of Paris.

For my part, although I am quite certain that as a whole,
the Exhibition of 1900 Ww ‘ll greatly surpass the memorable one
ai, 1609;. | regret. very much that the Commission has not
decided in Baad of the Bors de Boulogne or Vincennes.
Anyone of the two would have been much better than the
Trocadero, Champ de Mars, etc., of old memory. What
was wanted for such celebration, as the event of the twentieth
century (the Century of Peace and Labour, [ hope) would
have been something quite new, grand, and in a magnificent
scale, quite distinct = all what ee been done before, and this
could only have been properly carried on in the parks
mentioned above, where space and fine scenery exist all
round.

This International Exhibition of Paris, which is to take
place in 1900, reminds me that in England no such exhibition
has been held since 1862, as we cannot call by that name all
the partial Exhibitions held in London since. How is it that
London has not had its International Exhibition since 1862,
-I cannot imagine? It is a well-known fact that International
Exhibitions are a great stimulus to COMMERCE, ART and
SCIENCE, and are the means of reviving 7rade and /ndustry,
and I sincerely hope that before long, I shall hear that London

is going to prepare one of these great festivals of Zabour
and Peace.

62 The Fir umming Bird.

INTERNATIONA EE CIIE lRONIOE
INDUSTRY, SCIENGE) AND Jin aay
HOBART TOWN (TASMANIA),

1894-95.

It has been decided to hold an International Exhibition
in Hobart during the Summer of 1894-95, and the Government
of Tasmania has been pleased to grant their Official Patronage
to the undertaking.

The proposal has been taken up by the people of
Tasmania and the adjacent Colonies with such general
approval, that the necessary capital has been most readily
subscribed.

The City of Hobart 1s most favourably situated. The
Colony of Tasmania has a population of 150,000, and with the
neighbouring Colonies the total population numbers about
4,000,000 inhabitants. Launceston and other centres are
within a few hours by rail. The Australian Colonies are easy
of access by steam, and the tourists’ routes to all places of
interest radiate from Hobart.

The objects of the Exhibition are:—To promote and
foster Industry, Science, and Art, by inciting the inventive
genius of our people to a further improvement in Arts and
Manucure, as well as to stimulate commercial enterprise
by inviting all nations to exhibit their products, both in the raw
and finished state. Samples of the products for which this
and the other Australasian Colonies have become famous will
be exhibited with a view to increase the development of their
natural resources,

Similar and more varied exhibits may be expected from
Great Britain, the Continent of Europe, America, India, Canada,
the Cape, and other Colonies, to which the Government of
Tasmania have forwarded an official invitation to grant their
substantial support to the undertaking.

A Fine Art Section will form an important and attractive
department of the Exhibition. For the accommodation of the
Art Treasures and Historical Objects a special block of the
building will be reserved, and the most ample precautions will
be taken for the security of valuable property lent for the :
purposes of the Exhibition.

Two Sections, viz., the Women’s Industrial and the
Artisan Section, will be particular features. Special arrange-
ments will be made for the management of these.

The Humm ing Bird. 03

The site which has been granted by the Government for
the Exhibition Buildings covers about eleven acres. It is one
of exceptional beauty and convenience, being that portion of
the Queen’s Domain adjoining the Battery and the Central
Railway Station.

The Buildings which it is proposed to erect will be
constructed according to plans prepared by competent archi-
tects. The ornamental flower pots, shrubberies, fountains, etc.,
will be enclosed in the Exhibition Grounds, where musical
promenades and other entertainments will be provided for the
enjoyment of visitors.

The situation of the Exhibition Buildings is specially
convenient of access for Exhibitors by means of rail, which
can be made use of day or night for the passage of railw ay
trucks. Heavy goods can be delivered at a minimum cost
and with the least possible amount of risk. In addition to this,
the Port of Hobart offers a cheap and ready means for the
receiving and delivery of all sea-borne goods.

It is intended to afford full postal, telephonic, telegraphic,
and banking facilities within the Exhibition Buildings, so that
all necessary business may be conducted by Exhibitors and
others without leaving the premises.

The whole arrangements are in the hands of a powerful
Directorate, and everything will be done to facilitate the work
of Exhibitors, and minimise their outlay.

KREGUEATIONS FOR EXEIBEPORS:

An International Exhibition of Industry, Science, and Art,
under the immediate patronage of the Government of Tasmania,
will be held in Hobart in 1894-95.

The Exhibition will be opened on the 15th day of
November, 1884, and will continue open during the day and
evening for a period of about six months.

Certificates of Merit will be awarded by competent
Juries in every Section, Special Certificates being given for
Exhibits showing superlative merit.

Charge will ‘be made for space, except in special cases, to
be determined by the Directors. The charge for space inside
the building will be 2s. per square foot, witha minimum charge
of £2 10s. Space in main avenues will be charged extra,
according to position; and wall space, which must be mentioned
when making application, will be charged according to location.
In all cases the amount of space money must accompany the
Application Form, and no Exhibits can be admitted unless all

64 The Humming Brrd.

payments for space have been made. Spaces not occupied
within fourteen days previous to the opening of the Exhibition
will be otherwise allotted, and all payments made in respect
thereof absolutely joe ed Exhibitors will have to pay all
expenses of conv eying, delivering, arranging, fixing, and
removing their Exhibits, and also the cost of the Re of all
fixtures, screens, and counters when required; and they must
personally, or by a representative, superintend the transmission,
reception, unpacking, installation, and (at the close of the
Exhibition) the removal of their goods. The Executive
Committee reserve to themselves the right of doing whatever
may be considered necessary at the expense of the Exhibitor,
unless this regulation is strictly complied with. Should any
goods be deposited in the Exhibition premises during the
absence of the Exhibitor or his representative, the Directors
will not be responsible for any loss or damage from whatsoever
cause arising.

Motive power, steam, gas, or water, will be supplied by
the Directors at cost price, and subject to certain regulations.
Exhibitors requiring such motive power must fill up the Special
Application Form which has been prepared for that Section,
and which will be supplied on application. Exhibitors requiring
counters, shafting, pulleys, and belting, must supply them at
their own expense.

Schedules and Applications for Space may be had from
the Secretary, or any of the Official Agents. These must be
filled up and returned on or before the 1st of September,

1894, to ensure the Exhibits being entered in the Official
Catalogue.

The nature of the articles which it is proposed to exhibt
must be fully specified in the Form of Application for Space,
and no article which is not clearly described in the Application
Form will be allowed in the Exhibition without the special
permission of the Directors.

The Directors reserve the right to refuse any Exhibt
without stating any reason for so doing.

Foreign and Colonial Commissioners or Official Agents
are invited to communicate with the Secretary. The Directors
will place at their disposal all information, plans, or documents
that may be useful to them.

Applicants for space from countries in which no Com-
missioner or Official Agents have been appointed will corres-
pond direct with the Secretary.

The Directors will endeavour to obtain from the various

The Humming Bird. 05

railways, carriers, and steamship companies special terms for
the conveyance of Exhibitor’s goods to and from the Exhibition,
and these arrangements will be communicated to intending
Exhibitors.

INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION IN SAN
FRANCISCO (CALIFORNIA).

I have just received the following letter from the Chief
Director of the International Exhibition of San Francisco:

‘ Monsieur le Rédacteur,

“Quelques nouvelles concernant l'Exposition Hiver-
nale, Internationale de Californie intéresseront probablement
vos lecteurs, et nous vous serions bien obligés en faisant bon
accueil à notre lettre et en reproduisant ce que vous jugerez
utile, le plus tôt possible.

PÉAPMSCEOPE "OF «Pir EXPEOSTETON:

WHAT - THE CALIFORNIA MIDWINTER INTERNATIONAL
EXPOSITION IS AND WHAT IT ISN’T.

An account of the plan and scope of the Midwinter
Exposition has been requested verbally and orally by so many
people that the writer believes that he cannot fail to interest
his readers by giving answers to some of the questions which
have been asked.

It must not be forgotten that while the California Fair
will be essentially international in character, it will not be as
great in sizesas the Chicago Fair. The Midwinter Fair has
been modelled upon entirely different lines. The difference
in the character of the two Expositions will be quite as marked
as the difference in size. At the World’s Fair is shown all
that human effort has accomplished. The Midwinter Fair
will show all that is best in the art, science and industry of the
world. The great fault found with the World’s Fair is that it is
too large and the multiplicity of the exhibits makes it impossible
for anyone to see everything. One of those men, who
have a fondness for queer calculation, has discovered that if
but two minutes were allowed to each exhibit, it would take
thirty-two years to see the Fair. The visitor who can remain
in Chicago but a few days, must waste much of his time seeing
things of but little interest to him. So well is this recognized

66 The Humming Brrd.

that numerous guides enabling visitors to tell the wheat from
the chaff have been prepared under such titles'as ‘‘ What to
see at the Fair ” “The best things to see and how to find
them,” etc.

There will be no necessity for any such guides at the
Midwinter Fair. Everything will be worthy the careful
attention of the visitor; anything else will not be shown.
The best and most interesting exhibits in each department
will be removed from Chicago to San Francisco after the
close of the World’s Fair. In addition to this, many interest-
ing displays, which are entirely original, will be made. An
exposition such as this, is a novelty in America where there
are no exhibitions between a State fair on the one hand, and
such a world’s wonder as the Centennial or the Columbian
Exposition on the other. But in Europe International Ex-
positions, comparatively small in size but extremely select in
character, are of almost yearly occurrence. They have been
established upon the single basis of merit, and in the scores
which have been held, but very few are marked as failures.
Each has been a profitable investment and all have possessed
a great influence upon the industrial life of the nation within
whose borders they have been held.

There are many people in the United States of moderate
circumstances who have been all their lives desirous of paying
a visit to the “ Land of Fruit and Flowers 1° These= have
been prevented from accomplishing their wish by the large
amount the railroad were, on account of the distance, forced
to charge. Now, however, the railroads have promised to
make a one fare rate for the round trip, and the passenger
fares may be cut still lower. This will bring the cost of a
trip within a sum which even those with poorly lined purses
may be able to afford; and the double attraction of a winter
without snow or ice, and a wonderful International Exposition
will prove irresistible.

THE SITE OF THE ye ae GS i iGaN:

The site selected for the Midwinter Exposition is one to
which the San Franciscans point with justifiable pride—
Golden Gate Park, one of the largest and most beautiful
pleasure reservations in the world. -A hundred acres of the
best portion is set aside as the site of the Midwinter Exposi-
tion. This splendid reservation is only two miles from
Kearney and Market Streets, the practical centre of San

The Humming Lird. 67

Francisco. The grounds will be easy of access from any
part of the city. Five railway lines will run directly to the
gates.

The park extends west to the ocean and is three miles
long and a half-mile wide. In it are miles of beautiful walks
and drives bordered by flowers and shrubbery, the result of
years of labour and a most generous expenditure of money.
Here and there are statues, and spanning the driveways are
artistic bridges, and among the buildings that are a permanent
part of the park are the Lodge, Casino and the cosy Observa-
tory on the shore of the Pacific. The highest point and
picturesque centre of the park is Strawberry Hill, below which
a waterfall dashes down several feet into a lake covering six
acres. There are two main drives to the ocean; and the
entire arrangement of the park is upon elaborate plans. A
more picturesque setting for an Exposition could not be found
anywhere, and every natural advantage will be made use of.

EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT,
Sacramento, Cal.

“As Chief Executive of the Sovereign State of California,
I desire to give notice to the official heads of the various
Governments, States and Departments of the world, that the
people of this State will hold an International Exposition in
the City of San Francisco, commencing January Ist, 1894, and
I would most respectfully invite the same hearty support of
your citizens, if possible, as was so generously given to the
Columbian Exposition at Chicago.

Given this the sixth day of September, at the Capitol at
Sacramento, California, United States of America.

H. H. MARKHAM,
Governor of the State of California.”

There exists in California the greatest enthusiasm in
favour of the Exposition. Rich and poor have gladly, willingly
and spontaneously given their assistance as far as lay in their
power.

The insured success of the California Midwinter Inter-
national Exposition bridges over the doubts that eastern
people have had that the undertaking was greater than
California could accomplish. The Atlantic and Western
States have had their electric storms in fearful grandeur, when
the elements lash with fury, but the people of the Pacific

68 The Humming Bird.

Coast have their cyclones in brain and muscle. Midwinter is
the spring-time of this favoured land. |

In regal splendour the valleys and hills are clothed in
vernal beauty, and the sun smiles patronizingly upon the earth.
The oranges hang upon the branches in all the wealth of a
golden hue, and the landscape is bedecked with flowers.
There is a charm of bloom everywhere. The valleys teem
with industrial machinery, and nature invites to a feast of joy.
Here the tourist can enjoy the beauties of the landscape,
while his eyes may rest upon the white-capped mountain
crests, and enjoy the beauty and grandeur of a state upon
whose mountain peaks the eternal snow never melts, and
in whose valleys the perennial rose ever blooms.

THE, EXPOSIMMON SIN ÉPEEN PONTS
CHAN © We) ike

TWENTY-FIVE NATIONS WILL BE REPRESENTED WHEN THE
FAIR OPENS IN'SAN FRANCISCO ON NEW YEAR’S DAY.

The scope of the California Midwinter International
Exposition is broadening daily. The work of securing
exhibits, which has been prosecuted here under the direction
of Assistant Director-General Cornely, has been progressing
quietly, and although it is by no means finished, the adminis-
tration knows that there will be at least twenty-five nations
represented at the Fair when it opens in San Francisco on
New Year’s Day. An enormous number of applications for
space have been made to the Commissioners representing the
various countries which will take part. It is feared indeed
that there will be too many applications. So well is this
understood, that even after the Commissioners have rejected
a number of applications as below the high standard which
has been made for the Midwinter Fair, it has even now been
found necessary to build annexes to two of the buildings.
Those’ which have been arranged for are to the Fine Arts
Building and Palace of Mechanical Arts.

Besides the principal buildings, many of the foreign
countries will have buildings of their own. Among those
which it is positively known will erect their own houses are
Honduras, Costa Rica, Brazil, China, Japan, Ceylon and
Guatemala. A number of other nationalities are arranging
for buildings, but the plans have not been perfected.

The Humming Bird. 69

The International character of the Exposition is therefore
assured. But besides the main buildings and the buildings
erected by the different nations there is another feature. In
those buildings there will be the products of the country,
but a number of concessions have been granted to those who
wish to show Americans these strange people themselves.
The subjects of the Mikado will, for instance, be seen in the
Japanese village, not only as they are to-day in that most
picturesque of nations, but as they were in distant times.
Pictures of the life, customs and manners of the Chinese,
Turks, Egyptians, Algerians, Persians, Dahomeyans, Hawaiians
and other residents of countries, the customs of which are
more or less unknown to us.

Manufacturers in all parts of the world are taking great
interest in the Exposition, and applications for space in which
they may make exhibits are daily pouring in at the offices,
both here and in San Francisco. The exhibitors will not be
content to reproduce their exhibits at the World’s Fair, but
most of them promise novelties.

The display made by Great Britain and Colonies will be
extremely interesting and contain many novel features. The
Englishmen are taking great interest inthe Fair. Sir Edmund
Elten, Bart., the famous potter, is designing: some china
especially for the display, and Arups, of London, is at work
on some terra cotta ware which will astonish the people of
the Pacific Coast. Kate Reilly, the Queen’s dressmaker, has
promised an original exhibit which will fill the heart of many
a women with covetousness. The Colonies will also offer
specimens of their handicraft, which will include many new
features. East India, Ceylon and Jamaica will be strongly
represented. Sir Henry Trueman Wood, the Executive
Commissioner of Great Britain at the World’s Fair, is taking
quite an interest in the Midwinter Exposition, and has
expressed his intention to aid Mr. J. H. Stiles, the British
Commissioner for the California Fair, in every way possible.

A. C. Goldenberg, Canadian Commissioner to the Mid-
winter Fair, has received applications for space from some of
the most important of his country’s exhibitors at the World’s
Fair. The Carlin Ale Co., and Hiram Walker & Sons, are
among the forty business houses from the Dominion which will
be represented at San Francisco.

The revolution in Brazil happens at an unfortunate time
for the Fair. Admiral Joaquim Antonio Cordevil Maurity
says, however, that if it should be impossible for the Govern-

70 The Humming Bird.

ment to be officially represented, the exhibitors at the World’s
Fair will probably take the matter in their own hands and build
a building of their own to hold their exhibits at San Francisco.

Manuul M. de Peralto, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary from Costa Rica, has promised to endeavour
to secure official representation by his Government at the
Exposition. Should he fail in this, the Costa Rica Exhibitors
here will take their Exhibits to California on their own account.

Commissioner W. T. Thackeray said yesterday that
Honduras would have a building of itsown. Indeed, the plans
have already been made of it, and the masons and carpenters
will soon be engaged in its construction. The building will be
50 by 20 feet and surmounted by a roof garden.

Prof. V. I. Shopoff, Bulgarian Delegate to the World’s
Fair, has written to his Government requesting permission to
transfer the exhibit of his country to San Francisco in its
entirety. |

Theodora H. Mangel has been appointed Commissioner-
General for Costa Rica to the California Midwinter Inter-
national Exposition. Mr. Mangel will return to that country
after the close of the World's Far Me “expects ) that. ins
country will be largely represented at the Midwinter Fair,
and it will surely have a building of its own.

The French citizens of San Francisco, at the suggestion of
Mr. de Lylando, Consul of France, held a meeting in behalf of
the California Midwinter International Exposition. As a
result, an Auxiliary Committee was appointed, which sent a
letter to the leading French Exhibitors at Chicago, urging
them the importance of representation at San Francisco, and
offering their individual and collective assistance in the matter
of transportation, allotment of space, insurance, customs, etc.
As to the importance of a large representation of. French
industry, they say : ‘ Wehave the assurance that a participation
of the French is very much desired at San Francisco, and that
the French Exhibitors will find an impressive and cordial
welcome, not only by the French Colony, but also by the
American population. We think it but right to inform you
that the importation of French merchandise has always been
considered here as of the greatest importance. The rich and
well-to-do classes have always appreciated and looked out for
the products of our national industries ; therefore there 1s a vast
field open for trials, and we think that the participation of our
compatriots will bear beneficial results for them as well as for
France?

The Humming Brrd. ax

Auxiliary Committees have been formed by the natives of
France, Sweden, Mexico, Roumania, Servia, Montenegro,
Switzerland, Italy, and Germany, residing in San Francisco.
The object of these organisations is to assist Exhibitors from
their countries in the matter of transportation, allotment of
space, insurance, customs, etc., at the California Midwinter
International Exposition. They are also designed to stimulate
interest in the Exposition in their respective countries, and
furnish any information requested.

W.E. Von Johannsen, Commissioner of the Californian
Midwinter International Exposition for Roumania, Servia, and
Montenegro, writes Assistant Director-General Cornely that
the entire Servian and Montenegrian Colony of San Francisco
is enthusiastic over the Fair. The Servian newspaper, Zhe
Slobada, of San Francisco, is publishing a special edition for
transmisssion to Servia and Montenegro. One of the features
of their participation at the Midwinter Fair will be parades in
the picturesque costumes of Servia and Montenegro, the
participants giving exhibitions of national games, national
dances, etc

The Italians will be largely represented at the Fair. At
a recent meeting of the Italian Exhibitors when they were
addressed by Royal Commissioners, Dr. Ettore Candiani and
C. Pogliani, all but three of the sixty present declared their
intention of removing their exhibits to San Francisco. Dr.
Ettore Candiani will shortly leave for Italy to prepare for the
sending out of fresh exhibits solely for the San Francisco
display. |

Among the exhibits promised are Ferrari’s famous statue
of the death of Lincoln, Froubetzkois’ marble group of “American
Red Men,” Majilica pictures valued as highly as $20,000 each,
ivory and ebony inlaid furniture costing as much as $6,000 for
a single cabinet, Florentine Mosaics, Etruscan wares in end-
less variety, reproductions of ancient Pompeiian jewellery,
the product of the finest silk looms in Italy, tapestry, filigree
work and carved marble in abundance. In addition to all
this, Signor Bacigalupi, of San Francisco, contemplates some
sort of an exhibit where the different States of Italy shall be
historically and industrially represented by tableaux, in which
the costumes of each province will be faithfully introduced.

V. Zeggio, Royal Commissioner to the World’s Columbian
Exposition, who has been appointed Commissioner of Fine
Arts at the California Midwinter International Expositon, has
left for Rome. Signor Zeggio expects to have a most

72 The: Hu miming Bird.

interesting exhibit of the works of Italian artists and sculptors.
His intention is to expose in the Italian section only the work
of those artists who have been awarded medals by the Fine
Arts Jury at the World Fair. This will make the display well
worth a visit, easily eclipsing. the one in the Fine Arts
Building here, which has attracted so much attention. During
Signor Zeggio’s absence in Rome, his private secretary,
Giovanni Almagia, will represent him as Fine Arts Commis-
sioner for Italy.

The Mexican Consul at San Francisco has promised to
co-operate with Col. Geo. M. Green, Commissioner Genera
for Mexico, in obtaining an excellent display from that
country. |

Vladimir Artsimovitch, the Russian Consul at San
Francisco, has been appointed President of the Commission
in charge of the Russian Exhibits at the Midwinter Fair.

‘Diaro Official, the official paper of Mexico, prints a
Prospectus of the Midwinter Fair upon which it comments
favourably.

A committee has been formed by the German citizens of
San Francisco in aid of the Midwinter Exposition. They
have decided to send an address to the authorities of the
empire at Berlin, through Secretary of State Gresham and
the American Legation at the German Capital. In that
address the German Government will be asked to give its
official recognition to the Midwinter Exposition, and to send
all or part of its exhibit now at Chicago to San Francisco.

I am of opinion that all those who will be able to go to
San Francisco next winter will not regret the expenses and
time required for visiting that wonderful country, which climate
is really delightful during the months of January, February
and March.

Not only will they be able to enjoy the numerous and
interesting sights of San Francisco and surrounding countries,
but also the most remarkable sights of the Rocky Mountains
and Szerra Nevada. They can easily also, visit the wonderful
Salt Lake, and the chief city of the Mormons. Having
travelled in all these countries, I guarantee to the visitors of
the International Exhibition of San Francisco that they shall
have no regrets of having undertaken this somewhat long
journey; because I consider California as one of the most
interesting sights of the World. ALB:

BOUCARD, POTTIER & CO.

Maturalists and Featber Merchants,
223, HIGH HOLBORN, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.

Messrs. BOUCARD, POTTIER and Co. offer to sell on commission, Objects of
Natural History, Collections of Mammals and Birds, Skins, Skeletons, Human and
Animal Skulls, Insects of all orders pinned and ‘set, or in papers; Marine, Fresh
Water and Land Shells; Reptiles and Fishes in spirit; Crustaceæ and Arachnidæ in
spirit; lthnological Collections from all parts; Showy Bird Skins and Feathers for
Plumassiers and Naturalists; Mammal Skins for Furriers ; Bright species of Insects
for Artificial Florists; Rare Old Stamps, used and unused; Curios of all sorts;
Pictures and Works of Art, etc., etc.

All possessors of such objects should not dispose of them without consulting
Messrs. Boucard, Pottier and Co., who having a large connection with Amateurs in all
parts of the world, are able get the very best prices for them.

FOR SALE

About 6,000 species of Birds, 30,000 species cf Coleoptera and Lepidoptera,
Mammal Skins, from New Guinea, West Africa, South America, etc.; Land, Fresh
Water and Marine Shells, a large number of species: Reptiles and Fishes in spirit;
Crustaceæ, dried and in spirit; Insects of all orders; Skeletons; 5,000 different
varieties of Postage Stamps, etc., etc.

A very fine collection of Shells, especially rich in LAND SHELLS, and containing
many types and new species, about 40,000 specimens. For Price, etc., apply at
225, High HOLBORN, Lonpon, W.C.

STANDS, NEW STYLE.

. No. 1. For Humming Birds and Small Birds as shea 96 at 20s. per hundred
» 2 For Small Birds, up to Tanagers Sis a =o Ne at 24s. LA
» 3: Tor Tanagers up to Magpies j Me Le met A at 28s.. #
» 4 For Magpies up to Crows or Small Hawks ee 3 Ex at 32s. ? ra
» 5. For Small Hawks to Large Hawks and Owls ae =H at 40s.
ARTIFICIAL EYES.
BLACK COLOURED. CORNERED. EGE ERED AND
Per Gross. Per Dozen Pairs. Per Dozen Pairs.
No. 1:to 4 6d. Is. 6d. | No. 4 to 6 3s. 6d. 4s. 6d.
» 5 to 8 8d. as. 6d, » 7 to 9 5s. od. , 6s. od.
j,.29 tO TO : XS. OÙ. 4s. od. ; :
» II to 13 . 2s. 6d. 7s. od. n 10 to 11 8s. od. Ios. od.
se ES gs. od. IIS. od.
Per Dozen Pairs.
» 14 to 16 3s, 6d. 2s. 6d. » 13 to 15 13s. od. 15s. od.
À 17 Ss. od. 3s. od. Larger Sizes can be made to order.
= 138 12s. od. 4s. od.
UTENSILS FOR COLLECTING, Etc.
Bicarbolic Acid ... Je Ey quart 2/- Insect Pins. English, French
Rectified Benzoline ... BY ypu, 2f= or German .. ba ...from 1/6 per 1000
Boucard’s Insecticide ... Ss lb. 4/- | Setting Boards... 25 from 1/- to 2/- each
Collecting Corked Box from 1/- to 5/- each Butterfly Nets complete ». 1/6 to 5/-
Pocket Corked Box”... ms from 2/- each Sweeping and Water Nets from 2/6 to 10/-
Corked Box for Museums from 24/- to 36/- doz. Cork in Sheets Le a .. from 3/- doz.
Botanical Box … … from 2/6 to 6/- each Magnifying Glasses À from 1/-to5/-
Pin Box, with 1,000 pins... as 3/- Hammers ... 5 dé » 1/6 to 5/-
y Bottles with large Naphthaline eo a » 4/- per lb.
ng from 6d. Botanical Grey Paper ... » 6/- ream
FBoicard's Tin Collecting Box, with Folding Umbrella for Dorian
two partitions , sch 2|- Insects oe oH. from 1o/-
Straight Scissors ae oe from 2/- Cutting.Pliers ... “i je SP ULIER
Curved Le sa “#1 + 2/- Flat Pliers we re rs anges 5
Taxidermist Knives davies 2/6 Arsenical Soap ... dee = ~ 4, - 2}- per Ib
Long Forceps _... a ai 2 31 Glass Tubes... se FE 5» I/- doz.
Small as FE an a » 1/- Taxidermist Case, containing
Insects’ Nippers fi Ree ay 5» 1/6 | 1 Pair of Scissors, 2 Knives,
Sieve Sts RTE 1 Lime, 1 Grater, 2 Pliers,
re for cleaning eggs ae sy 32]= 1 Hammer, 1 Pair of Forceps,
Digg 3 hs oe “ig ® ads 1 Brush, 3 Gimlets, etc. com-
plete ... se bo ... from 12/- to 40/-

| Folding ditto F 1 oe we ” 6/-

TO. BE. SOLD OR EXCHANGED,

For Properties of equal value in London, Brighton, or
the Isle of Wight,

SEVERAL PROPERTIES AT SAN- REMO,

The Celebrated Winter Resort on the Riviera, 40 Minutes
from MONACO.

VILLA MARIA LUIGIA.

Three Villas, known as Villa-Maria Luigia, and Villas Rondo: the first.

one, detached with a beautiful garden of 2200 square yards; the last, semi-
detached with front and back gardens. Villa Maria Luiga consists of three

floors, with fifteen fine room, offices, kitchen, etc. : Ten of the rooms are full

south, facing the sea.

Villa Rondo. n° 25, corso Garibaldi, consists of two floors, with ee

rooms, kitchen, .office and cellar. N° 27 has two Hat and two more
rooms on the underground floor.

Villa Maria Luigia and Villa Rondo n° 25, the nalect are actually let
unfurnished, 3800 francs per annum, for several years. Villa Rondo n° 27,
is also let at 1400 francs per annum. Furnished, they will produce between
£400 amd £500 per annum.

All applications to be made at Mr. Boucard’s, 225, High Holborn

London, W.C. (England), where photographs of the Villas can be seen.

JUST ARRIVED.

A very interesting collection of Beetles and Butterflies from Syria.
: Another of Beetles and Butterflies from Haiti (Antillae). It contains some

very fine species of BUPRESTIDAE and CURCULIONIDAE, and one rare species.

of GyMNETIS. Collections of COLEOPTERA from Java and Japan. Large

collections of Butterflies and Moths from Assam and Japan. Several inter-
esting collections of Bird skins from Japan, British Guiana, Borneo, Gaboon,

Congo, Guatemala, etc., etc. Specimens of CERIORNIS cABoTI, and other
rare species of birds. A collection of shells from Australia, and many others,
also AUSTRALIAN ECHIDNAE, in spirit, which can be seen at the

Natur alists’ Agency, 225, High Holborn, FE WC.

Aw DOUCARD:

LONDON, 1894.

BOURNEMOUTH:

Pardy & Son, 8, The Triangle.

A RECORD OF ADVENTURES, DISCOVERIES, HISTORY AND:
CUSTOMS OF AMERICANS AND INDIANS, HABITS AND
DESCRIPTIONS OF ANIMALS, CHIEFLY MADE IN
NORTH AMERICA, CALIFORNIA, MEXICO,
CENTRAL AMERICA, COLUMBIA,

CENLIS ETC:

DURING THE LAST FORTY-TWO YEARS.

Pee ocB OL Gok el

NATURALIST,

OFFICIER D’ACADEMIE, KNIGHT OF THE ROYAL MILITARY ORDER OF THE CONCEPTION,
KNIGHT OFFICER OF THE ROYAL ORDER OF CAMBODIA, KNIGHT COMMANDER OF
THE ROYAL ORDER OF ISABEL, CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY OF LONDON, OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF LISBON, OF THE
MuSEUM OF MADRID, MEMBER OF MANY SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES,

Etc., Etc,

LONDON, 1894.

SE Mess ese aie à

TRAV EES Or A° NATURALIST,

ian OF «CONTENTS.

PRÉFACE: é : : : À ; : : : CSN

CHAPTER. I.

Departure from Havre—Tempest in the Channel—Harbouring
in Weymouth— Nearing the Tropics—Dead Sea—Wonderful
Sunsets—Baptism of the Line—Crossing the Equator—Fly-
ing Fishes—Dolphins—Shark and Pilot Fishes — Sucking
Fishes—Fishing Petrels—Giant Albatross—Cape Horn—
Whalebone Whales—Cachalot Whales — Tempest — Juan
Fernandez Island. : 3 é : : i , : I-9

CEEVEAL Eko, i.

Arrival at Valparaiso—Excursions in the Suburbs—Humming
Birds—Gold Mines of Quillatas—Conquest by the Spaniards
—Dutch Expeditions in Chili—Description of Chili—Boun-
daries—Topography—Climate—Earthquakes—Volcanoes—

Lakes and Rivers—Actual Population—Santiago —Valpar-
aiso—Mercantile Marine—Railroads—Commerce—Principal
Articles of Importation and Exportation—Remarkable Ani-
mals—Llama and Alpaca—Chinchilla — Mole-Armadillo—
Condor—Chilian Humming Birds—Chilian Insects—Future
of Chili . : ; À : : : ; AU A MNIO-22

CÉFPAPTERCITE

Departure from Valparaiso—Islands of San Felix and San
Ambrose—Phaeton and Frigate Birds—Bonito Fish—Eclipse
of the Moon—Dorado Fish—Passage of the Tropic—Tunny
Fish—Floating Varec—In Sight of San Francisco—Heavy
Fog—Pelicans, Porpoises, Sea Lions, or Seals—Bay of San
Francisco—Guillemots—Arrival at San Francisco : su 23X32

CHAPTER. IV:

San Francisco in1851—Population—Frequent Fires—Summary
Justice — Abundance of Rats — Commerce — Desertion of
Sailors—Gold Placers—Exorbitant Prices of Certain Com-
modities—Gambling Hells in San Francisco—Free Fights—

Murder of Successful Miners—Expeditions of Marquis de
Pindray and Count Raousset Boulbon in Sonora—Death of
Marquis de Pindray—Capture of Hermosillo — Death of
Garnier—Battle of Guaymas—Execution of Raousset Boul-

' born—Magnanimity of General Yanez. ; : à DES 3 AA

at CONTENTS.

CEA aE ay.

Principal Buildings of San Francisco—Iron House—Chinese
Consulate—Immigration of Chinese — Derbec— ‘Collecting
Objects of Natural History—Humming Birds—Remarkable
Animals peculiar to California—The Californian Vulture—
Elks—Bears—Californian Salmon—Insects peculiar to Cali-
fornia—Giant Trees—Climate—Aspects of the Country

CERAPAMER EVA

History of California — Its Discovery by the Europeans —
Several Expeditions to California—Spanish Missions—Ex-
traordinary Size of Plants—Pearls—Russian Colony—Cap-
tain Sutter—His Sees and his Re Adven-
tures

CHAPTER Vil.
Battles between Mexicans and North Americans—Declaration
of Independence of California—Colonel Fremont—Annexa-
tion of California by United States—Discovery of Gold—

Sacramento—Gold Digeme: ee. of Extraction of the
Mineral ‘ : à :

CHAPTER VIII.

Departure from San Francisco—At Sea—Arrival at Acapulco—
Acapulco — Its Population — Department of Guerrero=
Principal Rivers—Pearl Fisheries—Chilpancingo—Ruins of
Xochicalco—Quetzalcoatl—Expeditions of Cortez—General
Alvarez—Pintos—Mineral Wealth

CHAPIERUEE

Sailing from Acapulco--At SeaArrival at Nicaragua—San
Juan del Sur—Its Climate—Population—Tropical Forests—
Luxuriant Vegetation—Animal Life—Birds and Butterflies
Transformation of Species—la Virgen=-Lake of Nicaragua
—Mountains of Ometepeque and Madera

CHAPTER xX.

Granada—The French Consul, M. Rouhaud—Nicaragua in
1852-1853 — Intermittent Fevers—How to Cure Them —
Natural History of Nicaragua—Remarkable Animals found
in Nicaragua — Howling Monkey — Humming Birds —
Manakins—Rare Insects peculiar to Nicaragua—Vegetable
Kingdom—Cacao and Siphonia Trees—Commerce—Mines
Climate—VolcanoesRivers — Lakes — Principal Towns—
Population. 3 À S ° .

45-54

55-61

62-69

70-82

83-90

QI-112

CONTENTS. | vil.

CHAPTER XI.

History of Nicaragua—Its Discovery by the Spaniards—Their
Expeditions—Gonzalez de Avila—Hernandez de Contreras
Wholesale Slaughter of the Natives—Oviedo—Pedro de
Alvarado—History of the Independence of Central America
—Morazan—Presidents of Nicaragua—Civil Wars—Expedi-
tion of Walker—Walker—His.Falland Execution in Honduras
—The Mosquito Kingdom . : : . : : . 113-125

CERAP TER ATT.

Projects for Opening Interoceanic Canals by Nicaragua,
Panama, Darien, and Tehuantepec—Manuel Alfonso de la
Cerda—John Bailly—Pierre Rouhaud—Napoleon Garella—
Napoleon Bonaparte —Vanderbilt Company — What the
South American Republics ought to do—Felix Belly—The
Maritime Canal Company of Nicaragua—My opinion about
the Cost of Opening a Canal—Certainty of the Opening of
the Panama and Nicaragua Canals in the Future. : . 126-137

CHAP TE Re xXoUL,

Departure from Granada—The Lake—River San Juan—San
Juan del Norte—Sailing from San Juan del Norte—At Sea
—Arrival in New York—New York in 1853-1854 — Inter-
national Exhibition of New York—Adelina Patti—Natural
History of New York—Humming Birds—The English
Sparrow—Population—Climate—Industry—Commerce . 138-161

CHAPTER, XIV:

Is AMERICA part of the ATLANTIS of the Ancients ?—The first
European Discoverers of that Continent—Prophecy of
Tasso of the Discovery of America by CHRISTOPHER
CoL_umBus — European Expeditions in North America—
Discovery of Labrador by SEBASTIAN CABoT— Fohn Verrazani,
the first Discoverer of North Carolina and the harbours of
New York and Newport—Discovery of Virginia by Captain
Philip Amidas and Arthur Barlow, acting for Sir WALTER
RaLE1GH—Colonization of North America by the English . 162-168

CELA PAE i. EXNE

First Settlements in New York by the DutcH—Wars between
the Durcx and the EncGLtisH—Old Description of NEw
NETHERLAND and NEW AMSTERDAM—Of the Country and
its Natives —Inhabitants—Their Customs—Vegetable and
Animal Life—Mineral Ore—Definitive Occupation of New
NETHERLAND and NEw AMSTERDAM by the ENGLisH—War
of Independence—Treaty of Peace signed by the ENGLisH
and the NortH AMERICANS—Declaration of Independence
of the UNITED STATES — GEORGE WASHINGTON elected
President of the United States. : : : ; - . 169-178

Vili. CONTENTS. ;

CÉRESPESREES ONE

Presidents. of the United States since the declaration of its
Independence :— Washington, John Adams, Thomas Jeffer-
son, James Madison, James Monroe, John Quincy Adams,
Andrew Jackson, Martin Van Buren,William HenryHarrison,
John Tyler, James H. Polk, Zachary Taylor, Millard Fill- :
more, Franklin Pierce, James Buchanan, Abraham Lincoln,
: Andrew Johnson, Ulysses S. Grant, Rutherford Hayes,
James Garfield, Chester Arthur, Grover Cleveland, Benja-
min Harrison, Grover Cleveland . ; . : 1 179-203)

TRAVELS OF A NATURALIST.

A RECORD OF ADVENTURES, DISCOVER!'ES, HISTORY, AND CUSTOMS OF
AMERICANS AND INDIANS, HABITS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF ANIMALS, CHIEFLY
MADE IN NORTH AMERICA, CALIFORNIA, MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA,

CoLuMBIA, CHILI, ETC., ETC., DURING THE LAST FORTY-TWO YEARS.

Bi aes a 3 OU Oo .wi ke D

PREFACE.

ALTHOUGH forty-two years have elapsed since I sailed from
Havre to San Francisco, vz@ Cape Horn, as I have kept
a diary of all my peregrinations, I think the best plan is to
follow the same, and to relate successively all the wonderful
adventures and discoveries as they were made during this
long period of time, which embraces some of the most won-
derful events of the nineteenth century, such as the discovery
of gold in California, resulting in the opening of an Inter-
oceanic route, vza Nicaragua. Immense loss of property in
San Francisco, the result of frequent conflagrations, which
have only been equalled since, by the great fire of Chicago,
Gambling hells of San Francisco. Expeditions of Marquis de
Pingret and Count de Raousset, Boulbon in Mexico. Murders,
frequently committed on returning successful miners from
California. History of California, Acapulco, and Nicaragua,
International Exhibition of New York, 1854. Epidemics of
yellow fever in New Orleans, Habana, and Véra Cruz. History
of Mexico. Reigns of Santa Anna, Comonfort, Alvarez, Zuloaga,
Miramon, and Juarez. Mexican revolutions between the
liberal and clerical parties, Intervention of England, France,
and Spain in the affairs of Mexico. Occupation of Mexico by
the French troops. Return to Europe. Second voyage to

ll. PREFACE.

Mexico. Reign of Maximilian, Emperor of Mexico. Evacuation
of Mexico by the French troops. Battles between Maximilian,
Miramon, and Mejia, against Juarez and Escobedo. Capitu-
lation and tragic deaths of Maximilian and his faithful generals.
Second return to Europe. Stay in Europe, International Exhi-
bition of Paris, 1867. Third voyage to New York, International
Exhibition of Philadelphia, 1875. Excursions to Boston, Cam-
bridge, Niagara, Baltimore, Washington, etc. Scientific
expedition in the Republics of Colombia, Costa Rica, Nicar-
agua, and Guatemala. History of these countries. Second visit
to California. Return to New York, za Salt Lake City, Omaha,
and Chicago. Third return to Europe, International Exhibition
of Paris, 1878. Excursions in Belgium, Holland, Spain,
Portugal and Italy. Second stay in England, International
Exhibition of Paris, 1889, etc., etc.

aN),

TRAVELS OF A NATURALIST.

Chaban Wiel Ie

MIS EAST

Departure from Havre — Tempest in the Channel — Harbouring in
Weymouth—Nearing the Tropics—Dead Sea— Wonderful Sun-
sets—Baptism of the Line—Crossing the Equator—Flying Fishes
—Dolphins—Shark and Pilot Fishes — Sucking Fishes — Fishing
Petrels — Giant Albatross— Cape Horn—Whalebone Whales—
Cachalot Wales—Tempest—Juan Fernandez Island.

yo EMBARKED at Havre, on the roth of January, 1851,
in the sailing ship, /’Unzon, commanded by Captain
Morley. From the 19th to the 26th we had very stormy
weather, the rudder was broken, several yards were carried
away, and we were compelled to put into the port of
Weymouth to repair damages. A sad beginning for a voyage
from Havre to San Francisco, round Cape Horn. We stayed
at Weymouth five days. This was my first landing in
England, the hospitable country, which, afterwards, I selected
as a residence for many years.

In reading my diary, after forty-two years, I am very
much amused with the juvenile remarks which I made then on
Weymouth. The first thing I mention is that Weymouth is
a pretty town, with picturesque green walks, from which a
fine sea view 1s enjoyed. We went to the market, which was
kept then on Wednesdays and Saturdays. On Saturdays,
ladies finely dressed, were seen marketing, and I did consider
it a very pretty and agreeable sight for Visitors. As I have
never been again to Weymouth, T don't. know if it is still SO.
In the market we bought some fine and good apples, eight for
twopence, which I thought cheap. We had a glass of beer
at the Crown Hotel, and I made the remark that the ale was
sweet and nice, and the porter very bitter and strong. I also
noticed that the saloon was a fine room, and well heated,
that there were no balconies to the odes and lastly, my
attention was called to the coaches; as of very good make
and fine appearance, with accommodation for about fifteen
people, the outside being reserved for gentlefolks.

2 Ade SEAS

Having completed our repairs, we left Weymouth on the
ist of February, with fine weather and a good breeze, which
lasted until the 14th, during which time we made 1350 miles,
leaving Madeira far back. During those days we saw many
birds, porpoises, fishes, heteropods (Nautilus), and seaweeds,
with large quantities of shells attached to them.

During the 15th, 16th, 17th, and 18th, we had very foul
weather, and ran great dangers, all the passengers being
sea-sick all these days, but fortunately, on the 19th the wind
abated. We were then close to the Canary Islands, which
coasts we saw plainly during several hours. Birds and tor-
toises were plentiful. Up to the 2nd of March we had
beautiful and warm weather. On the 3rd of March we saw,
for the first time, the Southern Cross, an indication that we
were nearing the Equator. Up to the oth, the wind left off
entirely, and, during that time, we lost many miles, carried
away back by adverse currents. Nothing is more tedious at
sea than a complete calm ; although I must say that I enjoyed
it very much, fishing every day, notwithstanding the heat.
We hooked many fishes, among which was one shark, measuring
thirteen feet in length. It was rather an exciting scene to
hoist the monster on board. When young, the flesh is eat-
able but not succulent. The one we caught was cut to pieces,
the dorsal fin, skin, and jaw cleaned, and sold to a passenger
as curiosities. Sticks are made with the dorsal fin. The
vitality of these fishes is wonderful. After being cut into
many pieces, the inside emptied of its contents, the head cut
off, this last part retained sufficent strength to close its jaws
on some objects 1f put into its mouth. It is also prudent not
to approach its tail, with which it can give a blow, strong
enough to break arms or legs of the careless looker-on. To
avoid these dangers, the tail is securely fastened, and a stick
of some sort is introduced between the jaws during the pro-
cess of cutting and skinning. The skin is very hard, and can
be used for the manufacture of bags and such like. These
fishes are usually caught with a large hook baited with salted
pork.

On the evening of the gth of March we had the mag-
nificent spectacle of a tropical sunset, which lasted about
half-an-hour. The sky was covered with black clouds, lined
with fiery gold and silver, and surrounded with every variety
of colour, blue, rose, pink, orange, and red. Every minute or
so there was a change of scenery, now representing animals
of gigantic sizes, changing as quickly into castles, cathedrals,

BAPTISM OF THE LINE. 3

towns, mountains with snowy peaks, lakes, and the like, as in
a kaleidoscope. It is so magnificent that it must be seen to
be believed. Some travellers say that the sun-rises are still
more wonderful to look at, but for myself I can hardly see any
difference between the beauties of both. We were enthusi-
astically admiring the conclusion of this grand sight, when
we were disagreeably surprised by receiving on our heads
showers of water, poured over by some sailors concealed
among the yards, on the top of the masts. There was a
momentary panic among the passengers, but it was soon ex-
plained to us that these showers of water was poured over
by the assistants of Vepéune, KING OF THE SEA, to greet us
with the welcome knowledge that the next day we were ex-
pecting to pass the Line, the domain of his Majesty the King,
who forbade travellers to pass that part of his realm without
being first baptised. I think that this ancient custom, so dear
and producive to sailors, is dispensed with now. This baptism
is administered only once; so the old hands, who knew all
about it, had taken care not to be on deck with the other
passengers.

On the roth of March, between 10 and 5 p.m., the sailors
do nearly as much as they hke. Knowing what is coming on,
the passengers dress as scantily as possible. At roo’clock sharp
the fun began by throwing water, flour, rotten eggs, and
other missiles on the passengers and officers, who, including
the captain, take part in the fun. Then a carnavalesque pro-
cession, headed by Neptune, strident in hand, and followed
by Lucifer, policemen, verger, assistant carrying a basin of
water, Father and Mother Line and followers, all of them in
more or less eccentric costumes, made its appearance on deck
and took position. A letter was then delivered to the captain
by Neptune’s secretary, with the injunction to read it to the
passengers, which was forthwith done. In this letter King
Neptune offers his felicitations to the captain for the safe
arrival of the ship in this part of his domain, and requests him
to deliver all the passengers and sailors who have not passed
the Line before, reminding him that those who should try to
pass without receiving the usual baptism would be condemned
to be thrown overboard at once as food for the sharks. Of
course, no one being willing to undergo that fate, all con-
sented to be delivered into King Neptune’s hands and receive
the usual baptism. Then one by one was conducted to a
mock chapel, erected on empty barrels, where those of wild
tempers are rather badly treated, first by being shaved with a

4 AT SEA:

gigantic wood razor, anointed with tar in guise of soap, after
which ceremony, by cutting a rope maintaining your chair,
standing over a barrel full of dirty water, you fall inside
taking an involuntary dirty bath. Then it is the turn of
another, until all the passengers and sailors have undergone
the same ceremonial. During all that time there is a con-
tinual throwing of buckets of water, flour, eggs, etc., on one
another. At 5 o’clock it concludes, and all go to wash and
dress for a gala dinner, with champagne and other delicacies,
which is usually given on that day, which ends with a comedy
of some sort, acted by sailors and amateurs willing to help.
As a rule this day of carnival is rather enjoyed by all, as, by
giving a piece of four shillings to Father Line, you can escape
from the worst parts of the day’s proceedings. For my part
I must confess that I did enjoy it thoroughly, these showers
of water being rather agreeable with the hot temperature as
we had on that day. On our ship all went well, and even the
ladies took an active part in the fun of the day; but some-
times it happens that some of the passengers are not willing
to part with their four shilling piece or oppose themselves to
the baptism. In that case they are generally overpowered by
the sailors and come out the worse for it.

On the 14th of March we felt the shock of a submarine
earthquake. On the 15th, we crossed the Equator with a
good breeze and splendid weather. Fish were plentiful,
and many were harpooned. On the 21st we met the English
ship £v/en, with whom we spoke. Flying fishes (Zwocetus
volitans), were very abundant. It is one of the most extra-
ordinary sights of the tropical seas. The power of flight
possessed by these fishes is not very great; but they can
fly to a distance of about one hundred yards, and frequently
fly so high that they fall on the deck of ships. This
happens often enough when persecuted by large fishes, such
as dolphins, albicores, and others. We also saw many sharks
(Galeocerdo arcticus), some of a very large size. They were
usually surrounded by pilot fishes (Waucrates ductor). This
last fish is about the size and shape of the mackerel, and is
marked with dark blue transverse bands passing round the
body. Its name of pilot fish is derived from the belief that
sailors have, that it acts as a pilot, directing sharks were to
obtain a good meal. Certain it is, that when sharks are about
the ship, there the pilot fishes are also, swimming round about
and underneath them with perfect impunity, a good under-
standing existing apparently between them. Another fish,

DOLPHINS. 5

which we have always found attached to sharks, is the suck-
ing fish /Æcheneis remora). This genus of fish is distinguished
from all the others by the top of its head being flattened, and
occupied by a laminated disc, composed of numerous trans-
verse cartilaginous plates, the edges of which are spiny and
directed obliquely backwards. By means of this apparatus,
these fishes are able to attach themselves to ships, large fishes,
and the like. In some countries, the inhabitants make use of
these fishes to capture turtles. A ring is fastened to the tail,
and a rope being attached to it, the sucking fish is carried out
by the fishermen in their boat in a vessel of water, and thrown
into the sea, where turtles abound. In endeavouring to make
its escape, the fish attaches itself to the nearest turtle, and
both are handed in together.

Another fish, which was very abundant, and often har-
pooned for the delicacy of its flesh, was the dolphin (Cory-
phaena hippurus). It is a brilliant golden fish about four
feet in length, and is so swift in its motions, that it darts
through the water like a radiant meteor. We have often seen
them swimming round our ship when at full speed. Its dorsal
fin is light blue, with golden reflections, the tail-fin and the
body are green, and the belly is of a silvery lustre, separated
from the back by a yellow lateral line. When swimming
swiftly in the water there is an extraordinary display of
colours upon it, and at night the effect 1s simply marvellous.
After being caught, and shortly before dying, it presents a
remarkable change of colour. The dolphins live chiefly upon
the flying fishes. It is a grand sight to see, when a shoal of
dolphins are in chase.

On the 26th of March, by 30.20 of latitude, and 30.40 of
longitude, we sighted TRINIDAD ISLAND, and shortly after the
rocks of MARTIN VAS.

On the 1st of April we were near Rio Janeiro, the capital
of Brazil. The heat was intense. Numerous gulls were hover-
ing round the ship.

On the roth we saw some white pigeons, and on the 15th
some petrels for the first time. During the night of the
16th we were overtaken by a tempest, which lasted twenty-
four hours. ‘Two sails were carried away, and the great yard
was broken.

On the 18th we saw immense shoals of sardines, and a
large quantity of Cape pigeons (Daption capensis), feeding
upon them. On that day we had a very particular enjoyment,

6 ASE

that of catching these birds with fishing lines! They were
very easily caught by baiting the hooks with salted pork.
Scarcely had the line reached the water when many of these
birds pounced on the baits, and one was caught, the hook
penetrating in its upper mandible. Then it was an easy task
to hoist it on board. We skinned several specimens. The
Cape pigeon, or Daption capensis, is a bird belonging to the
family of petrels, or Procellaridae. It is snow-white, beauti-
fully spotted with brownish black. Hence their vulgar name,
draught, or damzer in French. The flesh of these birds is
oily, and has a bad taste, nevertheless the sailors eat it.

On the 21st, we saw for the first time some albatrosses, or
Cape sheep, as they are vulgarly called by sailors. We fished
one of them, and made a fair skin of it. The albatrosses,
the largest sea-birds known, belong also to the same family of
Procellaridae. Many species are known; but the two usually
met with in the South Atlantic are the Dzomedea culminata and
the giant albatross, or Diomedea gigantea. They are especi-
ally characterized by their beak being as long as their head,
formed of several pieces and sharply hooked at the tip, their
nostrils tubular at the base or on the side of the bill, their hind
toe elevated and consisting merely of a claw, and the tarsi
being reticulated, and usually shorter than the middle toe.
They are oceanic birds, and generally found at sea at great
distances. Their flight is rapid and powerful, and apparently
they can keep it for days and nights together. When the sea
is agitated, and the winds high, is when many are seen, seeking
their food in the midst of the agitated waves. Sometimes
they are seen resting on the waves, and it is with difficulty
that they can take their flight again. They live chiefly on
fshes, crustaceae, and carcases. They seldom seek the land,
except at the breeding season, when they build their nests in
the holes of rocks. The flesh is avery poor eating. From the
bones of the wings, sailors make pipe stems. The palms of
the feet are made into tobacco pouches, and very good pillows
and quilts are made with the feathers. The heads are kept
as curlosities. The specimen we caught was about thirteen
feet wide from the extremity of one wing to the other.

On the 22nd, we sighted PATAGONIA, Cape Blanc, and
Pingouin’s Islands were distinctly visible. In the evening we
passed the Gulf of St. George. We saw many birds, vulgarly
called fools (Sula bassana), and many stormy petrels (Procel-
laria pelasgica), called satyrics by the sailors. This is the
smallest known species of petrels. Seven species are known,

WHALEBONE WHALE. 1

all of them very much alike, sooty black in colour, scarcely
larger than a sparrow. They have the faculty of running
lightly on the surface of the water, and with considerable
rapidity. Hence the derivation of their name petrel, the
navigators comparing them, on account of their habit of walk-
ing on the surface of the water, to St. Peter. Peterrill being
a diminutive of Peter. It is very amusing to watch them
when doing that exercise. Alike the other petrels they are
voracious, and are easily caught with hooks. We secured
several specimens, which were made into skins.

On the 26th of April, we sighted TIERRA DEL FUEGO
and the Bay of San Sebastian. The weather was getting
cold, and winter dresses came handy.

On the 20th, we sighted BELL’S MOUNTAIN, which is
1,250 feet high, NEw ISLAND, CAPE OF SAN DIEGO, and CAPE
OF GOOD SUCCESS, all of them belonging to the STRAITS OF
LEMAIRE, by which we wanted to cross to the Pacific Ocean,
but, unfortunately, the bad weather that we experienced in
these parts did not permit it. Up to the 4th of May we had
very rough weather.

On the 4th of May, which was a Sunday, we sighted
at last the celebrated CAPE HORN. It. is a rock of several
hundred feet in circumference, and seeming to rise about
50 feet over the sea. It is usually covered with snow. On
that day we saw our first whale. It was a grand sight for me.
The species seen was a specimen of Palaena australis, or
whalebone whale. This animal belongs to the class Wam-
malta; order, Cetacea; family, Balaentdae; and genus,
Balaena. ‘They are marine, viviparous, suckle their young
as other mammalia, respire by lungs, and have distinct
separate blow-holes. They have warm blood, and have
no teeth; these: are replaced. by plates of baleen, the
well-known article of commerce. This family contains the
whales known by the name of whalebone whales, which
are oi immense size, reaching sometimes fifty feet in.
length. About twelve species are known. The name Balaena
is derived from the Phœnician word Baalman, which means,
but incorrectly, the Avug of Fishes. It reigns over the in-
numerable tribes of marine animals. One of the peculiarities
of the whales is the blowing of steam that they eject when in
the act of breathing. This column of steam, which rises to a
good height, has usually been erroneously taken for water.
The head of this whale is of great size, being a third, and
sometimes more, of the whole body, and the upper jaw is

8 AT SEA.

furnished with plates of a horny structure, arranged trans-
versally in rows of a triangular shape, and having their
edges armed with long thread-hke processes which hang
loose in the mouth. These plates are from eight to ten feet
long, and number about 300 on each side. These are the
baleens, a valuable article of commerce, which sells in Euro-
pean markets from £200 to £300 per ton. Another important
article of commerce procured from these whales is the oil, of
which many thousand tons are annually brought to Europe:
but lately this trade has somewhat decreased, in consequence
of the scarcity of these mammals, which is felt more and
more every day. Its food consists of small marine animals,
crustaceae, molluscs, medusae, etc., the narrowness of its gullet
preventing the passage of larger animals. With its bones
harpoons and spears are made, and very good fishing lines
with the threads of the whalebones. As a rule, it is a very
quiet and tranquil animal, but when wounded, becomes quite
furious, and very dangerous to approach. Its strength is
prodigious, and occasionally, sailors, when fishing these
animals, have been overturned, boat and all, and sometimes
with loss of life.

On the 7th May, we sighted the ISLAND OF DIEGO
RAMIREZ. It was excessively cold. Both water and oil were
frozen. On that same day we sighted HERMITE’S ISLAND,
explored in 1624 by the Dutch Admiral Hermite. The pro-
longation of these Islands is what forms the land known now-
a-days on the maps, as CAPE HORN. It was discovered by
M.M. William Corneliszon and Facob Lematre in 1615. It
is situated in 55.58.41 latitude, and 69.30.17 longitude west.
We sighted also ILDEFONSOS and BOAT’s ISLANDS, and we
ran great dangers between these islands, which is a very
dangerous passage for ships. We met an English sail going
in the same direction as ours.

On the oth of May, we met large quantities of whales,
Cachalots or sperm whales, and whalebone whales. There is
a great difference between these two mammals, which belong
to two distinct families. The cachalot (Physeter macro-
cephalus) is distinguished from the whalebone whale by
not having baleens, or whale bones, which are replaced by
numerous conical teeth, the upper portion of the skull is more
or less symmetrical. The external respiratory organ is single,
the two nostrils uniting before they reach the surface, and
usually in the form of a transverse crescentic valvular aperture,
situated over the top of the head. When the mouth is open

TEMPEST. 9

it presents a cavity capable of containing a merchant ships
jolly boat. The cachalot is also a very large animal, attaining
sometimes fifty feet or more in length, and about thirty to
forty feet in circumference. One whale occasionally yields
more than twenty tons of pure oil, known as sperm-o1l, and
much used in the manufacture of candles. Fromthe great cavity
above the skull is extracted the oil called spermacetz,
which is also much used for the same purpose and for oint-
ments. The sperm oil is obtained from the thick layer of fat,
or blubber, lying sometimes several feet in thickness under
the skin. The substance called ambergris, largely used in
perfumery, is a concretion formed in the intestines of the
sperm whale, and is found floating on the surface of the seas
which they inhabit.

On the 12th of May, we were again assailed by a tempest
of wind, hail, and rain, which caused some minor damages.
The hail stones were of a large pea size. Until the rst of
June we had rough and cold weather. Sometimes the wind
was so strong that waves of immense size constantly shipped
over the deck. It was dreadful to see these gigantic waves
seemingly on our heads, as if they were going to swallow up
the ship and all. In one instant we were on the top of one of
them, as on the top of a hill with a sort of abyss under, in
another we were at the bottom with the waves above us. You
must experience it to have an exact idea of that fearful
spectacle. But by this time all of us were more or less sailors
made, and it did not affect us so much as the first gale ex-
perienced in the channel. . The only inconvenience was to be
obliged to remain in the saloon, and a little more or less fright
with some of the passengers.

On the 1st of June, we were at the same latitude as
VALPARAISO and in sight of JUAN FERNANDEZ ISLAND, the
celebrated abode of Alexander Selkirk, so well known as
Robinson Crusoe.

10 CHILI.

Cli eso aT:

Arrival at Valparaiso—Excursions in the Suburbs—Humming-birds—
Gold Mines of Quillatas—Conquest by the Spaniards—Dutch
Expeditions in Chili—Description of Chili—Boundaries—Topo-
graphy—Climate— Earthquakes—Volcanoes—Lakes and Rivers—
Actual Population—Santiago—Valparaiso—Mercantile Marine—
Railroads—Commerce—Principal Articles of Importation and Ex-
portation—Remarkable Animals—Llama and Alpaca—Chinchilla
— Mole-Armadillo—Condor—Chilian Humming Birds— Chilian
Insects—Future of Chili.

AoW the 8th of June we were at last in sight of VALPARAISO,
Ys after 142 days of navigation. We sighted the iene
house at four in the morning. At that hour we had a “hoe
breeze, and were going at the rate of eight miles an hour; but
when only two miles from the bay, the wind suddenly Aa
and we could go no further. The boats had to be lowered,
and after several hours’ hard rowing for the sailors, we entered
the bay at one o’clock in the afternoon. After the visit of the
sanitary inspector, we were allowed to land. I shall never
forget the delightful impression which I experienced in land-
ing for the first time on American soil. On that day we visited
the city and the suburbs. When returning, we met a boy who
had two humming-birds alive. We bought them for a few
pence:

We remained only a few days in Valparaiso, but we
employed our time well, and we enjoyed. it very much. These
days passed on land, aber our long navigation, seemed to us
paradise days. We scarcely Could believe that we were on
land again. First we visited the churches, which are very
fine, and we were quite surprised to see them devoid of seats.
The ladies usually kneel on small carpets, carried for that
purpose by their maids, the men remaining standing, apart
from the ladies.- MA the conclusion of the service, the young
men group themselves in double file near the porch, so that
the ladies have to pass between them, saluting and speaking
to one another as they pass by. We visited the Tivoli
Gardens, in the village of Polanco, and the Labadie’s Garden,
in the suburbs of the city. They are kept by French gar-
deners. It was there that I saw humming birds (Æustephanus

HUMMING BIRDS. NT

galeritus, Mol) for the first time. This I remember as
one of the most remarkable epochs of my life. They were
plentiful and flying about in all directions, from one flower to
another, in search of food. When feeding, they introduce
their bills, and sometimes the best part of their heads, in the
calices of the flowers, and, during all the time, remain on the
wing (exactly as the moths of the genus Sphinx do in Europe,
on our flowers), and in a very short time extract the honey
and all the minute insects, on which they feed, emerging from
there with pollen, and even honey, on their foreheads. Not
one single flower escapes detection. They continue this
active exercise during the earlier hours of the morning, and
until late in the afternoon. When the days are cloudy, they
may be seen visiting flowers during all day; but usually as
soon as the heat begins to be felt, they retire on their favourite
dry branches and rest there. Occasionally they are seen
starting with the rapidity of hghtning in a straight direction
and returning a little while ioe Dies means da an intruder,
often of the same species, has passed near by, and that it
started in pursuit. During the nuptial time, they are quite
warlike. They don’t allow any other bird to approach their
nests. Many times I have watched these Liliputians battles.
During that time the humming-bird is fearless. If it fights
a larger bird, it makes good use of its sword-like pointed Dill,
with which it inflicts such blows as it can on the head of the
intruder. When itis with another humming bird, the sight is
still more interesting. First, it starts straight at the intruder
provoking it to fight, then they both rise perpendicularly to
a great height where they are lost to sight, and in lke
manner they descend with the utmost rapidity until nearing
the ground. This is repeated over and over again until the
sudden escape of the intruder. The male always sits near the
nest, and, in many species, sings during the incubation. It
sits sometimes on the nest. The nest, which is one of the
most admirable and delicate structures, scarcely larger than a
walnut, is made of moss, intermixed together, and the inside
filled up with vegetable silk, usually the produce of (Bombax
_ cetba) cotton or suchlike. It always contains two white

eggs, scarcely larger than a large pea, but oval in form. The
incubation lasts about sixteen days. The young at birth is
entirely naked and helpless, hence its classification in the
division PSILOPAEDES, Sundervall. A few days after birth,
minute quills begin to appear all over the body, from which
feathers grow little by little. On the twentieth day it is
well furnished with them, and a few days after, it is able to fly

12 CHILI.

and feed by itself. During this time life is sustained by the
introduction of food into the throat by means of the parents’
‘bill. It is incredible how much food they require during their
growth, especially the first few days after birth. The parents
are constantly seen bringing food to their young. Their
digestion is very active, as can be seen by the numerous ex-
crements accumulated outside their nests.

These charming creatures, although allied in some res-
pects to the Picarian birds, are quite distinct from all, and
in 1876, I proposed for them the name of a new Order,
(TTOCHILI.) At first, I met with a certain opposition, but I
am happy to say that it is now accepted by many ornitho-
logists, and last year, Mr. Osbert Salvin, the eminent
English ornithologist, in the Catalogue of Birds in the British
Museum, vol. xvi., 1892, page 27, has made use of that name,
TROCHILI, as a Suborder for them. The principal charac-
teristics of these birds are:—The second, third, and fourth
toes directed forwards, the hallux backwards, the body very
small, the bill very slender, the nostrils basal, linear, covered
by an operculum, sometimes hidden in frontal feathers, the
tongue slender, filiform capable of great extension, the wings
narrow and pointed, the primaries, ten in number, stiff and long,
the secondaries very short, the sternum large, the tail, composed
of ten feathers, varying greatly in shape and size. Their
plumage is of the most brilliant metallic hues in the males,
although in several species they are sombre, and in some few
the plumage of the females, usually tern, is as beautiful as
that of the males. They surpass in brilliancy, and in variety
of colours, that of the most precious stones, such as rubies,
emeralds, topazes, amethysts, turquoises, sapphires, garnets,
etc. They are the unequalled gems of Nature. Only in
AMERICA and its adjacent islands, they are to be met with.
Actually, we know over five hundred distinct species, and
many more remain to be discovered. From immemorial
times they have been admired, and their splendid feathers
made use of for adorning the mantles of the Mexican and
Peruvian Emperors, as also for the manufacture of superb
mosaics, representing scenes of Indian life, portraits, and the
like, and lastly, for millinery and jewelry purposes, such
as mantles, soirées dresses, head gears, hat ornaments, ear-
rings, brooches, etc. They are also used in the prepara-
tion of groups for the adornment of drawing-rooms ; but, | am
sorry to say, that a great destruction of these beautiful birds
have been made of late for all these purposes, and I hope

CONQUEST BY THE SPANIARDS. 13

that a strict regulation for the killing of these birds, only at
fixed times, will be soon enforced by all the American
Republics, or else, one day, we may have to deplore the total
extermination of these splendid birds, one of the most con-
spicuous and wonderful sights, peculiar to the tropical countries
of AMERICA.

Now-a-days that the mania of collecting is spread among
all classes of society, and that everyone possess, either a
gallery of pictures, aquarels, drawings, or a fine library, an
album of postage stamps, a collection of embroideries, laces,
fans, shoes, sticks, pipes, ethnological curios, arms, prints,
handbills, watches, bronzes, buttons, and such like, a collection
of humming-birds should be the one selected by ladies. It is
as beautiful and much more varied than a collection of
precious stones, and costs much less. Besides, it can be kept
in one cabinet, which can be made to fit with the furniture of
the most splendid palace, as that of the most modest home.
Nothing can surpass in beauty and variety a collection of
humming-birds. Many species of these charming birds can
be bought at a nominal price, others are very scarce, and can
scarcely be had in a life’s time. Hence a constant and agree-
able occupation for many years, and quite the thing for all
those who have money, taste, and leisure.

During our stay in Valparaiso we made many interesting
and pleasant excursions in the country, and we saw many
rare animals and plants.

As I shall have no opportunity to speak again of this
country, I shall give now a short description of Chili, its in-
habitants, their customs, the rare animals found in Chili, and
other facts which I consider of interest.

CHILI was discovered in 1536 by Dzego Almagro. Alma-
gro was of Spanish nationality, and inhabited Panama for
some years. He first entered Chili by the valley COPAYAPA,
through the Andes, where he lost many of his followers and
horses from hardships and cold.

Copayapa bears that name from the turquoises, which a
mountain there produces in great abundance. This valley is
said to be one of the most fruitful of all Chili. It produces
the best maize (/ndian corn), each ear being over one foot
and the stalk five feet long; each grain sown yields at least
three hundred in harvest.

Through the midst of COPAYAPA runs a river of the same
denomination, and twenty leagues in length from the Andes,
and at its mouth has a convenient harbour.

14 CHILI.

From there he went in the valley CHILI, which gives its
name to the whole country. In that valley are the famous
gold mines of QUILLATAS, from whence Valdivia, in 1544,
carried an invaluable treasure. ‘The South Sea makes here a
large and convenient harbour.

Almagro did not remain long in Chili. In 1541 he was
succeeded in his attempt to conquer that country by Valdivia,
who was partly successful. When Sir Francis Drake visited
this place in 1577, he was driven away, with great loss, by the
Spaniards.

In Valparaiso, which he also visited about the same time, he
took a ship from VALDIVIA, laden with two thousand four
hundred bars of gold. But the Netherland Admiral, Yoris
Spilbergen, who went there in 1615, had not such a good
success.

At the time when Olzver van Noort anchored there in
1600, the Governor, Franciso de Quinones, commanded seven
hundred Spanish soldiers to reduce the revolted Chillians.

Elias Herkmans was once nearly taking possession of
MARIA ISLAND for the Netherlands.

MOCHA ISLAND, belonging to Arauco, was first inhabited
by Fuan Claeszoon, a Dutchman, condemned for some crime
to be landed there. This was in 1600.

Fifteen years after, Sfz/bergen landing there with four
boats, found the shore full of people, who had brought all sorts
of provisions to barter against axes and knives. The islanders
going aboard wondered to see the soldiers drawn out in order,
and much more when a gun was fired. They furnished the
Hollanders with a hundred sheep, amongst which was one
with an extraordinary long neck, and the body marked like a
camel. This was certainly a specimen of llama (Auchenza
lama).

In this island a man could marry as many wives as he
could maintain. They all hved peaceably with one another,
and went clothed with a pair of breeches and frock without
sleeves. The women tied their hair in braids; but the men
let it hang down carelessly.

The Netherlands Admiral, Hendrick Brewer, when he
landed on the coast of GUADALANQUEN in 1643, was informed
by the Chilians that years before they had burned Valdivia,
murdered the Spanish that were in garrison, and poured
melted gold into the Governor's throat and into his ears, and

BOUNDARIES. 15,

made a drinking cup of his skull, and trumpets of his bones.
This is said to have been the sad end of General Valdivia.

On the shore of the river LEBO, Garcia Mendoza built
the town Canete, which, not long after, was deserted. by
reason of the wars with the Chilians. He built also the towns
of Nueva Londres, in the province of CALCHAQUI, and
Cordova, in the territory of the ‘furzes; but they were also
soon deserted.

After many cruel wars with the natives, the Spaniards
conquered all the country, excepting Araucania, and retained
it until 1810, when Chili, in conjunction with Buenos Ayres
and Colombia, raised the cry of Independence. Since, it has
greatly developed, and is now one of the most prosperous of
the South American Republics.

In consequence of its very favourable climate, which is
neither too warm nor too cold, Chili has been selected by
many English, French, Americans, Italians, and others, as a
place of residence, and they have much contributed to the
welfare and prosperity of the country. Lately Chili has much

suffered from a cruel and long civil war, with great losses
_ on both sides; but it is to be hoped, now that it has concluded,
that a new and lasting era of peace and prosperity has com-
menced for that country.

The Republic of Chili occupies the narrow strip of
country lying along the south-western part of South America,
between the Andes and the Pacific Ocean. It extends from
the Camarones River on the north, separating it from Peru,
to Cape Horn in the south. The treaty made with the
Argentine Kepublic in 1881, gave to Chili the greater part of
Tierra del Fuego and the Straits of Magellan, taking Cape
Virgin, on the Atlantic, for its starting point, running directly
south to the Ocean, and west to the summit of Mount Aymon,
thence along the northern shore of the Straits of Magellan, to
where it intercepts the 52nd parallel of latitude, in longitude
70° west. Thence the lines follow the summit of the Andes to
the northern extremity of the two countries.

A lower range of mountains, called the Cordillera of the
Coast, runs parallel with the lofty Andes, and walls in the
great central plain, leaving only narrow passes for the rivers
which descend from the Andes. Its actual area is about
300,000 square miles.

The narrow fertile strip of land which forms the territory
of Chili may be regarded as the skirt of the Andes, sloping

16 CHILI.

rapidly towards the Pacific, and traversed by numerous rivers
which fertilize it. The peculiarity of this territory, apart from
the diversity of its climate, which varies from that of the tropics
to that of the antarctic regions, is the variety of its geological
and topographical structures.

The first, or northern zone, which includes the provinces
o: Atacama and Coquimbo, the territories of Antofogasta and
Tarapaca, is the most sterile, but prodigiously rich in minerals,
especially silver, copper, saltpetre, borax, and gypsum.

The second zone, which commences at the Aconcagua
river, and extends to B70-B10, the king of Chilian rivers, may
be denominated the agricultural zone. It is formed of a series
of extensive valleys of rich soil, yielding abundant crops of
cereals. Fossil remains of extinct species of animals are
frequently found in this zone.

The breadth of these valleys vary from 25 to 50 miles, and
occupies from 150 to 180 miles from the Andes to the Pacific.

The third zone, which extends from 420-870 to the Tolten
river, 1s still occupied by the valourous Araucanian Indians,
who never were conquered by the Spaniards ; but the white
race is rapidly encroaching upon these fertile lands, and
before long these fierce and independent Indians will have to
submit to the Chilian Republic, or to disperse in the Pampas.
Actually they number about forty thousand.

The fourth zone includes the system of lakes, not yet
drained by plutonic action, as were those at the north. Of
these, the Andina lake, Vz//a-Rica, the source of the Tolten
river, 24 miles in circumference, is the most picturesque,
and Lake Llanquihue, thirty miles from the coast, is the
largest. It is triangular in form, twenty to thirty miles across.
This zone includes all the southern end of Chili, and is the
section of the primeval forests.

The climate of these sections has the same variety as
their latitudes. In the deserts of Antofogasta and Atacama
it scarcely rains at all; meanwhile in Chiloe and Valdivia it
rains nearly all the year. In general the climate is mild and
healthy.

The winter months are June, July, and August; the
summer months are December, January, and February. In
the second zone, where are situated Valparazso and Santiago,
it seldom rains except during the winter months.

The mean tempeature in that zone is 70° in summer, and
52° in winter, and for the year 61°.

VOLCANOES, LAKES, AND RIVERS. EP

Earthquakes are frequent, and have caused great des-
truction. Those of 1647, 1730, 1751, 1822, and 1835, have
been terrific, and destroyed the cities of Santiago, Val-
paraiso, and Concepcion.

The Andes, of which the most southerly peak forms
Cape Horn, (where they say that gold has just been dis-
covered in large quantity), present in Chill an immense
range, their course being north and south. Their base has
a uniform breadth of about one hundred and fifty miles. The
rivers rising in them run almost parallel at right angles to the
Pacific, and cut the mountains with immense gorges and
canons. The mean altitude of the Andes is from eight thou-
sand to ten thousand feet. Not less than seventy volcanoes,
extinét and a€tive, crown the range of the Chilian Andes.
The most noted peaks are the following: Mount Aconcagua,
24,418 feet, Mount Tupungato, 21,104 teet, Mount Maipo,
17,060 feet, Mount San Fosé, 18,145 feet, in activity since
1881. Mount Villa Rica, 15,990 feet, and several others,
ranging from 6,000 to 10,000 feet.

Chili possesses many islands, the most notable of which
are JUAN FERNANDEZ, four hundred miles west of Valparaiso,
Mocua ISLAND, PASCUA ISLAND, and CHILOE ISLANDS, with
its numerous Archipelagoes.

The rivers of Chili are counted by the hundred, but very
few are navigable. The principal ones on the northern zone
are the COPIAPO, watering the valley and city of that name;
the COQUIMBO, the LIMARI, the CHOAPA, and the LIGUA.

From the Maule, south, the larger rivers are navigable,
but only for small vessels. The MAULE is navigable to
PERALES, the B1iO-BIO to CONCEPCION, the VALDIVIA to
VALDIVIA CITY, at whose wharves the ocean steamers call;
and the BUENO to OSORNO.

The population of Chili, according to the last census,
1890 ? was 2,766,747, which shows an augmentation of
690,776 since the census made in 1875, of which about 50,000
are foreign born. There are 41 cities, 78 corporate towns,
186 villages, 83 hamlets, and 35 ports belonging to seventeen

provinces, 60 departments, 682 sub- -delegations, and 2738
districts.

The principal provinces are those of SANTIAGO, VAL-
PARAISO, COQUIMBO, CONCEPCION, COLCHAGUA, NUBLE,
and ACONCAGUA, with a population of about 1,500,000.

18 CHILI.

The principal cities are the following :—SANTIAGO, VAL-
PARAISO, TALCA, CONCEPCION, SERENA, COPIAPO, IQUIQUE,
and ANTOFOGASTA. First of all stands SANTIAGO, the Capital
of the Republic, with a population of about 200,000. It was
founded in 1541 by the Conqueror Pedro de Valdivia. Its
situation is in an extensive valley called MAPOCHO, bounded
on the east by the Cordillera, on the west by the mountains
Prado and Poanque, on the north by the small river Colina,
and on the south by the river Mapocho, which passes the city
on one side, and feeds many asseguzes, or small canals, for
irrigation. It also supplies the city with water.

The city is divided into squares, about one-hundred-and-
fifty, marked out by the streets, which are well paved, broad,
andclean. Besides many sumptuous private buildings, belong-
ing to wealthy owners of mines, and large landed proprietors,
there are some important ones, such as the Mint, the Presi-
dential Palace, the Cathedral, the University, with a Museum
of Natural History, under the direction of the Venerable and
well-known Scientist, Doctor R. A. Philippi, and many other
Colleges, Hospitals, etc. Most of the private houses are
built in the old Spanish style, and only one story high, as a
precaution against the earthquakes.

The bridge across the Mapocho is a handsome structure.
Close by is the Alameda, or public promenade, forming a
triple avenue more than half-a-mile long, and much frequented
by foot passengers. The middle one, planted with a double
row of Lombard poplars, serves for the carriages and horses.

Mirth and gaiety preside in the Chilian society, and
foreigners are received with much friendship and conviviality.

Next in importance stands VALPARAISO, or Vale of
Paradise, the most important port of Chil, with about
120,000 inhabitants, according to the last census. The bay is
of a semi-circular form, surrounded by very steep hills which
rise abruptly almost from the edge of the water, particularly
to the southward. The principal part of the town is built
between the cliffs and the sea. The principal street faces the
bay and forms the great artery of Valparaiso, and is skirted
by elegant warehouses, banks, government and other private
buildings. A great activity always reigns here. At the back,.
the houses rise one above another, forming a species of
amphitheatre, which, when first seen from the sea, have a
most beautiful and picturesque appearance. At night the
sight is more peculiar still, the lights being scattered about the

VALPARAISO. 19

hills in every direction, giving the appearance of a general
illumination.

It is in this city that the foreign element in the popula-
tion is more considerable. European and American are well
represented, and French, English, Italian, and German lan-
guages are heard on all sides as much as Spanish. The tone
of society is very agreeable and friendly. Once introduced
you are always sure of a hearty welcome.

The bay of Valparaiso is large and beautiful, alive with
fishes, but very badly protected from the north winds. Tem-
pests are very frequent in the months of June and July, and
the only way to avoid the danger of being wrecked is by
_ going at large, and returning when it it has ceased ; but even
by so doing, complete security is not always Shen and
many are the ships which are annually lost in these parts.
In the winter of 1823, during a worther, as they are called,
eighteen vessels were totally lost in twenty-four hours. There
are fine steamship companies doing business on the coast, the
principal is the Pacific Steam Navigation Company,'of Eng-
land, sailing weekly to England via Panama, and bi-monthly
by the Straits of Magellan.

In 1883, Chili had in operation 1,102 miles of railroad,
and surveys were being made for the speedy construction of
as many more. Chili is the first country of South America
which inaugurated the construétion of a railroad, that from
Caldera to Copiapo, in 1850.

The commerce of the Republic is very prosperous, and by
reason of its agricultural products for export, and its extra-
ordinary mineral riches, is one of the great markets of the
world.

The importation of foreign goods can be estimated at
about £10,000,000, chiefly in Articles of food, Textile fabrics,
Clothing, Jewelery, Machines, Furniture, Tobacco, Drugs,
Wines and liquors, Material for railways, etc., etc. England is
the largest importer, France and Germany come next, and the
United States holds the fourth place. The principal articles
of exportation are wheat, flour, barley, wool, hides, skins,
wines, silver and copper in bars, ingots, or ores.

In the animal kingdom, Chili possesses some remarkable
forms, some of them peculiar to that country, and others
which are also found in the neighbouring Republics of Bolivia,
Peru, and Argentine. Among the Mammals the Huanaco
and the Vzcuna, usually called Llama and Alpaca, when

20 | CHILI.

domesticated, are very conspicuous and remarkable, as closely
allied to the Camels, although their backs are not humped.
They are natives of the Andes, easily domesticated, and ex-
tensively used as beasts of burden, but they cannot carry
heavy loads. If overladen, they kneel on the soil, and will
not rise until the load has been lightened. Their wool,
especially that of the Alpaca, is long and fine, and of
considerable value for the manufacture of valuable clothes.
In a wild state, the llamas keep together in herds, sometimes
of one or two homard When das embed they gallop off with
great rapidity. In many of their habits they are like a flock
Gi sheep, and are not difficult to be caught. They have the
habit of jumping and kicking with their hind legs. Unfortu-
nately, these animals are fast disappearing. |

Next comes several species of Chinchilla or Lagotrs,
belonging to the Order of RODENTS, or GNAWING MAMMALS.
They are beautiful creatures, about the size of a squirrel,
measuring about nine inches, exclusive of the tail. They are
remarkable for their fur, which is long, thick, close, somewhat
crisped, very soft, and of a pearly grey. An extensive trade
is carried on with these skins, which find their employ in the
manufacture of muffs, tippets, lining of cloaks, pelisses, etc.
They fetch a very good price in Europe. These interesting
animals live in holes nier ground, are very sociable and very
timid. They are found in considerable numbers in the
mountainous parts of the country.

Another remarkable form among the Chilian mammals is
the extraordinary Mole-Armadillo (Chlamydophorus trun-
catus), belonging to the family of Dasypodidae, a pigmy,
when compared to his gigantic predecessor Glyptodon, a
fossil species, which was certainly more than a thousand
times larger. Like all the other species of Armadilloes, it
leads a subterranean life. It is the smallest and the rarest of
the species known, scarcely larger than a mole, hence its
name. In structure it differs from the other Armadilloes in
having the outer shield attached to the hip bones by a peculiar
bony process; meanwhile, in Dasypus, the shield is imbedded
in the skin of the body, with the central rings free and the
tail exserted. About twenty living species are known, the
largest being Priodon maximus, the Giant Armadillo, measur-
ing three feet in length. They walk on the soles of their
feet, with the claws expanded, and are able to burrow in the
soil with surprising rapidity, either to escape danger or in
search of their food, which consists of insects, worms, etc.

REMARKABLE ANIMALS. 21

When surprised out of their burrows, they roll themselves up
in the form of a ball, and easily escape detection from their
enemies, but not from man, who secure them very easily.
Its flesh, which is white and tender, 1s exquisite to eat. They
are only found in the tropical countries of America. In the
the old World, they are represented by the Manzdae, or
Pangolins.

Among the Chilian birds, the most remarkable species is the
Condor, Sarcoramphus gryphus, belonging to the family of
Vulturidæ. This giant bird is a native of the Andes, choosing
its breeding place between an altitude from 10,000 to 16,000
feet ; but they are also seen frequently on the coast, especi-
ally when in search of carrion. Flocks are never seen except
around a large carcase. Otherwise they are met singly,
soaring at great height 1 in vast circles. Its flight is slow and
majestic. Tts head is constantly in motion as in search of
food. To rise from the ground, it must needs run for some
distance, then it flaps its wings three or four times, and
ascends at a low angle, till it reaches a considerable elevation,
when it seems to make a few leisurely strokes, as if to ease
its wings, and moving in large curves it glides along without
the least apparent vibratory motion. In walking the wings
trail on the ground, and it has a very awkward gait. When
well gorged with food, it is slow in its movements and stupid,
and is easily captured. Although a carrion bird, it also feeds
on calves, sheep, dogs, or the like, when it has the chance.
It has been said and written that children have been carried
away by this bird; but I doubt that any authenticated case
has ever been proved.

They are most commonly seen standing on rocks, around
vertical cliffs, where their nests are. It lays two w hite eggs
three or four inches long, on an inaccessible ledge. It makes
no nest proper, but places a few sticks around the eggs. It
is very difficult to get at them, and they are still rare in the
collections. Incubation occupies about seven weeks, and
takes place in the months of April and May. The young at
birth are scarcely covered with a dirty white down, and it
takes a considerable time before they can fly. No one has
ever been able to state satisfactorily how long they are fed by
their parents, but it is probable that it is not much shorter than
a year. They are as downy as goslings until they nearly equal
in size a full grown bird. During all that time they are very
voracious, and the parents are constantly chasing for their
support.

22 Chit:

A second species, Sarcoramphus aequatorialis, has been
described some years ago by Mr. Sharpe; but having actually
in my possession one specimen agreeing exactly with the type
now in the British Museum, I am of opinion that it is only a
young male, aged three or four years, and that it is the usual
plumage of that age. It is then brown, or ash colour, all over,
meanwhile the fully adult plumage of Sarcoramphus gryphus
is black, with secondaries exteriorly edged with white, and a
downy white ruff on the upper part and sides of neck. This
last is naked and of a good size ; the skin lies in folds in the
male. Ihe caruncles on the head of the aduliemalesmane
well developed, and have somewhat the shape of a crown. A
full grown bird measures from twelve to thirteen feet. The
olfactory organs are well developed, and it has been said
that it has an extraordinary power of scent; but I am more
inclined to attribute the faculty of detecting their proper food,
at considerable distances, to their sight, which must be pro-
digious. Life is scarcely extinct when flocks of these birds,
invisible to naked eyes, pounce upon their prey.

Another species of birds, peculiar to the Andes, is the
GIANT HUMMING-BIRD, Patagona gigas. It is about the size
of a swallow, dark brown all over, with a white patch on the
rump. It is found at great altitudes.

Four other species of Humming-birds, Lustephanus
galeritus, burtont, fernandensis, and leyboldt, are only found
in Chili and the adjacent islands of Yuan Fernandez and
Mas-a-fuera. No other species of that genus has ever been
found anywhere else. They are beautiful birds.

Among the Insects many remarkable forms exist nowhere
else, especially amongst the Carabidae, Lucanidae, and
Scarabaeidae. The most interesting among these are those
belonging to the common European genus, Carabus, which
is represented by a fine series of about twenty species, most
of them adorned with bright metallic colours, coppery-gold,
coppery-red, or coppery-blue. Among the Lucanidae, or Stag-
beetles, I will mention the peculiar form of Chiasognathus
Grantii, only found in Chili. Amongst the Scarabaezdae, or
Lamellicorns, the interesting genera, Cotalpa, Oogentus,
Modialis, and others, peculiar to Chili. The same can be
said of the vegetable and mineral Kingdoms, all of which
proves that Chili is a favoured country as regards its natural
products, its climate, and its inhabitants, and has in per-
spective a magnificent future,

A MIRAGE. 2e

CHPMPREISONITT

ANSE A"

Departure from Valparaiso—Islands of San Felix and San Ambrose—
Phaeton and Frigate Birds—Bonito Fish—Eclipse of the Moon—
Dorado Fish—Passage of the Tropic—Tunny Fish — Floating
Varec—In Sight of San Francisco — Heavy Fog — Pelicans,
Porpoises, Sea- Lions, or Seals—Bay of San Francisco—Guillemots
—Arrival at San Francisco.

NN the 14th of June we sailed from Valparaiso, but for
NES want of wind we were obliged to return to the bay for
the night. On the 15th, which was a Sunday, the boats were
lowered, and the sailors had to tow the ship for several hours,
as there was no wind whatever; but in the evening a good
breeze, which lasted up to the 18th, took us a long res, from
the coast.

On the roth, a northern overtook us, and we had several
miserable days and nights to endure, besides the constant
danger of being wrecked. Afterwards, we learnt that this
northern had been also felt in Valparaiso, and that several
ships were lost.

On the 2oth, the northern abated, and we progressed
satisfactorily. On the 22nd, we sighted San Felix, and San
Ambrose Islands. When in view of these islands, an extra-
ordinary mirage appeared to us. Ships were seen anchored
in the bay of San Felix, a large town defended by a fortress ;
country houses, etc., were visible on shore, and the captain
was very much puzzled about the whole thing. He did not
leave the marine glass for a moment. This extraordinary
vision lasted all the time that we were in sight of the island,
which is marked on the map as uninhabited.

On the 28th, and following days, we saw many Phaeton
and Frigate birds. The former one is a beautiful white bird,
with two long narrow feathers projecting from the tail, from
which it takes its French name of ‘‘Pazlle en queue.’’ It
belongs to the order Gavzae, and the family Phaetonzdae.
Only three species are known, Phaeton aethereus, flavirostris
and rubricaudus. ‘They are closely allied to the Petrels

24 AT SEA.

and Sea-swallows. They have a long, pointed, and strong
bill, slightlv curved at the end, and denticulate on its edges,
short) feet, the toes’ all ‘wnited by a ‘membranes like allatine
Palmipedes ; the wings are narrow and very long, the tail is
short, but with two middle feathers very narrow and long, in
consequence of which sailors usually call them ‘‘ Boatswain
bird.” Whe Phaetons, or Propic birds, are Oceanic birds,
and are generally met with far out at sea flying very high and
very rapidly. They feed on fish, and are especially fond of
flying-fish. They breed on the most unfrequented islands,
and place their nests in the most inaccessible concavities of
rocks.

The Frigate bird belongs to the order of STEGANOPODES,
and to the family of Pelecanidae. The sub-family Atageninae
has been made for the two species known :—Atagen aquilus
and minor; but I am of opinion that they ought to be
separated from the true Pelicans, and united with Graculus and
other allied genera, under the family name of GRACULIDAE.
They have also been named 7achypetes and Fregata by various
authors ; the last name was given to them in consequence of
the rapidity of their flight, from which the vulgar name of
Man of war has also been bestowed on the bird. Atagen
aguilus, the species seen by us, is found in all the tropical
seas. It is entirely black, glossed with green and blue on the
back of the’ meck, | It has!ay red pouch) of a coodssize- ms Mine
body is light, the size of its wings immense in proportion,
its tail long and much forked, so that it possesses not only
great rapidity of flight, but can maintain it for a very long
time ; its bill is longer than the head and hooked at the tip,
the feet are membranous.

The Frigate bird is very voracious, and is met far out at
sea. It feeds on fish, and it has the very curious habit of
attacking the gulls until these birds disgorge the fish they have
captured, which is immediately swallowed by its persecutor.
It is a very interesting and amusing sight. When flying high,
and gliding apparantly motionless in the air, it has the
appearance of a kite. Its sight is very keen. It builds its nests
on rocks, high cliffs, or lofty trees in uninhabited islands.
The eggs are of a carnation colour, dotted with crimson.

On the 30th, we saw large quantities of birds—phaetons,
trigates, gulls, and others, all of them feeding on flying fish,
which were very abundant. Not only birds were persecuting
these fishes, but also larger species of fish, principally dolphins
and bonitos.

BONITO AND DORADO FISH. 25

We harpooned several of them. The bonito, Scamber
pelamys, is a fish belonging to the order Acanthopterygt,
and to the family of Scombridae, or mackerels. It is very
abundant, and is always seen in shoals. It is a very pretty
fish of a fine blue colour, with four dark lines extending from
the pectorals along the side of the belly to the tail. It reaches
about two feet in length. Its flesh is delicious eating.

During the night of the 11th of July, we passed the
Equator. On the 12th, we had the rare and magnificent
spectacle of an Eclipse of the Moon, of which we could observe
all the phases at leisure. The night was splendid, and the
weather warm. On the 27th, we passed the Tropic, and we
saw large quantities of Fohn Dorys (or Dorades in French)
and Tunny fishes. We caught some of both. The John Dory
belongs to the family of Scombridae, or mackerels. I think
the species we caught was Zeus opah, or king fish. It isa
superb fish brilliantly coloured, measuring between four and
five feet in length. It is apparently destitute of scales, and
perfectly smooth. The body is very high and compressed,
and the mouth has a few small erect teeth. The scales are
very small and satin like. They have one single dorsal fin,
anda short tail. It has a metallic lustre of a gray-silvery
colour, traversed with yellowish bands, and has a black mark
on each side of the back. It is very delicate and excellent
eating. It is supposed that the fish which St? Peter took out
from the sea, by command of Jesus Christ, and in whose body
the piece of money required for paying the tribute was found,
was one of these fishes.

The tunny-fishes, THYNNUS, belong also to the same
family, and one species 7hynnus thynnus, is very abundant
in the Mediterranean, where it is caught in very large
quantities, preserved in oil and otherwise, and sent to all
parts of the world.

Up to the 12th of August we had very fair weather, a
good breeze, and an average heat of about 30° Réaumur. It
was excessively pleasant to all, and very different to what we
had experienced in the Atlantic. Every day we could admire
the magnificent sunrises and sunsets, which are constantly to
be seen in the Pacific. The currents were also in our favour, so
everyone was content. As we were nearing San Francisco,
many of the passengers were already making their plans with
regard to their future movements. The majority of them were
going to California, with the intention of trying their luck in
the gold diggings; we shall see later on how few of them

26 AT SEA.

succeeded; but for the present everyone was in good health
and spirits. Many friendships had been contracted on board,
and some were sorry to think that ina few days they would
have to part, each one on his own way, perhaps never to
meet again.

We passed the time in playing chess, draughts, dominoes,
cards and other games, while others were reading, writing, or
seated in rocking chairs for hours, and on the whole very good
harmony existed amongst the passengers, officers and sailors,
during the voyage.

On Sundays, we had concerts, and sometimes comedy.
The performers were passengers and sailors, some of whom
were really good players, and time passed agreeably and
quickly.

On that day, dinner was more selected, and good wines,
including champagne, were hberally given. During all our
voyage, there was no death. Excepting sea-sickness, and
that only for a short time, the health of all remained excellent
all the time, a good proof of the excellent treatment bestowed
upon us. In fact, all our officers were not only first-class.
mariners, but very cordial with all, and we liked them very
much. For my part, like the boy that I was, I made friends.
with all, and I had a great time of it. From the Captain and
other officers, I learned a great deal about the places that
we passed, all the nautical terms used on board, etc. With
their assistance, I pointed on a map, which I possess still, our
track day by day, and now after forty-two years, it is a real
treat for me to look over this map and peruse the route made
then. With the sailors, I learned to climb on the masts, the
names of the masts, yards, sails, cords, etc. I caught many
birds and fishes, and enjoyed it more and more every day ; but
it is time to go on with my narrative.

On the 13th, we met with large quantities of floating varec
and also some trunks of trees, proceeding probably from the
Sacramento river, or its tributary streams. Many sailing
ships going in the same direction as ours were in sight.

On the 14th, ten different vessels, French, English,
American, Spanish, and Dutch, were in view. We could see
the coast of San Francisco. Life was very active. Pelicans,
porpoises, and other fish were plentiful. The first we had not
seen before; but we often met shoals of the second, both in
the Atlantic and Pacific. It is one of the most interesting
sights of the sea.

The porpoise is a Mammalia of the order CETACEA,.

PORPOISES. 27

family DELPHINIDAE. This family consists of true dolphins or
bottle-noses and porpoises. The larger species are dignified
by the name of whales. The Narwhal, or sea unicorn,
belongs to this family. Nothing can be more interesting a
sea than to watch a shoal of porpoises disporting themselves
round the ship. They swim with the utmost rapidity, and
distance easily the fastest steamers. The agility and grace
of their movements in the water are always watched with
admiration. They are very abundant in all seas. Their
principal food is fish. The species mostly met with, was the
common porpoise, Phocaena communis, derived from the
Italian name, porco-pesce, or hog-fish. It is about six feet in
length, and is of a bluish-black colour on the back, and white
underneath. The whole body is covered with a layer of fat,
nearly an inch in thickness, and the flesh beneath is red and
resembles that of the hog. It has numerous small sharp teeth
in both jaws, and a dorsal fin in the middle of the body. For
hours they will follow the same direction as the ship, con-
stantly rolling and tumbling over the water, and passing from
one side of the ship to the other. They feed on fish, and are
seen sometimes on shore, searching for food in the soil, hke
hogs. Their flesh is considered very good, and tastes some-
what like that of beef. The oil procured from the blubber is
of the purest kind and very valuable. With the skin, duly
prepared, coverings for carriages and wearing apparels are
made. Lately I have hada pair of boots made of porpoise
skin, and I have not been able to wear them out. It is quite
impermeable, and the right thing for hunting or fishing
purposes.

The Narwhal, MWonodan monoceros, belongs to this
family, but differs greatly from all the others by its dentition.
It has only two teeth, both of which he horizontally in the
upper jaw. In the female, both remain concealed within the
bone of the jaw, so that this sex is practically toothless; but
in the male, while the right tooth remains concealed and
abortive in general, the left is immensely developed, attaining
more than half the whole length of the animal. In some,
both teeth are fully developed, but this is very rare. The use
of this tooth, or spiral twisted tusk, is not known, but I think
it must be used as an offensive and defensive w eapon.

The Narwhals inhabit the Arctic regions, where they are
abundant, and met with in shoals of tw enty or more. They are
often seen sporting about the ships, like the porpoises. They
feed on fish, molluscæ and crustacez.

28 INTE SBN,

They attain a length of from twenty to thirty feet, and
have a tusk in proportion. A superior quality of oil is
extracted from the blubber, and is considered as a great
delicacy by the Greenlanders. The ivory of the tusks is
exceedingly dense and hard, white, and easily polished. It
constitutes a valuable article of commerce, but it 1s getting
scarce. The celebrated throne of the Danish kings is made of
these tusks.

In the evening of the 14th, the pilot arrived on board. It
was great excitement for those who spoke English. Every-
one was anxious to have news of San Francisco, the placers,
etc. We were about thirty miles from that town, and with the
hope of arriving there in the night, when we were surrounded
by such a dense fog that nothing could be seen three yards
ahead. It was just as bad as what we know as a London
November fog.

In the circumstances, the pilot said that it was quite
useless to try the passage of the channel that night, so we
had to bring down all sails and try to keep our position until
the morrow. During the night, many whales were seen quite
close to the ship, and early the next morning, when the fog
cleared a little, we saw large quantities of birds, fishes, cetaceæ,
and seals around the ship. .

Among the birds, the most conspicuous were gulls, terns,
grebes, and guillemots, Uva grylle. This last species is
found all over the world; but this is the great place for them.
All the uninhabited islands near the coast of California, and
even in the bay of San Francisco, are crowded with these
birds, and in the breeding season, boat-loads of their eggs
arrive every day in the San Francisco market.

The Guillemot belongs to the order of IMPENNES, family
URIDAE. It is web-footed, and closely allied to the penguins,
and to the auks, which family includes also the now supposed
extinct species Chenalopex impennis, or Great Auk. The
actual value of a good skin of the great auk is between £300
and £400, and the last egg of this species sold in London
three years ago, fetched £160.

The Guillemot is a bird of the size of a goose. It has a
straight bill arched at the point and with a notch, its tail is
short, the wings are extremely short. It is brownish-black
above and white underneath. It breeds in vast numbers on
the narrow ledges of rocks, where they may be seen in
successive rows one above another. In some uninhabited
rocky islands, they can be seen in thousands, occupying all

GUILLEMOT AND GREBES. + 29

available spaces, and a passage can only be effected by tread-
ing upon the eggs. They are supposed to lay from two to
three eggs, but this is not quite certain, and [ am of opinion
that they are more prolific, because the amount of eggs
gathered in their places of breeding is prodigious. They are
of a large size, about one-third larger than that of a turkey,
and pointed at one end. In colour they vary greatly, from
white to pale blue, with brownish or black spots sprinkled all
over, especially in the middle, and representing all sorts of
arabesque figures. The young ones are sometimes eaten ; but
the flesh of the adults is oily and has a disagreeable taste.
They swim with great rapidity, and dive frequently, reappear-
ing at a distance of fifty yards or more. They live on fish,
crustaceæ, and mollusce.

Lately thousands of these birds have been killed for the
sake of their feathers; but these have a very low market value,
and are not worth gathering.

The Grebe, Podiceps afinis, belongs to the order PyGo-
PODES, and to the family of PODICIPIDAE or Divers. Itisa
web-footed bird of about the size of a water hen, brownish on
the upper surface, and pure snow-white underneath. The bill
is compressed at the tip, smooth, straight, and pointed. It has
short wings, and a short pointed tail, which it uses asa rudder.
The backward position of their legs causes them to walk with
difficulty, and obliges them to remain upright when out of the
water. Most of them fly badly, and their short wings aid them
in swimming, so that they may be compared to fins. It swims
very swiftly and for a long distance under the water. Its food
consists of fish, crustaceæ, molluscz and such like. They are
valued for their white silky plumage. During the last twenty
years large quantities of skins of these birds have been sent
to the European markets, where they are bought and manu-
factured into caps, muffs, pelisses, trimmings, etc. Sometimes
they are found in inland waters. Their nests are generally
placed among reeds, and rise and fall with the water. Its
flesh is rank and nauseous.

The Sea-hon, Otarza stellerz, belongs to the Fin-footed
Carnivorous Mammals, or CARNIVORA PINNIPEDIA, and are
distinguished from all the other members of the Order by
possessing small external ears, and by being able to bend
their hind feet forward under their bodies and to use
them for walking on land. Otaria stelle? belongs to
the family of OTARIIDAE, which also includes the Northern

30 AT SEA.

Fur-seal, Callorhinus ursinus, from the North Pacific. It is
the skin ot this last species which is the most valuable.

The principal characters of the family of seals are short
limbs, which are so enveloped in skin as to be more like fins
than legs. The neck is very short, so that the head appears ~
united FH theMbod}atie noie are operculated, the
animals possessing the power to open or close them at leisure.
Their head in shape resembles that of a dog. Their body is
elongated and uniform and their tail is very short. The teeth
are those of a {Carnivore, four or six incisors above, and
two or four below, the canines pointed, and the malas 20,
2p, Oe Au ail Cuma or Comical, lin Colour, xceo cae
common seal, Phoca vitulina, which is generally gray, and
sometimes white, the other species are usually dark brown,
appearing lost black when wet. he valuable dark fur or
commerce is only the soft under-fur, all the long coarse hairs
having been removed. The young and females. produce the
finest furs.

These animals are all aquatic, and pass most of their time
in the water, and obtain their food in that element. It consists
chiefly of fish, of which they can devour a large quantity at a
time.

They attain a length of about six feet, sometimes
more, especially the Haies, which are always Hate larger
than the females.

Intermediate between the Eared and True Seals is the
Walrus, or Morse, 7vrichechus rosmarus. It is remarkable
for its one or two long canine teeth, or tusks, in the upper
jaw, while the lower one has neither incisors or canines.
These tusks are used for fighting, for climbing from the water
on the ice, and for digging on the sea bottom for the molluscze
and crustaceæ, on which it feeds. It is a large animal from
ten to twenty feet in length. It is rather a fearless animal,
but harmless, unless attacked. Great numbers are killed for
the sake of their tusks, the ivory of which is very valuable.
The oil they yield is more valued than that of the whale, and
the skin is made use of for carriage braces, wheel-ropes, etc.

The seals were known to the ancients from the remotest
antiquity, and authors have made them the subjects of many
legends. The names of ¢rztons, syrens, nereides, mermaids,
etc., have all originated from these animals, and even
now some fishermen are still embued with superstitious ideas
about them. They can be domesticated, and are very much
attached to their masters, whom they obey with alacrity.

SEA-LIONS OR SEALS. FI

Many of them have been brought to Europe, and have
contributed to the delight of the visitors to the Zoological
Gardens, especially at feeding hours; but, unfortunately, they
cannot live very long when taken away from their native
countries.

They are always found on rocky shores of uninhabited
coasts or islands, and may be seen creeping up on the rocks
to feed their young and bask themselves in the sun. They
never eat their food on land, but always in the water. They
are splendid swimmers, and no fish can escape them.

In the arctic regions, in fine weather, they prefer the ice
to the water, and vast herds of them are frequently found
lying on the field-ice. Here is where these poor animals are
attacked by the sealers and killed in vast numbers. They are
polygamous animals, each male having three or four females.
They generally have a layer of fat which affords a good deal
of oil, with which the Esquimaux delect themselves. In fact
this animal is of the utmost importance to these people, it
gives them light, food, and clothing. They make bags with
the skins of the larger species, which they sew well all around
and distend with air. Half a dozen of these bags they lay
upon rushes of straw, attach them with ropes, and make them
into small rafts, upon which they embark for long voyages.
Arranged in that way they never sink. The flesh is used by
them as food, the fat 1s partly dressed for eating and partly
consumed in their lamps, and the liver fried 1s considered by
them as a very agreeable dish. The skin is dressed by a
process peculiar to them, so as to be waterproof. With the
hair off, it is used as coverings for their boats and as outer
garments. So equipped they can invert themselves and their
canoes in the water without getting their bodies wet.

As everyone knows, the seal fishery 1s of considerable
importance to all the world, and more especially to Russia,
England, and the United States, and lately special measures
have been taken by these countries for the protection of these
valuable animals. The actual value of a fine skin is about
#20. After the silvery fox, which fetches as much as £80
per skin, it is the most valuable fur, and it is of the utmost
importance to edict stringent rules for its preservation.

At 10 p.m., on the 15th of August, which was a Friday,
and the day of the Assumption, we sighted the bay of San
Francisco. Another twelve sails of distinct nationalities were
also on their route for that port. In entering the mouth of
the harbour which is rather narrow, we saw several wrecks,

32 AT SEA.

and we were glad that the pilot did not try to get in the day
before. It is a dangerous entrance, and especially so when
foggy.

As soon as we had passed the mouth of the harbour, we
enjoyed one of the most magnificent views to be seen. The
bay of San Francisco has no rival in the world. It is about
thirty miles long, and six miles wide, with several islands.
All the vessels of the world could easily anchor there,
and many more besides. It is perfectly safe, being sheltered
by hills from all sides. Occasionally, in consequence of its
large size, the strong winds are felt more or less in the bay,
the waves are agitated, but there is no danger, excepting for
small canoes.

At twelve, we anchored close to Yerba Buena Island,
opposite San Francisco, but we could not land that day, the
wind blowing too hard for small boats. More than 500 vessels
were anchored in the port.

At last we had arrived at the end of our voyage, after 209
days of navigation.

On the 16th, after affectionate farewells between pass-
engers, officers, and sailors, we embarked in the small boats
with our luggage, and landed in the celebrated town of Sax
Francisco.

CALIFORNIA. 33

CHAPTER- MN

CALIFORNIA.

San Francisco in 1851—Population—Frequent Fires—Summary Justice
—Abundance of Rats—Commerce—Desertion of Sailors—Gold
Placers—Exorbitant Prices of Certain Comimodities—Gambling
Hells in San Francisco— Free Fights — Murder of Successful
Miners—Expeditions of Marquis de Pindray and Count Raousset
Boulbon in Sonora—Death of Marquis de Pindray—Capture of
Hermosillo—Death of Garnier—Battle of Guaymas—Execution
of Raousset Boulbon— Magnanimity of General Yanez.

SAN PRANCISCO-

ÂYHEN I landed in San Francisco, California had be-
() longed to the United States for three years only, and
a considerable change had taken place in that country, inhabited
only by a few scattered missions during the domination of the
Spaniards, San Francisco was at that time a city of 80,000
inhabitants, living in about 10,000 houses, nearly all of them
built of wood. Hence the frequency of destructive fires. About
three weeks before our arrival, one of them, the fiercest of all,
had destroyed about one-third of the buildings, and workmen
were seen everywhere building new ones. Shortly after our
arrival all of them were rebuilt. Cases of goods were to be seen
everywhere in the streets, also pieces of furniture, in fact
everything bulky, and with all that robberies were very scarce.
It istrue that justice was very prompt and effectual. Once I
assisted at the catching of a thief, and in less than an hour
he was condemned and hanged from the balcony of the house
where the theft was committed. This summary justice was
executed by a few citizens who had united together and formed
a Committee of Public Safety.

J remained in San Francisco from the 15th of August,
1851, to the end of August, 1852, and during that time I saw
many fires; but the burning of twenty to thirty houses was
considered as of noconsequence. From August to the end of
December I lived at the small bay, about one mile and a half

34 ) | PC CALIBORINIAG

from the town. The rent of the house was sixty dollars
monthly, equivalent to £12. It was a place considered to be
more secure and more healthy than the town, and it was
inhabited by many merchants.

It was a pleasant walk from the bay to San Francisco,
but at night, the roads were invaded by a prodigious quantity
of fearless rats, and it was nearly impossible to walk without
treading upon some of them. I believe they were the common
European rat (Mus decumanus), imported by ships; but
here it is about three or four times larger. Besides these
animals, the streets and roads were always encumbered with
all sorts of clothes, pants, shirts, etc. The reason of this
was that it was cheaper to buy these articles of apparel new,
than to have them washed. The usual prices of washing were
four shillings for a shirt, and sixpence for a handkerchief, and
so on in proportion. In consequence of large arrivals of
goods of that description, you could buy them new, cheaper
than the cost of washing.

Life at home was not very expensive, if you chose to
live on fishes, game, beef, vegetables, and fruits, but other
commodities, as rest eggs and chickens fetched extraordinary
prices, such as two shillings for anvego,. andy Mio
chicken- Indy goods, nines, and conserves, there was a
great fluctuation in prices, varying one hemes Pet, Cemimuon
more in the week. Sometimes you could buy them cheaper
than in the European ports, and at other times you had to
pay very high prices for them. All depended upon the arrival of
ships carrying the same provisions, so that the market was
often overstodeed with some sorts of goods, meanwhile others
were scarcely to be had at any price. During my stay, I have
seen good claret and other wines sold as lee as tenpence per
bottle, and at another time, at four shillings a bottle, and so
on with all sorts of goods. Paper for the printing of journals
cost occasionally as much as one shilling per sheet. Several
sorts of fruit and vegetables also fetched good prices. But,
as I said before, if you contented yourself with buying what
was abundant in the market, you could live tolerably well
and cheaply. Salmon of superior quality and many other
good fishes, elks, and even bears, were common enough, and
cheap at times. Eggs of Guillemots were always excessively
abundant during the” season, and could be had at two shillings
per dozen. Although very different in taste to hens’ eggs,
they are very palatable and much larger. I have eaten them
prepared in all manners, hard Bones fried, in omelettes, and

SAN FRANCISCO.

unr

otherwise ; but found them best made into omelettes. They
keep good for a long time, so you can have some nearly all
the year round.

The population of San Francisco was very changeable in
consequence of the new arrivals. Every day, ships of all
nationalities arrived in San Francisco bringing passengers.
Few remained in town, the majority of them were bound for
the gold placers, w oe were all the rage at the time. There
was such a run for them, that very often all the sailors deserted
their ships, and it was impossible to find new hands, so the
ships had to remain in San Francisco for several months.
Nearly all the passengers of our ship did like the others, but
I am sorry to say that very few of them did well. One of
them, Mr. Garnier, a non-commissioned officer who had been
through the African campaigns, and whom Î saw several
months after my arrival in California, was partly successful,
and showed me some fine specimens of gold nuggets; but he
said that it was very hard work, scarcely worth the trouble.
It isa fact that very few of the diggers return with a fortune,
a great many of them dying in the placers. Many others who
are successful only come back to San Francisco to spend their
money in all sorts of ways, and more especially in the magnifi-
cent gambling saloons which are abundant in the town, and
where they leave the whole, or the better part of their gold.

Many of these houses were flourishing at that time, and
they offered all sorts of attractions to allure the miners; drink,
women, concerts, etc. With good reason they were called
GAMBLING HELLS. Scarcely a day passed without murders
being committed in these infernal abodes, the place of resort
of all that was bad. Pistols were taken out from their cases,
and shots freely fired for nothing at all, and unfortunately
sometimes missed their aim, and inoffensive lookers-on were
murdered. The body was carried away immediately, and left
in the street, and five minutes after the gambling was resumed
as if nothing had happened. Occasionally, there was a free
fight, everybody shooting one another, until several were
killed or wounded.

Another enemy of the miners was the decoying shark,
who waited for them on the quays, and after making friends,
as compatriots or something else, drugged and murdered
them. So that after all, with few exceptions, the only ones
which I heard of having made a fortune in the placers were the
hotel and bar keepers, and others of the same category, who
established themselves at the diggings, exchanging their

30 CALIFORNIA.

commodities for gold dust or nuggets; but even these were
liable to be murdered by the suspicious and lazy characters
which always abound in such places.

Add to that, the imsalubrity of the country where the
placers are, especially the intermittent fever reigning during
the rainy season, the exorbitant prices paid for everything
such as one dollar for a fresh egg, or for a glass of brandy,
and everyone will be convinced that the profession of miner
in California, in the year 1851, was not such a Paradise as
many thought.

About the time when Garnier came back from the placers,
there were two French celebrities residing in San Francisco,
where I had the opportunity of seeing them. One was the
Marquis de Pindray, the other Count Raousset de Boulbon.
The last one was young, active, and ambitious. He was of a
good French family. Young and rich, but eager of emotions,
he engaged as a volunteer “in the African army in which he
served as attaché to the Duke d’Aumale. Later on, being
nearly ruined, he went to California with the hope of
remaking his fortune ; but when | saw him he was far from it.
Ingiact wiresnadsie on at everything to make a living. For
a time he subsisted by hunting elks and bears; but naturally
no fortune could be made that way. At that time rumours
circulated in San Francisco that very rich gold placers had
been found in the Sonora. The Marquis de Pindray and
Count Raousset Boulbon were very anxious to go there with a
number of followers. Meetings were called to that effect, and
Count Raousset, who was a good talker, convinced many of
the unfortunate and unsuccessful miners who were in town
at that time, to accompany them. Garnier, who had known
Count Raousset in Africa, was one of the first to enlist as an
officer. About two hundred, chiefly French, were willing to
go with them. Shortly after, they embarked and sailed for
Guaymas. I do not know exactly what happened there
between Count Raousset and the Marquis de Pindray, but
there must have been some misunderstanding between them,
as, they separated. The Marquis de Pindray went with his
followers in the Alta Sonora, and Count Raousset, ac-
companied by Garnier went to Mexico, and soon after returned
to San Francisco.

Some days after his return, he convoked several meetings
asking 200 followers to go with him, to work the gold mines
of the Upper Sonora. Six hundred replied to his call. On
the rst of June, 1852, they arrived at Guaymas. His troop

COUNT RAOUSSET BOULBON. C7

was militarily organized. Garnier was his first heutenant.
The population of Guaymas made them quite welcome, but
not so the authorities, who were not reassured at seeing so
many strangers well armed, and having two pieces of field
artillery with them.

Governor-General Blanco, who resided at Hermosillo,
close to Guaymas, was not pleased with their arrival,
and tried all that he could to oppose their march into the
interior, but ultimately permission was accorded to them to go
to the mines; but they were scarcely gone when General
Blanco regretted his former decision, and sent an order to
Count Raousset to come back and confer with him.

Things had reached the point wished for by Count
Raousset. Although he went away, exasperated by the
tardiness of attention given to his solicitations by the Mexican
General, the losses which these delays caused to the Company,
and the contrarieties of which his troop were the victims—in
his own mind he was glad of it—all these annoyances giving
him a show of reason for the aggression which he meditated,
and the spirit of his soldiers, cleverly managed by him and
the officers who were in his confidence, was so exalted already,
that Count Raousset in taking the offensive seemed to obey
the general suffrage.

He refused to go to the conference proposed by General
Blanco, to whom he sent one of his officers, Garnier, who
came back with the following propositions made by the
General.

The French could continue their route on the condition
of losing their nationality and becoming Mexican soldiers,
with Count Raousset as their captain, or reducing their number
to fifty, or lastly, waiting until their security cards had come
from Mexico.

The last of these conditions was the only one acceptable,
but as they had already lost over two months in parleys and
would probably have to lose as much more until the arrival
of the cards, there was unanimity in the camp to reject the
ultimatum of General Blanco.

In the meanwhile, forty men of the French Colony,
Coscopera, founded a few months before, in the Upper
Sonora, by Marquis de Pindray, who died soon after, and
whose death brought about desertion amongst the colonists,
under the leadership of Mr. de la Chapelle, joined the
volunteers of Count Raousset.

The latter, who thought that he had a sufficient force for

38 CALIFORNIA.

the success of his plans, took the war-path, and visited all the
villages in the neighbourhoods, inviting the inhabitants to
declare their independence from Mexico. Several influential
Mexicans made appointments with Count Raousset, offering
their co-operation, with the result that several villages took
part in his favour.

But money was scarce, the soldiers were destitute of
clothes and shoes, the armament alone was complete. In
consequence of his contests with the Mexican General, he
could not discount a draft of 10,000 dollars, even for 6,000.
Pressed by necessity, he seized a convoy of thirteen mules
loaded with victuals for the soldiers of General Blanco. War
was declared. His soldiers thought they defended a good
cause and were full of spirit. The Sonorienses admiring
their intrepidity proclaimed them eroes. Raousset gave
them a French standard with this inscription, “ /#dependence
of Sonora.’ The French had only 184 infantry soldiers, 50
horsemen, 25 artillery men, and 4 field pieces. With ie
small force, they attacked an enemy four times more numerous,
and entrenched behind walls.

On the 14th of October, they were close to Hermosillo,
when a deputation of merchants came to the camp and offered
to Raousset the sum of 60,000 dollars if they consented to
abandon the attack of the town. This offer was refused, and
immediately after they entered the town, but scarcely had
they passed the first houses of the suburbs when they were
fired upon from an isolated house. They deployed as skir-
mishers, surrounded the house, and took it by assault.

In the public garden, 500 National Guards detained them
for a quarter of an hour; the impetuosity of the two first
sections well maintained their fire until the artillery took part
in the action and obliged the National Guards to evacuate the
place. The fight continued street by street, ending in the
complete defeat of the troops of General Blanco, who had to
retreat in the direction of Guaymas. During this action, two
casualties worth recording, took place. The first was that of
a volunteer named Hill who came to close quarters with
General Blanco. He shot at him, but missed; he then
ran upon him, bayonet in hand, but before reaching him, he
was made a prisoner and shot on the spot. The other casualty
was that of poor Garnier, a brave fellow, who secured a small
howitzer, at the cost of his life.

In half an hour Raousset conquered the town, at the cost
of seventeen killed, and twenty-three wounded, seven of which
died several days after.

COUNT RAOUSSET BOULBON. 39

Although complete order reigned after the action, the
inhabitants fled in all directions, carrying their valuables with
them. The volunteers only laughed at them, and although
the men composing their troop contained many of the worst
characters, without clothes or money, they were satisfied with
the glory of triumph, and no excesses were committed. Mr.
de Raousset thought that the influential merchants, who had
promised their co-operation, would hasten to meet him, but in
that he was deceived. No one appeared, and all his hopes of
conquest vanished. He sent several of his officers to the
State Governor, Mr. Gandara, offering him all sorts of things
if he supported him, but the only reply sent was to evacuate
the town, and to submit to the laws of the country. Now his
soldiers began to complain of his inactivity, and he was taken
very ill. Seeing that his position was getting worse every
day, he gave the order to retreat on Guaymas.

They left Hermosillo twelve days after the capture of
that town. Their retreat was only opposed by a few bands
of peasants who were afraid to approach, firing upon them
from such a distance that no casualties occurred. They
stopped at nine miles from Guaymas, and decided to enter
that city on the morning. But the same night, some emissaries
of General Blanco were sent to Raousset, inviting him to
come and see him. This he did, escorted by Blanco’s soldiers,
and was received in Guaymas with all the honours accorded
to a Chief Commandant.

However, his illness did not permit him to negotiate with
Blanco as soon as convenient, and his volunteers, anxious to
learn their fate, sent two of their officers to negotiate directly
with General Blanco, if Raousset was not able to do so. Not
hearing from these officers, the troops deputed a sailor and
another illiterate volunteer to negotiate directly with Blanco.
These delegates first went to Raousset, who refused to receive
them. Offended at this, and proud of their mission, they went
to Blanco, who received them well, and passed a treaty with
them, by which they acknowledged in the name of all that
they had been deluded and abandoned by their chief, and
agreed to leave the country, and deliver to the General
their arms, amunitions, cannons, etc., provided that a sum of
11,000 dollars should be paid to them. In fact it was a sale
of their armaments, enabling them to return to California.
, These conditions were executed on both sides, and so ended
the first part of what is known as the Guaymas drama.

40 CALIFORNIA.

Recovered from his illness, Count Raousset, to whom life
and liberty had been granted by General Blanco, returned
to San Francisco. Unfortunately for him, instead of desisting
from his projects, which were scarcely reliable, and profiting
by the experience acquired in his former venture, he convoked
what remained of his old confidants, and told them that he
was determined to pursue his projects on Sonora. He opened
some offices for enlistments; but this time he asked not less
than 1,200 to 1,500 men. The renown of his exploits in
Hermosillo had acquired him many sympathisers, his brilliant
combinations and his eloquence seduced a rich banker of
San Francisco, who put his fortune at his disposition. At the
same epoch he received a letter from Mr. Levasseur, French
Minister at Mexico, inviting him to come to that capital to
confer with Santa Anna. KRaousset asked for a safe-conduct,
which was forthwith sent to him. He went to Mexico, had
several interviews with the President, but the offers made to
him did not satisfy his ambition. After a sojourn of four
months in Mexico, tired of conferences without issue, he
suddenly departed.

Having returned to San Francisco, he tried to renew the
affair with the banker; but the latter, who had had time to
reconsider the scheme and its probable success, retired from
it altogether. Raousset was sorry to have left San Francisco
four months before, and said that his calling to Mexico, by
Santa Anna, had been made with the sole object to miscarry
his projects.

Count Raousset made an appeal to all those who wished
to enrich themselves quickly. ‘“ Arm yourselves and go to
Guaymas, and 1 will join and guide you in the Sonora, I
will make you landlords of large properties, and you will
become the nobility of the Mexican Province." This brilliant
perspective fascinated many, and they volunteered to go with
him. Already the Challenge, a small brig, was ready, and
the armament was prepared slowly, and at night, to evade
the watch of the American police. At the same time the
Mexican Consul in San Francisco, Mr. del Valle, received
instructions from his Government to send to Sonora the same
men that Raousset had engaged, offering, after one year
of military service, to distribute to them portions of land
corresponding in size, to the rank that each one should occupy
in the army, that those who had had high grades in their
country should enjoy a corresponding grade in the colony, and
lastly that the immigrants would not lose their nationality.

COUNT RAOUSSET BOULBON. AI

On learning that the Consul, Mr. del Valle asked for 1,000
immigrants, Count Raousset rejoiced, thinking that the
Mexican Government would soon tire of supplying the
necessary funds for the maintenance of so many immigrants,
and the dissatisfaction produced amongst these men would
facilitate the success of his projects. But things did not take the
course hethought. Mr. del Valle sent only 300 immigrants of
all nationalities ; although the French were still in the majority.
Count Raousset not considering this number as sufficient and
not being able to depend upon all of them, relinquished for a
short time his projects against the Sonora, but a casual cir-
cumstance compelled him to leave San Francisco.

An American colonel of the name of Walker, had also
attempted the conquest of Sonora and Lower California, but
beaten by the Californians, he had been obliged to return to
the United States and to appear before the authorities of his
country. His deposition incriminated Count Raousset as an
accomplice of the Colonel, engaged to act in accord with him.
Warned in time, Raousset fled to escape arrest, and perhaps
condemnation.

At that time, many of his former followers who had gone
to Sonora, trusting in the promise he made that he should
meet them there, wrote to him to come. He bought a schooner
and left San Francisco at night. The ist of July he arrived
in Guaymas.

On landing, he learned that the new Governor was a
good and generous man, who had won the affection of the
French, and that his influence with them was such, that for a
moment he was disconcerted, but he quickly rallied, and went
directly to see the Governor, Mr. Yanez, and told him that he
had come to avenge himself on the Mexicans; but that he
had been so noble in his conduct respecting his compatriots,
that he renounced his designs, and offered him his spade and
services. Governor Yanez, well aware of the services that
such a man could render to his country, if it was possible to
gain him over, praised him for his good resolve, and told
him that he was going to ask instructions from his Govern-
ment. The volunteers of the foreign regiment, who did not
know the character of the new comer who posed himself as
their chief, distrusted him at first, but soon rallied entirely
round him, convinced that he desired peace, which gave them
all that which the conquest could procure, but a minority,
composed of bad characters, ambitious, and illiterate, were
hostile to Yanez and so arrogant towards the Mexicans, that

42 CALIFORNIA.

the last, in a moment of exasperation, fired several shots
at them.

Immediately Jatter, the French” assembled they acd
smelt powder, and they claimed vengeance. This incident was
the cause of the events of the 13th of July.

From that time, the two chiefs knew that the projected
alliance was impossible, the spirits of the men were too much
irritated against one another. However negotiations took place.
Mr. de Raousset acting in the name of all, wrote to General
Yanez, complaining of the aggression made the day before, and
asking for the safety of the men whom he commanded, that
the General should deliver to him two cannons, and that the
National Guard should be disarmed. Yanez, who was expect-
ing reinforcements from Hermosillo, lengthened the negotia-
tions as much as he could, and although he acquiesced to the
demand of cannons, he refused to disarm the National
Guard. Notwithstanding the irritation of the men’s spirit, he
rephed to the daring visit of Count Raousset by another
more audacious. He went alone to the French quarters, in-
forming them beforehand of his projected visit. They decided
to keep him asa prisoner. In so doing, Guaymas was bound
to fall into their hands without fighting.

Arrived at the French quarters, Yanez gave orders to
the troops to form themselves into a square. He reminded
them of all the kindness he had bestowed upon them, and
implored them to give up their rebellion, and to abstain from
shedding blood, and that he should treat them in the future as
he had done in the past. He told them that they had been
treated by him as his children, that they were ungrateful, that
God would know how to punish them, and so forth. His speech
was delivered with such spirit and tenderness that it over-
came the ill-feeling of the men, who rephed with hurrahs.
Yanez making a good use of the enthusiasm which his speech
had produced, ordered Captain Desmarais to open the files,
and he went away free, to the great astonishment of Raousset
and his followers.

It has been affirmed that the subsequent victory he gained
over the French, was partly due to that bold deed. From that
time discord prevailed among them, some inclining for peace,
others for an immediate declaration of war. A commission
was appointed to confer with the Governor.

The conference took place on the 13th of July. Yanez
was well willing on many points, except that of the disarming
of the National Guard. The delegates, in favour of war,

COUNT RAOUSSET BOULBON. 43

made a very poor appearance before Yanez; they hastily
concluded the conference, end gave a wrong account of what
had taken place between them and the General. Count
Raousset was undecided what to do when the sudden query
from one of his followers, ‘ YOU ARE NOT WHAT YOU
WERE?” made him start, and rising his head he only said,
EN AVANT.

Yanez with 300 men shut himself up in the barracks.
The National Guard occupied the neighbouring houses and
four cannons were placed in such a way that they could fire
effectually on all sides. Tothe watchword of Raousset, many
volunteers at first refused to march, but they were won over,
took their arms and followed him, many against their will. Tie
advance was made in three different directions. Raousset at
the head of the two first companies marched in the principal
street, and went straight to the cannons, but the firing of two
case shots caused great havoc among his men. None the less,
with thirty men, they slowly advanced, and disabled all the
artillerymen; the least assistance would have secured the
victory. But the two other columns had not executed their
plan of attack, besides which Yanez was there, and being short
OE meny ne loaded one of the guns himseli, sured. it, and clett
only ten valid men to Raousset, who tried to escalade the
barracks s, but his efforts were useless. He sought for death
but found it, not.

At the same time the dispersed French thought less of
fighting than to beg for mercy ; downcast and repentant, they
took refuge in the house of the French Vice-Consul, imploring
his protection. Raousset left almost alone, returned to the
sea shore with the hope of finding his schooner there, but those
who had charge of it were gone.

He went to the house of the Vice-Consul, tried to persuade
his men to renew the fighting, did not succeed, gave up his
sword, and waited. Yanez came out with his men and attacked
the Sonora Hotel, still occupied by the French. They forced
an entrance, and the slaughter began. Every one of them
would have perished if the Vice-Consul, Mr. Calvo, an
influential man, had not interfered in their favour. They
were all made prisoners. Pistols were left to Raousset with the
hope that he would kill himself, but he did not do so, and
from that moment the intrepid adventurer became a mild
and peaceful Christian. He felt what he owed to his name
and to himself, and disdaining to defend his own life, he only
thought of his honour, and declared that all his acts were

44 CALIFORNIA.

political, having no other aim than the civilization of the people
and the welfare of humanity. He was sentenced to be shot.
From that moment he was very quiet, and the Mexican priest
was very much surprised to find in him an eloquent Christian,
speaking of religion with the profound respect that only true
faith imparts. He came to comfort him, but the words expired
on his lips, dominated by a great emotion. It was Mr. de
Raousset who comforted the priest. He spoke of the vanities
of the earth with the accent of the soul, free from delusion, and
when speaking of the other world, he did so in such brilliant
expressions of hope, blessedness, and divine misericord, that
the good ecclesiastic listened to him in estacy, and after the
last kiss, he went out from the chapel, exclaiming, “ 7hzs man
PSD SAUL

Mr. de Raousset went to the place of execution without
showing any emotion. On the way he took his hat to protect
his head from the sun, and when he arrived at the fatal spot,
he indicated his heart to the soldiers, and placing his hands
behind him he looked upwards and fell

The noble character of General Yanez appeared again
after the battle of the 13th of July: It was “due to) ms
magnanimity that the lives of all the prisoners were safe.
Yanez followed the impulse of his heart to the cost of his
interests. He was relieved of his functions, and brought up
for trial by Santa Anna in consequence of his generosity.
Part of the rebels were sent to Mexico, and from there directed
to Vera-Cruz and embarked for France. The name of Yanez
will always be recorded by them as one of the best of men.
Before leaving Mexico, officers and soldiers sent him farewell
letters, in which they expressed their most eager feelings of
gratitude for his admirable conduct towards them.

The idea of Count Raousset Boulbon was to conquer the
Upper Sonora, to declare its independence, and place himself
at the head of the Government of that Republic.

For a while, it seemed as if this audacious plan of his
would succeed and probably it would have come to that, if
money had been coming in, and if the population had helped
him ; but unfortunately for him, it did not, hence the drama!

It is a great pity that such an active and able bodied man,
did not content himself with being a subordinate of the
Mexican Government. I have no doubt, that if he had
accepted a command from the Mexicans he could have
achieved great renown in the war against the wild and
ferocious Indians of Sonora.

SAN FRANCISCO. A5

CHArlER-V;

CALIFORNIA.

Principal Buildings of San Francisco—Iron House—Chinese Consulate
— Immigration of Chinese — Derbec — Collecting Objects of
Natural History —Humming-Birds—Remarkable Animals peculiar
to California—The Calitornian Vulture—Elks—Bears—Californian
Salmon—Insects peculiar to California—Giant Trees—Climate—
Aspect of the Country.

See Nae AIN CLS'€ ©:

PRINCIPAL BULDDINGS:

see HE principal buildings which existed in San Francisco in

1851, were the no. n Hall, the ancient theatre, a large
and fine building, the frontage being of white marble. Te
Government had just bought. iP ton the ene of 500,000 dollars.
The Custom House, “nich was not quite finished, a very large
brick building, erected at a cost of 300,000 dollars, two play-
houses, the Jenny Lind, and another in which French companies
were usually playing, many music halls, and a large number
of gambling houses, some of which were sumptuously furnished,
the California Exchange, several banks, one of which was
entirely constructed of iron sheets, sent from New York. A
heavy rent was charged in that bank for the keeping of
valuables, documents, and the like, and I have no doubt that
it paid “al: fifteen Catholic and Broken churches, several
colleges and schools, hotels, nearly all of which were built of
wood, a private Museum, containing a fine collection of
minerals, chiefly specimens of auriferous quartz, gold nuggets,
and gold dust. There was also a collection of Californian
birds and mammals, especially rich in Anatidae, or Ducks.
Specimens of cereals, vegetables and fruits were also ex-
hibited, and I was much impressed with the beauty and size
of some of them. Î saw there a specimen of potatoe weighing
fifteen pounds. The entrance fee was one dollar. In conse-
quence of the frequent fires, they were beginning to build

40 CALIFORNIA.

houses of bricks and mortar. During my stay in San Francisco,
about two hundred of them were built. But the principal
curiosity amongst the useful and important buildings was the
great Wharf, at the end of Montgomery Street. It was the
widest and longest of all, over one mile in length, and they
were still adding to it. 1 think it was the longest wharf known.
Hundreds of ships were constantly waiting their turn to dis-
charge their cargoes or take in fresh ones, although a ereat
many of them were obliged to sail without any return freight,
as the commerce of exportation was nearly nil at that time.
The said wharf was built on the sea for the most part, and
they were gradually filling the sea with the detritus of the
town. Very often I went fishing from that wharf, and |
caught large quantities of fish belonging to many different
species.

At the end of December, I removed from the small bay
to another part of the town, at the top of Stockton Street,
close to the Chinese Consulate. There were only two other
houses in that part of the suburbs. In fact we were quite in the
country. The small Villa, built entirely of wood, was divided
into three fine rooms on the ground floor, and a very large
room above. The cost was twenty-five dollars monthly. There
was a front and a back garden. I remained in this house
eight months. The Chinese Consulate, which was also a
museum and a bond house, where the goods of many Chinese
merchants were kept, being near, I went there very often, and
made friends with the inmates. I received many Chinese curiosi-
ties from them in exchange for fish which I usually caught
from the great Wharf. I remember particularly a species of
Szluridae, or Cat-fish, which I caught abundantly. I did
not care for them, so I always gave them away to my friends
of the Consulate, who were very fond of that fish. On these
occasions they took me in their store-rooms, which were
crowded with all sorts of goods—umbrellas, fans, pipes,
beautifully lacquered chests of all sizes, straw hats, crackers,
idols, etc., etc. In fact, to me it was like a museum of
Chinese curiosities, and I found great pleasure in looking at
all these pretty things, and they always gave me something,
so that little by little I made a small collection of them, some
of which are still in my possession.

Chinese immigrants were very numerous at that time,
and they had already their own district, the centre of which
is Sacramento Street, occupied with hotels, boarding houses,
opium dens, gambling houses, shops, playhouses, temples,

CHINESE. 47

etc. It was a most interesting sight for an European, although
I must confess that their district was the most crowded and
dirty. Chinese women were scarcely to be seen, and the
very few residing in San Francisco were exhibited as great
curlosities. Not so with the men, of whom there were about
ten thousand, all of them finding occupation soon after their
arrival. Servants were so scarce, and so dear at that time,
that there were no end of applications to the Consulate for
Chinese servants and cooks, and I really believe that they
contributed in some way to the rapid prosperity of San
Francisco.

From the intercourse that I had with them, I consider this
Asiatic race very enterprising, willing, easily contented,
patient, good workers, and even affectionate to those who
treat them well. In all these respects they resemble extra-
ordinarily the American Indians. Anyone who has studied
the two races cannot believe otherwise that they belong to
the same race of men, the only differences existing between
the two being the result of a long separation and I should
not be much surprised if one of these days a good linguist
will find analogies between their languages. In 1851 and
1852, the Chinese were welcomed to San Francisco, because,
as I said before, servants, male or female, were not to be had
easily, and the price of all the indispensable necessities of life
was excessive. As soon as the Chinese arrived in numbers,
an immediate change took place. The price of servants
dropped from 50 to 75 per cent, and became accessible to
many ; the same with the washing, which the Chinese understood
and did well. They were employed for all purposes, and
usually gave general satisfaction. Those who were not
employed as servants, established themselves as merchants
or traders. In their special district all kinds of merchandize
were offered for sale. Close to the merchants of dry-goods
were barbers, laundries, coffee houses, bathing establishments,
restaurants, opium houses, and even a theatre was built by
them. Many made a living that way, others went to the gold
placers, and as a rule were more successful than the Europeans,
because they contented themselves with less, were more
patient, more tenacious in their purpose, and more moderate
in their wants. They did not drink, they ate sparingly, and
at a small cost, and they gambled only between themselves.
Their compatriots who had also gone to the placers and
established themselves there as hotel keepers, charged them

48 CALIFORNIA.

moderate prices for their food and lodgings. Hence their
better success, even at the placers.

It was a well-known fact that many of them had success-
fully worked diggings abandoned by European miners. But
there was a dark side, that of the hatred which the Europeans
had against them, and in these out-of-the-way places it was
considered of very little consequence to murder a Chinaman
for nothing at all, or to rob him of his gold. Nevertheless,
many were lucky, either as miners or merchants, and traders,
and returned to their country with sums of money which
were considered fortunes there.

This excited the covetousness of their countrymen to a
high degree. Hence the constant departure of new immi-
grants from China to California.

In this they were helped by their countrymen residing in
San Francisco, who advanced them money for the payment of
the passage. For the very low sum of five to ten dollars they
were transported from China to San Francisco. The ships
on which they embarked were literally crowded with human
lives, and for months they were scarcely able to move about ;
but nothing intimidated them. Many died during the passage,
but it made no difference to them, although the wish of a
Chinaman is to be buried in his own country.

This Chinese custom gave the idea to enterprising
Americans to start agencies for the transport of corpses from
California to China, and many were the ships which were
freighted exclusively for that purpose.

I witnessed several Chinese burials, the Chinese cemetery
being on the road from San Francisco to the Mission of
Dolores, not far from my house. During the whole distance
from the house of the dead to the cemetery they fired crackers,
burned odoriferous papers, and usually the mourners were
numerous.

About that time I made the acquaintance of Mr. Derbec,
a clever man, who, after trying his luck with the placers like
so many others, came back to San Francisco and started
the newspaper /’Echo du Pacifique. He was the proprietor
and the editor of that journal, one of the best French
newspapers ever published in San Francisco. He was a
learned and modest man, and of agreeable society. We were
good friends, and when I left San Francisco I regretted
parting from him much. He was then publishing his journal
and doing fairly well. It was from him that I learned that
paper became so scarce for a few days that one shilling per

HUMMING BIRDS. 49

sheet had to be paid, and I remember that many times he
had to print his newspaper on all sorts of coloured papers,
light brown, blue, or any other light colour.

From March to August, I collected specimens of Natural
History. Many were the species of beetles and butterflies
that I collected in the suburbs of San Francisco. During my
rambles I very often met another Frenchman, the well-known
collector Lorquin, who was chiefly searching for insects.
Lorquin was an enthusiastic collector, who had already
done good work in Philippines, Celèbes, and New Guinea.
I also collected many species of birds, and more particu-
larly Humming-birds. Two species were abundant, Calypte
annae and Selasphorus rufus. I found many nests of these
two species during the months of March and April, and at
one time I had as many as sixty of them alive, all taken from
the nests. I fed them with fresh flowers and small insects.
Some of them lived four months. At first I had them all
together in a large cage made on purpose, but as soon as they
were grown up, they began to fight so much that I was obliged
to put them in separate cages. I put one pair in each, and I
succeeded in keeping them alive and well for a long time.
My intention was to send them alive to Europe, but even the
most robust died at sea, and it was a complete failure.

Nevertheless, I think if the same experiment was re-
peated in Florida, New Orleans, or New York, with 7rochilus
colubris, there are many probabilities that they would arrive
alive in Europe ; but, of course, they could not live long there.
Since 1852, I think one experiment of that sort has been made
with the Columbian species, and many of them arrived safely
in Paris; but they died soon after their arrival. There is
more chance with the northern species.

Calypte annae, and Selasphorus rufus are two very fine
species. C. annae has the head and throat of the most
beautiful metallic crimson ; the upper surface is golden-green,
the breast and abdomen gray, and the flanks washed with
green. Selasphorus rufus has the upper surface bronzy-
green, the throat metallic coppery red, very brilliant, and the
undersurface white. They have the same habits as the other
species. They breed in California. I think that Calypte annae
is a species peculiar to California and the surrounding
countries; but not so with Selasphorus rufus, or the Flame
bearer. The latter migrates as far south as the State of
Oaxaca, (Mexico), where I collected many specimens. They
are also found abundantly in the Rocky Mountains and

50 CALIFORNIA.

Colorado; but the bulk of them go to Mexico. In Mexico, the
capital, they are very abundant in the months of July and
August, and they arrive in South Mexico at the end of October,
at which time there is an abundance of flowers in the mount-
ains. They are foundat high altitudes and it is probable that
they follow the slopes of the Cordilleras, as I have never seen
the bird in the valley of Oaxaca, or in any other valley, except-
ing the table lands of Mexico, which altitude is about 7,500
feet above the level of the sea: |

My friend, Léon Laglaize, grandson of Lorquin, also well
known as a successful collector in West Africa, Philippines,
and New Guinea, has witnessed the departure of these birds
from California to Mexico (?) He told me that one day in
August, when collecting insects in the neighbourhood of
San Francisco, he saw thousands of these birds assemble on
a large oak tree and depart together in a southerly direction.
This being the period of their migration, it is very possible
that he witnessed that rare and extraordinary sight. My
favourite excursions were from San Francisco to the Mission
of Dolores, a hilly country, destitute of forests and rivers.
There was not much vegetation, only shrubs and small trees
scattered amongst small plants, the soil being rocky and
particularly favourable to insects, especially Carabidx, Tene-
brionidae, and Curculionidae, and to rabbits and partridges.
Of the last, Ortyx californicus was very abundant.

The climate of San Francisco is mild and healthy, but
northerns are very frequent. The rainy season lasts from
December to March, and during these months some of the
streets were sometimes impassable. On the other side of the
bay, where I made several excursions, the aspect of the country
is more picturesque. Many rivers have their outlets into the
bay, and forests of pine and oak trees are conspicuous.

Animal life is abundant on both water and land. Many
species of Geese and Ducks are extremely abundant. I
collected twenty different species: Anser hutchinst, Chen
hyperboreus, Aix sponsa, Mareca americana, Dafila acuta,
Querquedula carolinensis, Chaulelasmus strepera, Spatula
clypeata, Aythya wallisneria, Bucephala americana albeola
and fArstrionica, Oidemia americana, perspicillata, and
deglandet, Querquedula discors, and cyanoptera, Mergus
zthiops and serrator and Lophodytes cucullatus. Pelicans
were also abundant. On land, Lophortyx californicus, and
gambelr and Oreortyx picta were also plentiful. Of the first,
L. californicus, large quantities are brought to the markets,

BIRDS AND MAMMALS. al

and sell at a moderate price. It is a pretty bird, and easily
domesticated. There are also a large quantity of songsters,
finches, sparrows, etc.

Among the RAPTORES, Aguzla chrysætos Buteo borealis,
lineatus and swainsont, Cathartes aura, Falco peregrinus,
Tinnunculus sparverius, Strix pratincola, Bubo subarticus,
Speotypo cunicularia, and many others were occasionally
found ; but the rarest of all, the Californian Vulture, Pseudo-
gryphus californicus, was seldom seen. It is a very rare
bird, peculiar to California. It is the largest of the North
nest species, rivalling the Condor. It is dark brown,
with the head and neck naked. It is very voracious, and
when many are together the carcase of a horse or cow is
devoured in a very short space of time. The smaller species,
Cathartes aura, does not dare to approach them. It is not
uncommon to see them assemble with the gulls, and greedily
devour the carcase of a whale which has been cast ashore,
and they will even pursue weak and wounded game. Among
Mammals, squirrels and rabbits were the most abundant, but
occasionally deer or bears were seen. The Wapiti deer,
Cervus canadensis (?), could be bought in the market nearly
every day. Itisa large animal measuring four to five feet at the
shoulders. It is red-brown, the tail is short, and the horns
are round and erect, branching in serpentine curves, measuring
six feet and weighing about thirty pounds. They live in
small families of six or seven individuals, inhabiting clumps
of woods, and feeding upon grass and young shoots of trees.
The flesh is coarse; but if left for a few days to mature good
roasts can be made with it.

The bears are not so common, but nevertheless many
were sent to the market, and the meat fetched a good
price. A bear-steak was considered a great delicacy by
connoisseurs. Occasionally a grizzly bear, “Ursus ferox, was
also to be seen. It is a large P20 ES Dates nine feet in
length, and weighing sometimes 800 pounds. It is the most
ferocious species of bear, very powerful, and extremely
dangerous to approach when wounded. It feeds some-
times upon fruits and roots, but at others it preys upon
animals. The bison is said to be no match for this ferocious
animal. After killing it, it will drag the carcase to some
retired place where it digs a pit for its reception, and returns
to feed upon it till the supply is exhausted. Probably, like
the other species of Ursidae, they lay in caves during the
winter, which they pass in a dormant state, and without food.

52 CALIFORNIA.

Many are the tales of narrow escapes of hunters from falling
a prey to these ferocious animals.

Fishes are also very abundant in California, but the most
valuable is the Californian Salmon, which is now acclimatized
in many European rivers. A good friend of mine, the late
Professor Baird, of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington,
sent fecundated ove of that and other species to all the
European Aquariums.

Like all the other species of salmon, they grow to a large
size, weighing sometimes forty pounds. In entering the
mouth of the rivers in order to spawn, the females are always
observed to precede the males, depositing their ova in little
holes or nests, which they form in the sand, at the bottom,
for the males to fecundate. The young grow very rapidly.
When first hatched they are about an inch in length, and
during the first year are called parr. When they remove to
the sea they assume a more brilliant dress, and then become
the smelt, varying from four to six inches in length. After a
residence in the sea, from two months to ten weeks, they
revisit the fresh waters, and weigh then from two-and-a-half
to four pounds, and are called grz/ses. During the ensuing
winter they spawn, and are then known as sa/mon.

Many species are found both in Europe and America.
Trout and Char, of which many species are known, belong to
this family. Some are migratory, others are not. It is one
of the most valuable fish. Many valuable fisheries exist in
Europe and America. The Scotch fisheries are the most
important, giving employment to many thousands of people.

Among the Californian Insects the most remarkable
forms are those of the Tiger beetles, or Crcrndelidae, which
are represented by various species of Omus, peculiar to
California. Several species are known, Omus californicus,
dejeant, audouint, and others. Among the Carnivorous
beetles, - or” Carabidae, several’ Sener wane peculiam ate
California: Oprstus richardsont, Metrius contractus, Callis-
thenes discors, breviusculum, reticulatum, and others; but the
European genera Carabus, Calosoma, and Cychrus, are also
well represented. Of the last many fine species, are peculiar
to California, Cychrus interruptus, ventricosus, alternatus,
and punctatus, are abundant. Another species, the smallest
of all, Cycthrus mimus, is “still a taser species. ine the
Staphylinidae, Thinopinus pictus 1s a very curious species,
peculiar to the country.

Among the Lamellicorns, or Scarabaeidae, many curious

RARE INSECTS AND GIANT TREES. 53

species of Lachnosterna are abundant. Macranoxia, a genus’
peculiar to California and Mexico, is represented by one
species, WZ. crenita, but the rarest are Pleocoma, a genus
peculiar to California, and still very rare, and Megasoma
thersites, the smallest species of that genus. The Zenedrio-
nidae are represented by many species of Æ/eodes, a genus
peculiar to California and Mexico. The Curculionidae, or
Weaver beetles, are represented by many small and obscure
species belonging to interesting genera. Among the Ceram-
byctdae, or Longicorns, I found several species of Przonus, a
genus found also in Europe, and many small species of
Acmaeops, Leptura, Tetraopes, Monilema, and others, but
the rarest was a species of ROSALIA, À. funebris, of which
Remus one species, 7e 04/2774, is toudd) in Europe» Of
Chrysomelidae there was a large number of species, usually
abundant on shrubs and leguminous plants.

Minerals I shall not mention, as everyone knows that
California is a Paradise for the mineralogist. There is such
an abundance of them that a mere list would fill several pages
of this book.

In the Vegetable Kingdom it will suffice to mention the
celebrated colossal specimens of Wellingtonia gigantea, so
abundant in the Yo-Senite Valley, which tourists never fail to
visit. There are over six hundred of them, close one to
another, forming one of the most imposing forests of the
world.

Whe Grres/y, the timest of the lot as a diameter of
twelve yards, and attains the height of 120 yards. The first
branch spreads at eighty yards from the soil. All those sur-
rounding it are nearly of the same size. Several of them
have been cut or have fallen. The inside of one of them is
burnt, and in the tunnel formed by the bark, which still
remains, horsemen can pass through easily, and cannot reach
the top with uplifted hand. On the trunk of another, four
men abreast can walk easily to a distance of seventy yards.
Banquets and balls have been given in the interior of another,
and several hundred people found ample accommodation.
How many thousand years old are they? It is one of the
most extraordinary sights to be seen in California.

On the fourth of July, I witnessed the rejoicings held in
honour of the Independence of the United States. Flags and
banners were conspicuous on all sides, and thousands of
spectators were on the balconies and windows, witnessing
the immense procession which paraded through all the

54 CALIFORNIA.

principal streets, and also taking part in the festivities by
firing shots and crackers at random.

Many thousands of people joined the procession, and it
was a grand sight to see all the different banners carried by
representatives of all nationalities. The Chinese looked
extremely curious and gaudy, and were numerous. Many
were the barrels filled up with crackers and fired by the shop-
keepers. What with the gun and the pistol shots, and the
uproar of the people, it was an infernal noise; but fortunately
there were no accidents nor fires, a fact which can be con-
sidered as remarkable in a town built of wooden houses.

At night there was a general illumination, which was also
well worth seeing. The effect was magnificent.

DISCOVERY OF CALIFORNIA. 55

Chea he Vi.

- CALIFORNIA—(continued)

History of California — Its Discovery by the Europeans — Several
Expeditions to California—Spanish Missions—Extraordinary Size
of Plants—Pearls—Russian Colony—Captain Sutter—His Bio-
graphy and his Extraordinary Adventures.

ay ORNS which was for a long time thought to be an
X island, was discovered in 1532 by Diego Hurtado de
Mendoza, Diego Becerra, and Hernando de Grijalva, sent
especially tor that purpose by Hernan Cortez. Cortez, not
being quite satisfied with the result of these expeditions,
started himself for these regions, and explored the coast and
the Gulf of California, which has been known since as Cortez
Sea. For want of provisions he soon returned, and very little
more was heard of that country until 1539, when a rich
Spaniard, of the name of Francisco Ulloa, set out at his own
expense, and explored the eastern and western coasts. He
landed at last, but not without opposition from the natives,
who with much clamour and gestures set upon him and his
followers with stones and arrows with such fury, that they
would have met with a serious repulse had it not been for the
valour of the mastiff dogs which he carried along with him.
At last, he got such a good footing, that he was able to take
possession of the country in the name of the King of Spain,
with the usual formalities, setting up a cross as a memorial
and a testimony of his having been there. Ulloa, during his
expedition, w hich lasted two years, went as far as the mouth
of the Azo Colorado. The map published in Mexico by the
pilot Castillo, in 1541, represents the outlines of the Coasts
of California, nearly the same as we know them to-day.
About the same time, Warco de Nigza, or Niña, a
Franciscan, who visited that country, on his return re-
ported the wonders that he had seen. Stately cities with
magnificent buildings, the very gates of which were enriched
with turquoises and other precious stones, and whose in-

56 CALIFORNIA.

habitants went glittering in gold and mother of pearl, rich
mines, and the flourishing condition of the kingdoms of Acw,
Tonteac, and Mareta; whereupon the Governor of New
Gallicia was sent by the Viceroy of Mexico, with great hopes
of receiving a confirmation of these reports; but either out of
spite, or because he had real cause to do so, he represented
all things as mean and despicable.

The next expedition was made by Ferdinando de Alarcon,
who is reported to have sailed many leagues up a river called
Buena Guia, and there to have received homage of Vauca-
gatus, one of the chiefs of the Californian tribes.

In 1542, the intrepid ‘fuan Rodriguez Cabrillo, to whom
the conquest of California has been attributed, explored the
Californian coasts, and discovered the Island of Sia PTS,
and another called the Island of Possesszon.

Thirty-five years later, im 1577, 51 Francis | Drakes
landed in Upper California, in a region considered to be
situated north of San Francisco, which he called Vew AZlédzon,
and took possession of it in the name of QUEEN ELIZABETH.
Here is the description which he gave of that country.

‘The country is well stored with deer, grazing up the
hills by thousands in a company; the men generally went
naked all over, the women using only a piece of mat, or some
such thing, instead of an apron; their houses were built only
of turf and osier, yet so wrought together that they served
very well to keep out the cold. In the midst of it was their
hearth, where they made their fire and lay all round about it
together upon several beds of bull-bushes. What their towns
were, or whether they had any, is altogether unknown.”

This description applies well enough to the northern
parts of San Francisco, known formally under the name of
QUIVIRA.

Since the Jesuits established themselves in that country,
in 1683, it has been better known, and it was considered
as an arid country, and poor in precious metals. In fact,
it was thought that the Jesuits concealed what they knew
about the riches of the country. These considerations
decided the enterprising Visitador, Don José de Galvez,
to go to California. He found arid mountains, water scarce,
the vegetation chiefly consisting of Mimosae, and no
traces of gold or silver. But he saw what good work the
Jesuits had done since their establishment in the country.

*See Humming Bird, Vol. 2, p. 113.

Peep Ory DHE SOM. D

In this expedition he was accompanied by a talented and
remarkable man, Chevalier d’Asanza, his secretary. This
last stated freely what they had seen, and dared to speak of the
Viceroy as a visionary, the result of which was his arrest, and
his incarceration in the village of Tepozotlan, where thirty
years after he made a solemn entry as Viceroy of New Spain.
The Jesuits are the first who have thoroughly explored the
Gulf of California. Father Kin, in 1701, attained the junction
of the large rivers, Gila and Colorado. He fixed its latitude
to 35° 30’. In 1769, very little remained of the establish-
ments of the Jesuits, and the Franciscans established themselves
in the country. Under the direction of Father Funzpero
Serra, they laid the foundation of the mission of San Diego.
One year after, the same missionary took possession of
Monterey. During the next three years Father Serra laid
the foundations of seven more missions. All of them were
successful at the time of his death, which took place in 1784.
His successors continued his good work, with the result that
in 1822 twenty-one of them had been established, amongst
them that of Dolores, established in 1776, close to the actual
San Francisco which existed in 1851, but was no longer in-
habited by the friars since their secularisation by the Mexican
Government in 1831. The buildings were still there, but they
will be soon lost to view among “the numerous villas and
cottages that they are fast building.

The peninsula of California, which occupies a surface of
land of the same size as England, was sparingly populated
during the domination of the Spaniards. In fact, the whole
population of that country was scarcely that of Ipswich in
England. The centre of the peninsula is traversed by a long
ridge of mountains, the highest of which is the Cerro de los
Gigantes, or Giant’ s Mountain, about 5,000 feet high.

The soil is usually sandy and devoid of ‘vegetation.
Cactuses and mimosae are conspicuous. Water is scarce. When
it is present, the fertility of the soil is prodigious. All the
graniferous plants and fruit bearing trees produce abundantly,
and give large returns. Onions have attained twenty-one
pounds in weight. Cabbages have reached a diameter of
thirteen feet. Turnips of one hundred pounds have been
raised; but of course these are exceptions. Vines prosper,
and a Very good wine is made with them. Everyone is aware
of the well-known size of one plant of vine at Sacramento,
which gave ten thousand bunches at a time. It is now
dead, bal is replaced by some of its sprouts, which are

58 CALIFORNIA.

already producing a large number of bunches. The stem of
the mother plant was exhibited in Philadelphia in 1876.

Of all the natural productions of the peninsula, or old
California, the pearls are the most valuable, and have attracted
many merchants to that country; but now it is chiefly
restricted to Mazatlan, in Mexico. The oyster which pro-
duces the pearls has been chiefly found in the bay of Ceralvo,
and close to the islands of Santa Cruz and San José. During
the visit of Galvez in the gulf, 1768-1769, a soldier of the
presidio ot Woreto, made) ja rapid) tortuive) by tishinesero,

pearls on the coasts of Ceralvo. Since 1827, the population
of oid, California decreased to about 5,000, and so it remained
until 1850.

It was the same in Upper California until the time of the
taking of that country by the North Americans in 1848. In that
year the population of Upper California consisted only of 7,000
inhabitants of Spanish origin and several thousand Indians.
They lived “in “the villages\ of, os WAnuec/es | Same joseuae
Guadalupe, Santa Barbara, Monterey, and San Francisco.

North of San Francisco, a Russian colony of about 600
individuals lived entirely by themselves. They argued that
they had an authorisation from the Spanish government to
occupy the harbour of Bodega, the Ross’s fortress, and thirty
square miles of arable land. They remained there from 1814
to 1842, and it was vainly that the Mexicans tried to retake
possession of the land. But what the Mexican government
could not effectuate was brought about by the intrigues of the
Hudson Bay Company. When leaving, the Russian sold to
Captain Sutter their houses, cattle, and cultures for 30.000
dollars, although they had no legal title, the concession of the
Spanish government having never been ratified or confirmed
by the Mexican Republic.

This Captain Sutter had himself established a sort
of independent dominion in California. The history of
this enterprising pioneer, whose name is associated with the
discovery of gold in California, is extremely curious and
interesting.

John A. Sutter was born in Switzerland. Like many of
his countrymen, a military career was his sole means of
existence. He soon volunteered in the Swiss regiment that
Charles X.in 1830 raised against the wrath of the French. He
conducted himself with the characteristic loyalty of the Swiss.
During the revolution of July he served as a lieutenant, and
was wounded in the face.

JOHN A. SUTTER. 59

Discharged with his comrades by the victorious nation,
the young officer went to seek his fortune in the New World.
First he resided in the State of Missouri (United States), and
adopted the American nationality. Then he went west,
traversed the American Continent to Oregon, and from there
to Sitka, from which place he embarked for the Sandwich
Islands. In 1839 he came back to California, and with the
permission of the Government of that territory he settled
here.

For several days he explored the bay of San Francisco,
searching for the mouth of Sacramento River. Having found
it and explored the course of that river, and its two affluents
known now-a-days as Feather and American Rivers, he built
a farm at the junction of Sacramento and American Rivers.
What amount of resolution, perseverance, and daring he must
have had to accomplish this, with a small number of followers,
cannot be easily conceived when we think of the difficulties
standing in his way, against making a permanent establishment
in the nids of the hostile Indiang, with whom he had to
fight ; but he was more than equal to this arduous task, and
not only was he successful in repelling successfully the un-
remitting attacks of the Indians, but he subjugated them
entirely, and after this he never had better and more peaceful
labourers than these same Indians. The narration of all the
perils to which he was exposed daily would fill a volume, and
no one better than himself could write it, and that was what
he was doing when I lived in California, but I do not know if
it has appeared in (pints | Ate ones intel nemanas constantly
fighting against the Indians, at another, scarcity or provisions
compelled him and his follow ers to feed on wild roots. What
energy and capability he must have possessed to escape from
all these dangers is one of those problems which are not easy
to solve,and which look more like fictions than realities. Around
his farm he built a high and thick wall with adodes (very large
dried mud bricks), which made it impregnable to the military
art of the wild Indians. He named it in memory of his native
country, Vew Helvetia. Of the Indians whom he subjugated,
partly by might, partly by persuasion, some he made
labourers, others he educated and disciplined as soldiers. He
cultivated immense tracts of land, and soon acquired thousands
of horsesandcattle. Toavoid attacks from the Indians, he made
now and then military expeditions against the hostile Indians,
and made himself fearedand respected among all the neighbour-
ing tribes. On one occasion he shot nine Indians ois had

60 CALIFORNIA.

rebelled, and had their scalps put on the frontage of his fort.
To the right of life and death over his people he added that of
coining money. He paid his men with tin coins, exchangeable -
in his stores for clothes, kitchen utensils, eatables, and the
like.

The Mexican Government acted with Captain Sutter as
the Turkish Government with the revolted and redoubtable
Pachas. They confirmed his authority by appointing him
Commandant of the frontier. But an American emigration
developing itself around New Helvetia, the Mexican Govern-
ment, remembering the annexion of Texas, and fearing the
same fate for New Helvetia, propositions were made to
Captain Sutter to exchange New Helvetia for the mission of
San José, and 50,000 dollars cash. But Sutter, who was fond
of his establishment, rejected these advantageous terms.

the bniliant epoch ot the existence) of (Captampoutier
continued until the arrival of the North Americans. His
power was not able to resist this invasion. Everyone would
suppose that wealth should have been the compensation of a
power destroyed by the transformation of a semi-wild society
to that of a civilized one. In his position of first pioneer of
the country, owner of a vast territory and of thousands of
heads of cattle and horses, how to believe that Sutter was
not placed better than anyone else on the road to wealth,
especially when, by the construction of his saw mill, gold was
discovered. But it did not come to pass so. Thousands of
individuals invaded his territory in search of the subterranean
treasures before he had time to take his share; the frequent
robberies of his animais during the first invasions, reduced con-
siderably the number of his cattle and horses, as also the size of
his domain, occupation being the only title of that epoch. The
Indians also deserted him, or wanted to impose unacceptable
conditions. Captain Sutter could have acquired a high position
among the North Americans if from the beginning he had been
in favour of them by giving the signal of insurrection, but in-
stead of that, the faithful Swiss of Charles X. repudiated all idea
of a revolutionary initiative, and with a certain number of
his faithful followers and Indians, all well armed, he tried to
repulse the Americans; but he did not succeed, and he
remembered only too late that he had been a naturalized
American before coming to Mexico.

Nevertheless, the conquerors admitted him into their
army, and treated him with great respect. Dazzled by sucha
generous reception, Sutter, although a bad scholar in the

JOHN A. SUTTER. OI

English language, offered himself as a candidate for the post
of Governor of California. His candidature, which was un-
successful, took a great part of his time, and all his affairs
were partly abandoned, with great loss to himself, so that his
situation of a rich landlord was reduced to that of a modest
farmer.

Meanwhile, the well-known name of Captain Sutter will
remain inseparable from that of California and of the discovery
of gold in that country, a circumstance which has completely
transformed that part of the world, and if it is not done yet,
a statue of this celebrated man ought to be made and placed
in the most conspicuous part of San Francisco.

Jean A. Sutter, familiarly called the old Captain, left New
Helvetia in 1847. It was then a town of 15,000 inhabitants.
He retired to Hock Farm, a property situated on the confine
of Æ10 de las Plumas, Feather’s River, near Marysville. In
1852, Captain Sutter was a fine man still, with hairs just
commencing to turn gray. In spirit he was quite young, and
very hospitable. Travellers in these parts were always
cordially welcomed.

About 150 Indians of different sexes and ages resided on
his farm. His'wife, a son, and a daughter, were with him at
the time.

62 CALIFORNIA.

CHENIER Rea 1:

Battles between Mexicans and North Americans— Declaration of
Independence of California—Colonel Fremont—Annexation of
California by United States—Discovery of Gold—Sacramento—
Gold Diggings—Modes of Extraction of the Mineral.

à QE annexation of the rich country known as California
AA was expected a long time before it took place. The
maritime voyage of Captain Wilkes and the bold expedition
of Colonel Fremont, contributed much to that result.

The debates of the Federal Congress, in respect to the
frontier of Oregon, called the attention to that part of the
New World, of which General Cass in his speeches indicated
San Francisco as the most important place on the Pacific
Ocean. The conquest of that country was not the pretext but
the real object of the Mexican campaign.

As to the colonists of Spanish nationality, in the midst of
which lived several North Americans, for years back they
were prepared for a change of domination, which nearly took
place in 1836. Inspired by the example of Texas, Isaac
Graham, a North American citizen, commanding thirty
of his countrymen and sixty Mexicans, took possession
of Monterey and proclaimed the Independence of California.
A civil war was the result, and Commandant Alvarado, rein-
forced with troops, sent from Mexico, routed the enterprising
Graham. Since that epoch, the native population expected
every day the renewal of another such attempt. A revolution
headed by General Miguel Orena, which brought about the
expulsion of the Mexican Governor, preceded the declaration
of war between the United States and Mexico.

Amongst the principal movers of this local revolution,
M. M. José Castro and Pio-Pico manifested their intention to
put their country under the protectorate of France or of
England ; but General Guadalupe Vallejo, the most influential of
them, declared himself in favour of an immediate annexation
tothe United States, but not being able to gain his point,
retired to his property near San Francisco. Francisco Castro
and Pio-Pico, the first as Commandant General, the second

COLONEL FREMONT. 63

as Civil Governor, ordered the North Americans to evacuate
the country during the next forty days under penalty of death.

In reply, a certain number of North Americans took
possession of Sononia, and hoisted a flag with the following
inscription: Republic of California. ‘This revolution, known
afterwards as the Bear’s Revolution, coincided on the
arrival of the celebrated Colonel ieement who took the
command of his countrymen. Castro, at the head of a
numerous force, came to oppose him, but dared not attack
him. Joined by Pio-Pico they retreated to Los Angeles,
where they contented themselves by issuing martial pro-
clamations.

At the same time Commodore Sloat arrived at Monterey
on the frigate, Savannah, hoisted the American flag, and
informed the inhabitants that their territory was going to be
annexed to the United States. Commodore Stockton, who
succeeded to Commodore Sloat, landed his sailors, and with
Colonel Fremont, marched against Castro and his troops.
Without even trying to defend Los Angeles, Castro and his
followers fled to Sonora. By mistake, General Guadalupe
Vallejo, the partisan of the annexation, was made pos by
the North Americans, but was soon weleasetl

After this, a i eciean named Flores, at the head of 600
men and four cannons, attacked the Americans near los
Angeles; but he was completely defeated, leaving a large
number of killed and wounded on the field of battle.

After several other encounters of little consequence the
Mexicans capitulated, the campaign ended, and soon after they
assisted with the Americans at a popular assembly convoked
in Monterey for the making of a Constitution for California.
The first Governor of California was Colonel Fremont,
nominated by Commodore Stockton. No one could fill better
this exalted position than the Colonel, to whom the conquest
of that magnificent country was chiefly due. But for all that,
although all the life of Colonel Fremont had been devoted to
public utility and to his country, after a series of altercations
with Colonel Kearny, he was arrested and sentenced by a
council of war. The new state of California shortly after
avenged him by sending him as Senator to the Federal
Congress.

Fohn Charles Fremont, was born January, 1813, in
South Carolina. He was the son of a Frenchman and a
Virginian mother. Although his parents were poor, he
received an excellent education in the college of Charleston.

64 CALIFORNIA.

For a time he was a professor of Mathematics. After that he
was nominated in Washington, Officer of Engineers, and
entrusted with the making of geographical maps. It was he
who suggested to the American Government to send a com-
mission of exploration through the Rocky Mountains to the
Pacific Ocean. He was entrusted and appointed Chief of the
Commission. With less than one hundred men, chiefly French,
born in Canada, he successfully accomplished his first expe-
dition in 1842. Two more successful expeditions followed
the first. If it had not been for him, it is probable that the
annexation of California would have been not only delayed,
but possibly would not have taken place at all. Soon after
the annexation gold placers, silver, and: quicksilver mines
were found, from the Sierra Nevada to the Pacific, and from
Oregon to los Angeles; but Sacramento and San Joaquin
were the first countries explored. It is between these two
rivers that most of the gold has been found. Sacramento is
the route to the northern mines. San Joaquin that of the
southern ones. Sacramento River is navigable to a distance
of ninety miles up to the new town of Sacramento, built on
the precise site where Captain Sutter had formed his establish-
ment called New Helvetia. By its commercial activity, its
population of 15,000 inhabitants, and its marvellous prosperity,
Sacramento was considered in 1851, as the second city of
California. Ships went direct from Europe or United States
to Sacramento. Several steamers ply daily between that
town and San Francisco. Others run from Sacramento to
Marysville by Feather’s River. Stage coaches run between
Sacramento aud the neighbouring places, pertaining to its
territory. Hotels, Theatres, Gambling Houses, Concert
Rooms, etc., are nearly as abundant as in San Francisco.
Sacramento, by its peculiar and favourable position on
the route from San Francisco to New. York, is the centre of
the gold placers, and has in perspective a great future, as also
has San Joaquin, with its river, navigable for about 120 miles
up to Stockton. Ona length of 400 to 500 miles, gold is
found everywhere, either as dust nuggets, or contained in
quartz. All the tributaries of Sacramento and San Joaquin
contain gold, and great finds have been made where the
course of the river suddenly change its direction, forming a
curve. Gravel, lime, clay, all of them contain gold. In
fact, itis found more or less everywhere, even close to the sea
shore. How all that gold has come there is a problem which
has not been satisfactorily solved yet. 1t is only by the

FIRST DISCOVERY OF GOLD BY A RUSSIAN. 65

stubbornness of the chief of the Russian Colony that all this
wealth has not been acquired by Russia.

As I related before, between 1814 and 1842 a Russian
colony, the same which sold its houses, cattle, etc., to Captain
Sutter, had been formed in California. It was despotically
ruled by Commandants appointed by the Russo-American
Company.

One day one of the colonists appeared before his Com-
mandant, and told him that he had seen in a rivulet close by,
some brilliant grains, looking like gold.

“ Nonsense,’’ replied the Commandant, who did not think
that such a thing was possible. ‘Go on with your work, and
don't occupy yourself with what ts not business of yours.”

If that Commandant was alive when the first discovery of
gold in California was reported to all the world, and exactly
on the site of the colony, what remorse he must have felt at
his own foolishness! !

That discovery came as a truly unexpected event, and
took the world by surprise.

The scientific explorations formerly made in California
by the celebrated geologist, Mr. Dana, Attaché to the
expedition commanded by Captain Wilkes, did not ascertain
the presence of gold in that country. He only remarks that
the rocks of the districts Urugua and Shasté resemble in
many respects the auriferous rocks of the other regions,
concluding with: ‘But gold, tf wt exists, remains to be
discovered.’ It is not a positive affirmation, but the indication
of a possibility. Mr. Dana had, however, studied with much
care the mineralogic character of the country from the river
Columbia to San Francisco, through the valley of Sacramento,
at about 40 miles from the place where an accident brought
about the discovery which has had such an influence on the
destinies of the whole world.

This great discovery took place in January, 1848. Two
workmen, Messrs. Marshall and Bennett, were working at the
construction of a saw mill for Captain Sutter, inthe meridianal
branch of the American River (F720 de los Americanos), about
fifty miles from New Helvetia, now Sacramento. The place
was covered with oaks, pines and cedar trees. The saw-mill
being concluded, it was found necessary to widen the space
required for the wheel. Amongst a lot of accumulated mud,
Marshall saw something brilliant. |

“It is gold,” said he, and in a short space of time, he and
his fellow workman collected one hundred and fifty dollars

66 CALIFORNIA.

(430) worth of this metallic dust. An assayer from San
Francisco confirmed the opinion that the two workmen had
made of their find.

Vainly Captain Sutter tried, in accord with his workmen,
to keep this secret. The news was propagated with rapidity
from one to another. A gold fever took possession of all the
inhabitants of California, who abandoned their houses and
families, and invaded the beautiful valley Co/una, as it was
called by the Indians. Shopkeepers deserted their shops,
doctors abandoned their patients, sailors their ships, soldiers
their flag, farmers their farms and cattle. It was nothing less
than madness amongst all classes of society. The Governor
himself, Colonel Mason abandoned San Francisco, accom-
panied by his staff, and all of them worked the placers. Seven
inhabitants in all remained in the abandoned town.

At first they were very successful, and the daily average
of the god-send for each was about £20. A few of them made
a large fortune in a very short time, such was the abundance
of the metal which had never before been touched since its
formation.

Soon after, many of the most enterprising miners explored
the tributary streams of Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers,
and found also a large quantity of gold, but this did not occur
without many extraordinary events taking place, such as
disputes of possession, settled by the murdering of one of the
two engaged in htigation, and sometimes the death of both.
When the Indian in his turn protested against the violation
of his land with his arrows, the miner rephed with a rifle shot,
and carried away the bloody scalp.

The passion of getting much gold had arrived at such a
paroxysm of madness, that life was accounted as of no value,
and many were the atrocious murders committed for the sake
of GOLD. Some, in the anxiety of gathering as much as they
could when they found a good place, forgot to make the
necessary provision of food, and died of hunger close to their
treasure.

The forsaking of all occupations for the finding of gold
was followed by the scarcity of victuals, and all necessaries of
life fetched a fabulous price. Four pounds sterling were paid
for an ordinary breakfast consisting of sardines, bread, butter,
cheese, and one pint of ale; beef fetched eight shilling per
pound, eggs four shillings each, coffee sixteen shillings per
pound. A bottle of brandy £10, one barrel of flour £5, one

GOLDEN AGE. 67

drop of laudanum four shillings, etc., etc. In consequence of
bad and salted food, scurvy and dysentery prevailed in the
miners’ encampment, and many died from these diseases.

In 1851, all this was altered. There were hotels every-
where, and a miner could lodge and board for about twelve
shillings a day. Strong boots, for which he paid £10 before,
could be had at about the same price as in New York. So
many were the goods exported from all countries to California,
that sometimes the price of some of them was even lower
than the cost price, and many were the speculators who ruined
themselves. Others became rich in a short time.

Immigrants from all countries were arriving every day,
and I do not think that in the history of the world, such an
immigration has ever taken place before. Every nation, every
creed, every class were represented more or less, and for once
harmonized together. Ignorance and education, nobles and
plebeians, all mingled and worked together, and the lower
classes accustomed to work and privations, succeeded better
than the upper ones. At that time carmen were paid £2 per
day, cooks £30 weekly, washerwomen were thought much of
and gentlemen were anxious to marry them and so forth. It
was the golden age for many.

One year after the discovery of gold, there were over
50,000 artisans in the mines. In 1851, they reached 150,000.
Such an affluence of people ina few months made a large
town of San Francisco. The lots of land which had been sold
in the beginning at £2 1os., soon reached from £500 to
41,000. Houses were rapidly built and let at high prices.
Parker House, the hotel situated in the Square was let at
#.40,000 yearly. The same rise in the value of land took
place in Sacramento also.

The principal mines were soon transformed into towns,
and Nevada City, Grass-valley, Rough and Ready, Coloma,
Sonora, Mariposa, had, in 1851, between three and five
thousand inhabitants each. Now that the gold dust and
nuggets are getting more scarce, mines of auriferous quartz
are worked with machines, mills, etc., galleries and wells are
dug, and everything is done on scientific principles, canals for
the washing of gravels containing gold are constructed,
activity reigns supreme, and the works will soon reach the
bowels of the earth and extract from it a large quantity of the
precious metal. Many are the companies which have been
formed for that purpose. The mines are divided in two.
categories, the wet-diggings and the dry-diggings. In the

68 CALIFORNIA.

wet-diggings gold is collected in the slime of torrents, rivers,
and brooks, the gold is distributed equally, and the nes alt is
certain. They are worked in a very simple manner, and
require very few apparatus. One tin basin is all that is
necessary.

As much auriferous earth is put in the basin as it will
contain, and sunk in the water, being shaken about with the
hand. All pebbles are taken away by hand, and by moving
the basin in a semi-circular way, the light earth is gradually
carried away. Gold, being heavier than the earth, has a
a tendency to remain at the bottom, where it lays mixed
with black sand. This is easily disposed of by blowing upon,
and the gold dust is put away in a leather bag which the
miner always carries in his belt, along with his revolver and
bowie knife.

As can be seen, it 1s very primitive, and much gold is
lost by such a process. That is the reason why several
companies have been formed for the washing of the refuse
of the first miners with mercury, and have been doing well.

In the dry-diggings it is only a matter of looking for the
nuggets in the interstices of rocks. Sometimes much gold is
found, and at others none at all. It depends entirely on
chance, although there are some miners called duscones
(searchers), who have had great experience, and know more
or less where to look for the metal. Some large nuggets of
pure gold, weighing several pounds, havebeen foundin that way.

From 1848 to the middle of 1852, 174 millions, 780
thousand, 877 dollars are said to have been extracted from the
mines of California; but it 1s probable that it is under-
estimated, because a large quantity of gold must have been
found in the years 1848-49 on which no report has ever been
made. It is estimated that the extraction of 1852 alone
reached the fabulous amount of sixty millions of dollars, or
412,000,000. All the other mines of the world did not pro-
duce half that sum during the same year. The ordinary pay
for miners when working for companies was 41 per day for
outdoor work, and £1 tos. for underground work.

In the dry-diggings, the work can be done profitably only
during six months, March to July. In the other months, the
scarcity of water makes them unprofitable. The best season
for working the wet-diggings is during the fall of water from
June to November. During the remainder of the year, less
profit is made, and the melting of snow in the spring stops
all the works.

MINING LAWS. 69

To be a good miner requires strength and moral
energy. One must know a little of several handicrafts, such
as digger, stone-cutter, ploughman, bricklayer and wood-
cutter, be able to resist the intensity of the sun’s rays, the
humidity of the dew and rain, and so forth. In fact it requires
a fine constitution and the habit of hard working, as well as
to be able to fight against the Indian or others, for the preser-
vation of one’s property.

No other title is required than possession. Everyone has
a right to forty five feet in length on the bank of the river or
elsewhere with the power to follow the gold vein as far as it
goes in the adjacent hills. For a larger site, it requires the
association of several individuals. In the quartz mines, no
special rule is fixed about the size of the claim for each indi-
vidual. Property exists as long as work is resumed. But if
work is entirely abandoned during ten days, anyone can take
possession of it. To this simple and rational system is due
the extraordinary extent of the excavations on all sides.

Soon after the discovery of gold, all sorts of bad characters
from all countries invaded the mines. Robberies and murders
were very frequent, in consequence of which committees of
public safety were formed andthe Lynch Law was applied
with excessive severity. Ina very short time, judgment and
execution were carried out.

But asa rule a cordial understanding existed between all
the miners. Close together you found representatives of all
countries, American, Indian, German, Russian, French,
Enelsh "Spanish Italian, Chinese, etc, he latter is. the
most patient, the French the gayest, the German, American
and English the most industrious and obstinate. Never before
has such a cosmopolitan work as that of the Californian mines
ever been seen, and there is no doubt that the discovery of
gold in California opened a new era in the history of the
world.

As I shall have to write again about California in des-
cribing my second voyage to that country, in 1877, I shall
leave it for the present, and continue the relation of my
travels.

70 ACAPULCO.

Cinbade INSIRe WAGuh

Departure from San Francisco— At Sea — Arrival at Acapulco —
Acapulco—Its Population — Department of Guerrero — Principal
Rivers—Pearl Fisheries — Chilpancingo—Ruins of Xochicalco—
Ouetzalcoatl—Expeditions of Cortez—General Alvarez—Pintos—
Mineral Wealth.

-N the 18th of August, 1852, 1 embarked on the ship
WY Heva, Captain Magne, bound for Sax Yuan del Sur.
At first, we had very bad weather and contrary winds, and
made little progress. After that, we had some calms, nie
were very trying, although fish was very abundant. We
caught doradoes, bonitas and another called &/ack-fish, or
Sea Perch. These fishes were in such plenty that we caught
over two hundred of them in a few hours. It was a welcome
addition to our diet, which was very limited, and consisted
chiefly of preserves, salt meat and pork.

Although its flesh is rather tough, we lked it, and we ate
them fried, boiled in bouillabaise, and in matelotes.

Every day it rained at certain hours, and in such abund-
ance that it was scarcely credible.

When in the latitude of Acapulco, and very near that
port, where we had to call in order to renew our provisions,
the wind abated suddenly, and for eight days we experienced,
in a certain way, the torment of Tantalus, that of seeing the
harbour without being able to effect an entrance. There are
only two channels to effect an entrance in the harbour, one
wide, but very dangerous on account of the many rocks with
which it is strewed; the other safe, but so narrow that scarcely
two ships can pass at a time.

Every day we came close to that pass but could not get
in, and we were obliged to go at large again.

After eight days of these manceuvres we were at last
successful, and entered the bay of Acapulco on the 1oth of
October. This bay is very fine, and about six miles in
circumference. - It is sheltered from all sides, which makes it
very safe, but very warm. It looks more like a lake than

ASP ECL OF -PHE TOWN. 7X

anything else. The water is always calm and fish is extremely
abundant.

The town is small and built at the foot of the hills
which surround the bay. Excepting the military residence
and churches, very few good houses were to be seen, the bulk
of them being more like Indian huts than anything else, the
best made of adobes and covered with palm leaves. In 1852,
its population was about 3,000, but it had been rapidly increas-
ing for the last few years, in consequence of its having been
selected as a port to put into, by the American company
of steamers plying between San Francisco, Nicaragua, and
Panama.

During the domination of the Spaniards this port was
celebrated as the one from which all the Spanish galleons
went to, or returned from Mexico to the Philippine Islands.
It was also an important military station and the centre of the
pearl fisheries. Its population was composed of four classes
of inhabitants, white, black, Indian and Chinese, with all their
varieties. The blacks are robust, but very indolent, and the
others more so. There were four large American hotels
receiving the passengers, who were constantly passing through.
Gambling houses were also conspicuous.

In the rainy season it is considered unhealthy, in conse-
quence of the marshes which surround the town. Fevers are of
a bad character and common; but | did not hear that the vomito,
or yellow fever had ever made an appearance. In the dry
season it is healthy enough, but always very warm. Close to
the town is a mountain called the Telegraph, in consequence
of one of those establishments built on the top of it. Itis a
fine walk, and there is a splendid sea view from its summit.
This mountain has been partly cut by the Spaniards. If the
work had been completed, it is certain that the salubrity of
Acapulco would have greatly benefited by it, as it would have
been the means to bring over sea breeze to the town. Even
what has been done by the Spaniards is remarkable, and has
done some good.

There is another fine walk, that of the town to the fort
which defends the entry of the harbour. It is planted with
fine trees and is a great resort for the population.

Indian women have drinking stalls placed along this
walk and supply lemonade and other refreshing drinks at a
moderate price

The market is well supplied with provisions, especially
chickens, eggs, and fruit of all descriptions. Plantains,

72 ACAPULCO.

oranges, and cocoanuts are abundant, and can be had at a
nominal price. The Indians who sell these commodities are
very interesting to look at.

The aspect of the country is pleasant, and in the dry
season many pleasant excursions can be made in the suburbs.

That part of the town inhabited by the Indians is
spangled with rocks and stones, as if it had been destroyed
one time or other by earthquakes. Besides the steamers
plying between Nicaragua. Panama, and San Francisco, there
was a line of small steamers plying between Acapulco, San
Blas and Mazatlan. This gave a certain animation to the place.

From Acapulco to Mexico there is 340 miles. It can be
done in eight days on horseback, but the road is rather bad
in the rainy season, although safe enough, excepting near
Mexico. They are actually building a railway between the two
cities. The principal towns between Acapulco and Mexico are
Chilpancingo, Iguala and Cuernavaca. Several villages and
haciendas are also met with; the principal are: Hacienda de
Buena Vista, Mescala, Tepecoalcuilco, Hacienda del Plata-
nillo, Puente de Ixtla, Alpuyeca, Huitzilac, Cruz del Marqués,
Topilejo and Tepepa.

Acapulco belongs, now “tor ithes State sol. Guerre
Formerly it formed part of that of Mexico. As I shall not
have to speak again of that country, I shall give a history of
it now.

The State or Department of Guerrero occupies in latitude
from. 16° 36'S: to 6% NeOx ine lontude otre)
1002 22-01 thie meridian of Gicear ich, forming a direct line
of 400 coast miles.

Its limits: are, on -the “north, the Departmentssom
Michoacan, Mexico and Puebla; on one east, the Department
of Oaxaca. Its coasts, which comprise about 400 miles in a
north-western to a south-eastern direction, are washed by the
Pacific Ocean. Its superficial area is about 17,724 square
miles, attaining the length of 330 miles and a width of 159
miles in its wider parts. Its actual population is about
350,000 and Chilpancingo is the capital of the Department.

Its principal rivers are Sabana, Papagayo, San Marcos,
and Coyuca. The first has its source in the mountain of
Brea, and empties itself into the lake of Naguala. The
Papagayo springs from the mountain of Jaliaca, in the district
of Acapulco, and falls into the Pacific. It is the most
important, and in the rainy season it can only be crossed in
boats. During the domination of Spain a bridge was begun

PEARL FISHERIES. 13

at the Peregrino passage, but it has remained so until the
present time, and the materials are scattered in all
directions. Being on the route to the Capital, it would be
very important to have it built, this being a dangerous
passage for travellers.

San Marcos river, which is only 21 miles long, springs
from the mountain of Santa Elena and empties itself into the
Pacific. Coyuca River springs from the Sierra and falls into
the Pacific. There are three lakes in the district, that of
Naguala, San Marcos and Coyuca. Fish are abundant, and
a large quantity are caught and sent in the interior.

The only port of importance is Acapulco. The pearl
fisheries, which scarcely exist now, were at a time one of the
principal industries of the district. They are of good water,
and many splendid specimens have been gathered at different
times. Some years later, south of Acapulco, between that
port and Tehuantepec, I have seen many heaps of shells,
which proves that pearl fisheries of consequence exist all
along the Pacific Coast. I don’t know if they are there still,
but if such is the case, it would be worth sending a vessel
there and pick them up, these shells having a good market
value in Europe.

The chief market for pearls on the Pacific is Mazatlan,
a port north of Acapulco. Large quantities are annually
gathered in the coasts surrounding that port, but the bulk of
them are small and called MWostaczlla, or mustard seed. The
large and perfect round ones are scarce and valuable, even
there.

The shell found on the Pacific Coasts which produces
pearls appear to me to be a species of Oyster, Ostrea, and
not a Weleagrina, or Avicula, as in the Indian Seas.

It is said that all shells containing pearls are easy of
detection, having external excrescences corresponding to the
internal cayities containing the pearls. Smooth and perfect
shells do not contain pearls according to the fishermen.

If this is true, and I am of that opinion, much time would
be spared in the gathering of them, as also a great many
could be returned to their element for future use, as explained
under.

It is a well-known fact that pearls are the product of a
secretion of the animal, which is produced by irritation.
When the shell opens its valves, if by accident sand or such-
like finds its entrance inside, the animal is so much irritated
by it, that it begins to secrete mother of pearl and covers the

74 ACAPULCO.

foreign matter with it. Hence the pearl! This is so well-
known in China, Japan, and other Asiatic countries, that the
natives gather oysters, open them, and introduce round shots
or beads, or such-like, for the animals to cover them with
mother of pearl.

After a certain time, they gather the shells, destroy them,
and take out the pearls obtained by that process, which could
be applied also to the Pacific oysters, and I have no doubt
that the industrious, who should undertake to create pearls by
the Asiatic process, on more scientific principles, would reap
a good and valuable harvest.

Pearl fisheries, as they are conducted at the present, are
‘like a lottery. It may pay, or it may not. The fishermen
sell the shells without knowing if they contain pearls, and
the speculator buys them also without knowing what they con-
tain. But if what I said above, about the exterior deformities
to be seen on the shells containing pearls is true, with proper
care 1t would be easy to distinguish at once the shells contain-
ing the pearls, and probably the best of them would be found
in the shells most deformed. It is a very interesting study
to make, and I call the attention of scientists and merchants
UO ies

The boats used for the fishing of pearls are about ten to
twelve yards in length and having from four to six oars a side.
A sufficient store of water and provisions for eight or ten
days is carried.

They start for the pearl banks from the beginning of
June to the end of September, the usual time for fishing these
molluscs. As many expert divers are taken as the boat
can accommodate. They are under the command of
the Armador or chief, who is generally well paid. He
is responsible for everything. It is he who advances
money to the divers, and who buys pearls from others,
if he has the opportunity. He selects the banks to be
worked, supplies food to all his men, and in fact is the
representative of the merchant who employs him. When on
the bank, he supplies the divers with victuals, a knife, and a
quarter-of-a-yard of blue cloth or baize. He remains on the
bank until the loading of the boat is completed. After
deducting a fifth of the whole of the shells raised for the
Government, two heaps are made with the remainder, the
Armador selects the one he pleases, the other belongs to
the merchant who supplied the money.

Of late, I think that the Mexican Government has given

PEARL FISHERIES. 75

up its share of the shells, and replaced it with a small tax of
eight shillings for each diver employed.

The divers are provided with two meals a day. The
diving begins about eleven a.m. and ends at two in the
afternoon. The depth of the banks varies from three to
twelve fathoms. The quantity of pearls procured by six
boats is evaluate to four or five pounds weight, worth from
£1500 to £2000.

There are many places where the divers are afraid
of going down on account of the sharks and mantas, or
large poulps. They are more afraid of these last than of
sharks. It is very seldom that the sharks have the upper-
hand of them. They keep them away with a small stick, and
if necessary they make a good use of their knife. Opposite
the /sland of Tiburon, situated in la Paz, (Lower California)
it has always been considered a good place for the fishing of
pearl oysters. This island is inhabited by the Cerzs Indians.
These Indians guard jealously that part of their territory, and
occasionally they bring pearls and careys (tortoise shells) to
lauieaz tor sale.

The capital of this department is Chilpancingo, nine
miles from Guerrero, the former capital. It has a population
of about 4,000 inhabitants, but the port of Acapulco, although
with a less population, is the most important city of the
Department. It is the residence of a chief magistrate, the
Captain of the Port, a municipal council, and several judges.
The Custom House gives employment to about fifty persons.
The fort has a garrison consisting of one company of infantry
and one company of artillery.

The chapel of Nuetra Senora da la Soledad is used
as the parish church, since the destruction of the latter, by an
earthquake in 1790. DA.

The principal articles of exportation were cattle, sheep,
pigs, fowls, turtles, eggs, beans, rice, sugar, vegetables, and
fruits, amounting to about £5000 in 1852. Those of impor-
tation were flour, spirits and wines, conserves, furniture, and
all sorts of European fancy articles, but the demand was
limrted.

It is in this department that the celebrated ruins of
Xochicalco are situated at 60 miles from Mexico and STE
miles from Acapulco. It is one of the most important and
finest ruins of the primitive inhabitants of that country.

Xochicalco, in Mexican, means flower’s house. It is
thought that it was dedicated to Quetzalcoatl, the white
bearded man supposed by some to be Sazut Thomas.

76 ACAPULCO.

Here is a revised and enlarged description of that which I
ave of this ruinin the Etnographical Review of Paris, in 1887.

The hill on which the palace or temple of Xochicalco was
built is the work of men, or at least it looks so; because it is
entirely covered with stones, so that if the centre contains
natural earth or rocks, it is impossible to know it from the
outside. It occupies about three miles in circumference.

It is surrounded with a wide and deep ditch. In form, it
is conical and divided into five strata or terraces of different
heights plastered with large stones. It 1s about 330 yards
high.

The said terraces are not horizontal, but inclined to the
south-east. On the summit, there is an oblong platform,
which from the north to the south is 92 yards wide against
98 from east to west. This platform is circummured to a
height of over two yards, but, unfortunately, little remains of
of these walls, the stones having been carried away and made
use of in the building of their Aaczendas (large farms) by the
landlords of the neighbouring lands, and not only they have
taken away the stones of the walls, but also many remarkable
carved stones which adorned the walls of the temple.

In the middle of the platform is the temple of Xochzcalco,
a very old ruin supposed to have been built by the Zo/tecs,
the first inhabitants of Mexico, of which a record exists. This
temple, which was probably also a fortress, is still called, the
Castillo, or fortress.

Alzate, the well-known Mexican historian, says: that the
temple was five storeys high, but according to Nebel, who
says that he has seen the ruins of three portals on the second
storey, it 1s supposed that it was only two storeys high, these .
portals, or doors, indicating that they were the entrances of
the temple in which their religious exercises took place. To-
day only part of the first storey exists, the south corner of the
second storey was still in existence in 1877.

In the principal room existed a Chzmotat/le, or throne, cut
in one single stone, well polished and covered with hiero-
glyphics. No one knows what has become of it. Probably
it will be found one day in an Indian hut, in the surrounding
districts.

It is admirable to see how the mason’s work has been
done. All the stones used in the construction of the temple
have been well polished, and so well joined together, without
any apparent use of mortar, that it is almost impossible to see
the joints. When finished, it has been covered with hiero-

oe
Oo

RUINS OF XOCHICALCO. 77

glyphics and figures, among which the most conspic uous are
those of the corners representing dragoons ejecting water from
their mouth, and all along the building, figures of warriors
seated with their legs across one another, and with their heads
covered with helmets adorned with long plumes of green
feathers and the head of a snake. Other remains of small
animals, flowers, etc., are also to be seen, but it is difficult to
make out some of them.

[t is a wonder how these Indians could build such a fine
and solid building, if we consider that a prodigious quantity
of large stones was required for it, and no quarry of the
same stone as used, has yet been found in the neighbourhood.
From whence they came, how they managed to carry them
there, and heave them up to the summit of the hill, is a
matter of amazement, when we consider that machines were
unknown.

Another remarkable fact which this temple has in
common with all similar Mexican antiquities, is that the
four frontages correspond exactly with the four cardinal
points of north, south, east, and west, as it is also the case
with the Egyptian pyramids, which clearly show that they
were experts in astronomy. The first story 1s twelve yards
high, including the cornices, and sculptured all along. Some
of the figures occupy two or three stones, showing that they
have been done after the completion of the temple. From
what remains of the second story it must have been of the
same height. Some remains of vermilion can still be seen,
and it is probable that all the temple was painted of that colour.

In the neighbouring hill of Zefeyoculco exists a mine of
cinnabar, which has probably supplied the colour.

The quality of the stone of this valuable architecture is a
sort of pale gray stone, like that employed in the millstones
of Europe, and this is the reason why it has been so much
sought after by the farmers, for the construction of ovens and
such like. Each stone is two yards long, one yard wide, and
one yard thick. Those of the corners are still larger.

The ditch, which surrounds the hill, the covering of the
terraces, the wall which protects the platform, all tend to
show that it must have been built for the fins of à fortress,
as well as that of a temple.

The hill presents the aspect of a large snail.

As it was impossible to climb over the wall, from one
terrace to the other, it was necessary to walk a distance of
about six miles before reaching the platform.

78 ACAPULCO.

This shows that the Indians of that epoch were experts
in the military art, as nothing better for defensive purposes
could be done, even at the present time.

All the platform was surrounded with a thick wall, two
yards high, from which they could successfully defend its

entrance.

On the north side, at the foot of the first terrace, is the
entrance of a cave or subterraneous place, giving access to
several passages, the principal of which ends in a large
room, fourteen yards long and twelve wide. Remains of the
stone pillars could still be seen. The floor was covered with
lime painted red, the same as the walls.

In one corner exists an opening of conical form, by
which air and light entered in the room.

It is said that communication existed between this room
and the temple above.

If the Indian who acted as a/cade (mayor) in 1877 is to
be trusted, another subterraneous passage considerably
greater, existed between the hill and the suburbs, having
an exit several miles away. I should not be at all surprised
at this, as the same exists in other ancient Mexican fortresses
which I have visited.

These subterraneous places were made for the purpose
of supplying the fortress with victuals and water, and also as
a way of escape in case of emergency.

In 1769 a large sculptured stone, representing an Indian
devoured by an eagle, could be seen west of the hill, on the
road to MWiacatlan. It was a fine work of art. -In- 1877,
when Alzate visited the ruins, he found only some fragments
of it on which he perceived traces of the eagle.

From the hill, four roads went north, south, east and west.
One of them leads to the town of Xochicalco, which must
have been a place of importance at one time or another. The
actual village of Xochicalco stands south of the ruin at a
short distance.

I am of opinion that this temple was built in honour
of Quetzalcoatl, who was considered to be a god by the
Indians.

The word Quwetzalcoat/ signifies green feathered snake,
from guetza/, green feathers and coa¢/ snake.

The warrior who is constantly sculptured on the walls of
the temple has his helmet adorned with plumes of long green
feathers, in the centre of which is the head of a snake. It is
a representation of the green feathered snake, or Quefzalcoatl.

RUINS OF XOCHICALCO. 79

The feathers are those of the bird known as OQwefzal,
by the Indians of Quetzaltenango, and those of Central
America, where the bird is rather common. It is the
*Pharomacrus Mocine of la Llave, or Long-tailed Trogon,
om) English, Couvoucou’.in' French, the finest bird of
America. |

It has two long golden-green middle tail feathers about
one yard long.

The helmet has the shape of a mitre, and corresponds
exactly with what the historians Clavijero, Sahagun, Solis and
others say about Cholula, another temple, not very far off,
built also in honour of Quetzalcoatl.

Quetzalcoatl, the Mexican god, is supposed to be the
founder of the celebrated 7u//an or Tula. When that town
was deserted by his order, he came to Cholula, but this
emigration took a long time and it is reasonable to suppose that
he stopped and remained some time in Xochicalco. From
Cholula it is supposed that he went to Goatzacualco where he
embarked. But I think that if he really went there, he passed
first to Oaxaca, near which city, he built the now famous
ruins of /rfla, and from there, went to Quetzaltenango
and Central America, or possibly, from the latter place to
Guatzacualco. Lastly the name of Xochzcalco, or House of
Flowers, is also in favour of my opinion; as it is a well known
fact in the ancient history of Mexico that Quefzalcoatl is the
one, who first abolished human sacrifices among these people,
and replaced them with sacrifices of animals and flowers.
Now it only remains to say that the first inhabitants of that
department must have been 7o/fecs, afterwards Chichimecs,
and it is not certain that they were under the dependence of
Moctezuma, when Mexico was conquered by Fernando Cortez.
It is more probable that like their neighbours, the Indians of
Mechoacan, they were independent from the Mexicans.

The resume of all this is, that when Cortez conquered
Mexico it was not until later on, about 1522, that he heard from
Sincicha, the King of Mechoacan, who submitted peacefully
to his authority, about the countries, whose coasts are washed
by the Pacific Ocean. Cortez sent several expeditions to ex-
plore these countries, which resulted in the discovery of the
Pacific Coast, from Tehuantepec to the Gulf of California.
Meanwhile, he retired for a time from Mexico, and built a
fine residence in Cuernavaca.

*See Humming Bird, 1891, Vol. 1, pp. 6, 18, 10.
È

80 ACAPULCO.

It was in the course of these expeditions that Hernando
de Grixalva discovered the coasts of California in 1534; but
Acapulco was already known to Cortez, as in some of the
letters which he wrote to Charles Quint he mentions the pearls
found on the coasts of Acapulco. In 1535 he embarked
with 400 Spaniards and 300 slaves, and explored the Gulf of
California, known afterwards as Sea of Cortez. It was during
this voyage that the new Vice-King, Antonio de Mendoza,
was sent to Mexico.

Nevertheless, Cortez proceeded with his voyages of
discoveries in California, and for a long time nothing was
heard of him. News of his death reached Mexico. His wife,
Juana de Zuniga, sent an expedition for the purpose of ascer-
taining what truth there was in that report, which turned out
to. be false: ‘Cortez; after many \perls, reached’ satelystie
port of ACAPULCO. This is the first time that the name of
Acapulco is mentioned in the history of the conquest of
Mexico. Ærancisco de Ulloa, with instructions from Cortez
and at the expense of the latter, continued the voyage of
discovery, so well inaugurated by Cortez, and during a
navigation of two years, explored the coasts of the Gulf of
California up to Akzo Colorado.

As I said before Acapulco was a very important port and
remained so during the Spanish dominion, and is now quickly
recovering its 1mportance.

When the railway, in course of construction from Acapulco
to Mexico, will be concluded, it is probable that a large traffic
will take place between the two cities, and will greatly increase
the prosperity of the first.

The State of Guerrero has given birth to the celebrated
General, Don Juan Alvarez, who entered Mexico with his
troops on the 15th of November, 1855, and occupied the
Presidential chair until the 11th of December of the same
year, when he renounced it, in favour of General Comonfort.
On the roth of December, General Juan Alvarez retired for
the south with his troops.

Alvarez, a native of the State of Guerrero, and Comon-
fort, pronounced against the government of Santa Anna on
the 21st of July, and contributed greatly to the fall of the
latter. He was victorious in many battles, and the end of it
was his entry in the capital, and his proclamation as President
of the Republic. But unaccustomed to the court, he soon had
enough of it, and returned with his followers, all volunteers,
to his farm house.

INDIAN PINTOS. 81

A peculiarity of some of the inhabitants of the State of
Guerrero, but which is sometimes seen in other tropical
countries, is the sight of the Pzzfos (spotted Indians).

The inhabitants, to which the name of Pintos is applied,
have certain parts of their body spotted with white stains about
the size of a sixpence. It does not matter what is the colour
of the person who is so spotted, black, yellow, or white, the
white stain is lustrous and conspicuous, and gives them a
curious appearance, especially to the blacks. The effect of
these white stains on their black skin is rather ludicrous.
It is a cutaneous malady of which very little is known.
Entire villages are affected with that malady, and [| confess
that I had some hesitation in eating ¢or¢z//as, (a sort of pancake
made of maize, the bread of the country), cooked and manipu-
lated by the hands of stained women; but it seems that there
is no risk in doing so. This curious malady is only catching
by inoculation and cohabitation of the sexes.

I have known a rich Spaniard willing to pay a large
pum) to) anyone, able) to./curc- him) bub) really ‘do -not
know whether it is curable. If it is, | am afraid that it would
require a long time.

Those who are so affected, feel a great itching in these
parts, and are constantly seen scratching themselves, and
taking of their skin, a sort of scaly skin powder, quite visible to
the eye. Besides they smell badly. In the #erras calientes
(hot countries) few are the inhabitants of the State of
Guerrero who are not affected by this malady, to which I call
the attention of the medical profession.

I will conclude my narrative about the State of Guerrero,
by calling the attention of enterprising miners to the various
metals and precious stones found in that State. Rich placers
of gold have been found in San-Fosé—Piedras-blancas, and
many more are said to exist. Silver, which is found abun-
dantly and nearly pure, is worked in the mines of Jasco,
Tehutlotepec, and Fuliantla. Silver and gold mixed, in
Tepautitlan, Cinnabria or Quick-silver, is abundant in all the
State, as are also copper, lead and iron. Coal has also been
found in several places. Sulphur and saltpétre are abundant.
In precious stones, amethyst is very common, and I have been
told that rubies, topazes, emeralds, and even diamonds are to
be found. During the War of Independence, some white
crystals of a good size, were given to General Guerrero, by
one of his soldiers, as having been found in the State, and
when presented to a lapidary in Mexico, he declared that

82 ACAPULCO.

they were most valuable diamonds! ‘Therefore, I believe that
enterprising parties with capital, could not do better than to
explore the State of Guerrero for its mines, and probably the
result will be very satisfactory.

AT SEA. 83

CEA VER DX.

Sailing from Acapulco — At Sea — Arrival at Nicaragua — San
Juan del Sur—Its Climate—Population — Tropical Forests —

Luxuriant Vegetation — Animal Life— Birds and Butterflies—
Transformation of Species — la Virgen — Lake of Nicaragua—
Mountains of Ometepeque and Madera.

re)

€)" the 18th of October, after having made a large
\ provision of cocoanuts, plantains, oranges and lemons,
we went on board our ship and sailed from Acapulco, en route
to San Juan del Sur.

Up to the 5th of November, the day of our arrival to that
bay, we experienced changeable weather, tempests, calms,
and good breezes, accompanied with warm weather; but this
second part of our voyage was not so unpleasant as the first,
as we were always at a seeing distance off the coasts of
Mexico and Central America.

Many were the beautiful sun-sets seen, and we were
never tired of such magnificent spectacles. We also saw a
prodigious number of fish, sharks, porpoises, dolphins, bonitos,
doradoes, etc., and fortunately for us we took a good many,
which helped us considerably in our diet, the Captain having
been very parsimonious in his purchases, and treating us very
poorly in that respect. Our ship was also visited by a con-
siderable number of birds, especially some called fools, or fous
in French, (Sula bassana ?), gulls, sterns, peterhills, and
others. We took a good many and made some fine skins with
them. These birds were easily caught. They perched on
the yards, and at night, some of the sailors went up witha
bag, caught them by the legs, and put them in the bag.
The ship’s cat caught also a good many of the smaller ones.
Cephalopods, of the genus Vautilus, were also seen in great
abundance, with their sail opened and floating on the sea.
Many were caught to experience with, the electric shock which
is one of their means of defence, but we returned them to their
element soon after.

On the 5th of November, we arrived at Sax Fuan del

84 NICARAGUA.

Sur, a miserable bay opened on all sides, and in which ships
and steamers are obliged to anchor at a good distance from
land.

We had been eighty days, including our stay of eight
days at Acapulco, on our way from San Francisco to San
Juan. A very long time for a distance of 3,800 miles, but
this was partly due to the bad weather, contrary winds, calms,
and also the bad condition of our ship. So it is easy to
conceive our joy on that day. We had quite enough of
the bad living and incommodities of this voyage.

San Juan del Sur, in 1852, was a very small place,
consisting of Indian huts, hidden in the greenness of a
tropical vegetation, and several hotels hastily built, to supply
the wants of the numerous passengers passing constantly
through, from New York to San Francisco and vice-versa. In
the American hotel, the charges were twelve shillings a day,
and in the French, from eight to ten shillings. I went in
the last.

[ remained five weeks in San Juan, and the rainy season
being not quite over yet, | was able to collect a good many
insects, chiefly Coleoptera (beetles) and Lepidoptera
(butterflies).

During that month, I saw several large arrivals of
passengers going to, or returning from San Francisco.

As a rule, those coming from North America, or from
Europe were in better health and spirit than those returning
home. Many of the latter fell sick at San Juan, and could
not continue their voyage. Some died and were buried forth-
with. I heard that hotel keepers and others had something
to do in the matter, being the natural heirs of the dead. I
cannot say that this rumour was false or true, but what I
can certify is that the climate of this miserable place is
very unhealthy during the rainy season, which lasts from
May to December, and even more sometimes. All passengers
passing through the isthmus should select the months of
January to May. The inhabitants of the place consisted of
a mixture of black, white and Indians, with a few Americans
and other strangers.

The Indians and blacks suffered as much from the fevers
as the others, and were poor representatives of their respective
races. The vegetation of the neighbourhood of San Juan was
quite remarkable and magnificent. It was my first sight of a
tropical country and its forests. Nothing can compare with the
magnificence of a tropical’ forest. It is so sublime and

TROPICAL FORESTS. 85

imposing that the first impression felt is that of melancholy,
and the sad feeling of how little we are in this world in com-
parison with the works of the Creator. Each time that I have
entered a virgin tropical forest, that I have ascended the
summit of a large mountain, that | have been facing the
Ocean, or even the immense Mexican prairies, I have felt the
same impression, that of our insignificance in regard of such
magnitude.

It is quite impossible for those who have not travelled, to
have an idea of that sensation, although it may be felt even
by them if they are of a contemplative mood. The study of
astronomy, the contemplation of the sky, of high mountains,
of the sea, of vast horizons, will produce the same effect to
those of a sensitive mind.

I really do not know which sight is more effective.
Although all of them point to the same end, that of our
insignificance, the emotions are quite distinct one from
another.

In putting foot in a virgin forest you feel melancholy.
In attaining the summit of a high mountain, or in discovering
the wide force of the sea, or prairies, you may feel the
same impression; but it is mitigated by the magnificent
sceneries displayed to your view, and you cannot do less than
remain in contemplation before them.

In the tropical forests, where the sun never penetrates
among the thick foliage of the trees, shady even at noonday,
rich in the beauty and the variety of their luxuriant foliage, the
immense variety of trees and creepers hanging from bough to
bough, you feel more than anywhere else your loneliness.
At every pace, you expect the sudden meeting of jaguars,
pumas, or other ferocious animals, but you seldom see
any. One would think that a large number of animals
must exist in these forests, but it is not so. It is only on the
banks of rivers, or in the openings, that life is abundant.
Possibly the interior of the forest is inhabited, but its in-
habitants are so scattered that they are hardly seen at all.
It seems as if all that luxuriant vegetation had no other
purpose than to be the sleeping resort of birds and animals.

As soon as the day appears or disappears, it is a perfect
cacophony. Wild screams of animals and birds are heard in
all directions. The roaring of the jaguars and pumas, the
howling of the monkeys, the discordant shrieks of the parrots,
the screaming and chirping of birds, are all heard at one and
the same time. IT IS INDESCRIBABLE !

86 NICARAGUA.

The whole of them are looking for a resting place, or are
starting in search of their daily food.

In the middle of a fine day, when everything is in a state
of repose, no sound is to be heard; the fall of a single leaf,
the sudden rising of a bird, the flying or the sing of
insects, make you start and look around. On the contrary,
when the wind is blowing with impetuosity, the cracking of
the trees, the fall of trees and branches, and the frightened
animals seeking for a place of safety, produce a terrific noise,
and you feel a sort of terror.

In the tropics, there is no winter, the trees are always
adorned with their leaves, flowers, or seeds. Numerous trees,
among which the beautiful palms, the gracious fern trees, the
majestic bombax, cedar, mahogany, syphonia, and other large
trees elevating their heads above all the others, are con-
spicuous. Creepers and climbing plants descend in all
directions from the tops of the trees to the soil, reascending
again and intermixing one with another in an inextricable con-
fusion. Large quantities of parasitical plants, flowering orchids,
bromelaciae and others, are seen in all nooks and corners,
and cover entirely the trunks of the giants of the forest, per-
fuming the air with their sweet aroma. On the soil, fallen
seeds have developed into young plants and another vegeta-
tion invades all available spaces, struggling for the mastership
one against another. Large rotten trunks of trees, the
remains of veterans of the forest are scattered on the ground,
and falling to pieces, contributing with the dry leaves and the
humidity, to the formation of a rich and fertile soil, in which
ferns, begonias, small palms of the genus Chamaerops, and
others are growing fast and occupying what remains of
available space ; but some ot the most curious are the climb-
ing palms, which stem is generally well protected with long
and sharp points. In search of air, by means of the hooked
form of their leaves, they reach the top of the highest trees,
above which, they expand their foliage and flowers.

Next to the climbing palms are the great variety of
climbers of all sizes and shapes. Some are very thick,
attaining about one yard in circumference, others are slender.
They twist around the slender stems, they drop from the
branches, they grow along the trunks, they stretch between
the trees, forming bridges, much used by monkeys for
passing from one tree to another; in fact, they seem to
have come into existence there, for the sole benefit of these
animals, as nothing can give a better idea of the aspect of

ANIMAL LIFE. 87

these plants than by comparing them to the numerous cordages
of ships, or to gigantic gymnastic ropes.

Some of them are of the greatest use to the traveller, as I
have experienced many times. It is to supply drink when
water is nowhere to be had, which is a common occur-
rence in the large tracts of the primeval forests. The way
to obtain it, is as follows:—Having selected a good sized
climber, with the machete, (a large knife something lke a
cavalry sabre), you cut a piece about one yard long, and
by keeping it upright, a liquid, something like sweet water,
will trickle from it, enough to fill a large wine glass
with. If more is required, the natural fountain is close
by. By repeating the process, with time, you can fill
as many glasses as you like. I learned this from the
Indians, and it has been of much use to me at different
times.

Where roads or footpaths have been opened, or openings
for plantations made, mammals, birds, insects, and land shells,
are sure to be seen, and sometimes in quantity. Peccary (a
sort of wild pig), many species of monkeys, squirrels, rats,
einer ammals are seen feeding, onvthegamaize: ln tact;
they are a pest to the Indians, who kill them whenever they
have a Chance.

Many birds are also seen feeding on the maize, con-
spicuous among them, are the macaws and parrots, tanagers,
sparrows, and others. On the trees bordering the openings,
toucans and caciques are also abundant. The Caczgues
(Cassicus) are very numerous, and live in society. They
select one or two of the highest trees and form a sort of
cacique’s rookery, hanging their long purse-shaped nests
close to one another, the whole of which makes a curious
sight. I think that this habit of uniting together at the
breeding season has for its object the safety of the young.
These birds, having the custom of assembling together,
fight bravely and pursue any intruder approaching their
HESS:

In the roads and foot-paths, insects of all descriptions
are met with, but the most conspicuous are the butterflies
belonging to the families Æeliconidae, Papilionidae, and
Morphidae. The family Æeliconidae, which contains a
large number of genera and species, is peculiar to the warm
countries of America. These butterflies are very abundant.
Some have long black narrow wings, spotted with crimson,
green or yellow; others are yellow and black; others have

88 NICARAGUA.

transparent wings. * Their elegant shape, showy colours, and
their slow way of flying, form quite a special feature of the
tropical forests. So also, the beautifully coloured Morphos,
the largest diurnal butterflies of America. The larger species
are about five inches wide, all of them brilliantly coloured
black and blue, sky blue all over, or opaline blue, so brilliant
that when lighted by the sun, their appearance is dazzling,
surpassing in beauty all other living animals. They have
also a slow way of flying, and they are as easily caught as the
ffelicont, but they are uncommon.

One of the peculiarities attributed to the He/zconz is that
they are no food for birds. Why? I have not been able to
ascertain ; but the fact remains that birds do not touch them,
contrary to their usual habit with all other species, of
which they are very fond. The consequence 1s that other
butterflies, especially Papzlzos, are met with, resembling
so much to //elicontr in shape, colour, and other respects, that
it is supposed to serve them as a protection for life.

Another interesting observation which I have made with
respect to the Heliconi is that various coloured varieties of
one and the same species are always met with typical
specimens. These may suddenly disappear and are replaced
by a large quantity of one of the varieties.

Years after, this variety may disappear also and be replaced
by another variety. The deduction to be inferred from this
is that when a species is represented by a large quantity of
specimens, Nature produces the same changes that mankind
have done with several domesticated animals, such as
fowls, pigeons, dogs, horses, cattle, etc.

Therefore it tends to prove that Nature is always at
work, and making continual changes in what we call species.
Some disappear and are replaced by new ones. It has
been always the same from the beginning of the world,
and will continue so to the end.

Now-a-days we know with certainty that emigration or
transportation of animals and plants from one climate to
another, in the course of more or less time, will modify their
forms and their colours, for better or for worse, to such a
degree that they will be hardly recognisable. This is partly
due to the climate, and partly to change of food.

On the 15th of December, I left San Juan, and with
several others, I started for /a Virgen (the Virgin), the new
station built on the banks of the Lake of Nicaragua, where
small steamers wait for the passengers crossing the Isthmus.

LAKE OF NICARAGUA. 89

It is a ride of about twelve miles. It was the first time that |
rode. At first I enjoyed it immensely, but before arriving at
la Virgen, I was excessively tired and bruised. The road
undulated amongst hills, and was very bad, but quite
picturesque all the time and in the midst of primeval forests. If
I had been a better rider it would have been a grand treat.
We were six hours on the road, from San Juan to da Virgen.
This route had a very bad reputation. Robberies and murders
were frequent. We saw the blood of a stranger murdered a
few days before, and we also met with some bad looking faces
on the road, but we reached the station safely at half-past five
p.m. We went to the American hotel, a new wood building,
where we took our quarters for the night ; but before dinner
we went to see the celebrated Lake of Nicaragua.

Nothing finer can be seen. This magnificent lake, one
of the largest in Central America, is 150 miles long and go
miles broad, with many islands, two of them, the largest,
Ometepeque, and Madera, stand opposite la Virgen. Onthese
islands, which have a circumference of about 24 miles, are
two high mountains, 5,100 and 4,000 feet in height, which
present an imposing aspect. From la Virgen they are
distinctly visible, from their base to their summit, and they
appear with more effect than many other larger mountains
that I have visited. This is due to their position in the
middle of the lake. They overlook all the surrounding
country.

The islands of Ometepeque and Madera are inhabited.
Several villages of Indians exist there. . The inhabitants
cultivate large plantations of bananas (plantains), Cacao and
Cocoanut trees, vegetables, etc. The fertility of the soil is
remarkable in some parts. Three harvests of maize are
gathered yearly.

The population of these islands descends from the
Aztecs or Mexicans, and is exclusively Indian. A few white
men have inhabited these islands at different times. They
were chiefly German. The family of the first was murdered,
and his house burned, and shortly after he was also murdered.
Another German who had properties on the islands abandoned
them, and went to live at Granada. A third one was more
successful, and was much respected by the Indians.

Many antiquities exist on these islands, and the Indians
still worship their idols. Animal life is plentiful, and fishes
are abundant in the lake.

On the 16th of December, I took passage in a small

go NICARAGUA.

schooner, and after fourteen hours’ navigation we arrived
opposite the landing place of Granada. In consequence of
a high wind the waves were rather agitated, and some of the

to)
passengers were sea-sick during the voyage.

GRANADA. O1

CREAM ER X

Granada—The French Consul, M. Rouhaud—Nicaragua in 1852-185 3—
Intermittent Fevers—How to Cure Them—Natural History of
Nicaragua — Remarkable Animals found in Nicaragua — Howl-
ing Monkey—Humming Birds—Manakins—Rare Insects peculiar
to Nicaragua—Vegetable Kingdom—Cacao and Siphonia Trees—
Commerce— Mines—Climate — Volcanoes—Rivers—Lakes—Prin-
cipal Towns— Population.

kar ND a

(SERANADA 1s a fine town, the principal of the Republic
eof Nicaragua. It is situated at about one mile and a half
from the lake.

Not knowing where to go, I went to the house of the
French consul, M. Rouhaud, who received me most hospitably.
I remained eight days in his comfortable house, and during
all the time M. Rouhaud and his charming wife were kindness
itself, and I shall always remember with pleasure the time
spent in their agreeable society.

I had caught the fever on my way, from San’ Juan’ to
ia Virgen, and I suffered greatly from it, but thanks to the
excellent attendance bestowed on me, by Madam Rouhaud, it
soon passed away.

The intermittent fevers, which are one of the drawbacks
of tropical countries, are not very dangerous if properly
attended, but are very troublesome. During the rainy season,
which usually lasts from the end of May to December, the
least imprudence is dangerous; but the worst of them is get-
ting wet through. Fever is sure to follow. The first sensation
is that of feeling extremely cold. It lasts for one or two
hours, then the reaction comes and you feel feverish. This
lasts until abundant perspiration is produced, then the fever
gradually disappears, and does not come again until the
second or third day at about the same hour. Usually it comes
every two days. After an attack of fever, you loose your
complexion and take the usual yellowish colour peculiar to
the inhabitants of tropical countries.

92 NICARAGUA.

The best remedy I know for combating this malady, and
which has always proved successful with me, is the following :—
The day after the first attack, take a medicine, castor oil or
seidlitz powder, and immediately after, when the medicine has
produced its effect, about 12 grains of sulphate of quinine in
three times, several hours before the next attack of fever, so
as to take the last dose one hour before the attack.

On that day the fever is more strongly felt, but one
need not be afraid of that, as it is the effect of the quinine
absorbed. Eight grains are taken in the same manner
before the third sole which is already less. Six grains are
again taken before the fourth visitation, which is usually so
feeble that it can be considered as gone. You continue to
take four grains when the fifth attack ought to have come,
but it seldom comes at all, and lastly you take the two re-
maining grains two days later. In all 32 grains.

If you have been careful to commit no imprudence
meanwhile, and kept a sort of semi-diet, the fever is gone for

ood.

If you like you may continue for a time, say for about two
or three weeks, to take one grain every day, this will be quite
sufficient to keep the fever away. But it is prudent not to
expose oneself to the rain, or else the fever will come again with
certainty. The usual things to avoid in tropical countries are
—rain, sun, fruits, and spirits.

Americans usually take 32 grains of quinine at one gulp.
Truly in some cases, the fever disappears almost immediately,
but it produces such an irritation to the intestines that the
remedy is worse than the malady. Besides the recovery is
not so certain as with my method.

By taking one grain of quinine every day, from the day of
your arrival in the tropics, you may escape altogether the
infection.

The quinine may be taken in two different ways. The
first is to dissolve 32 or more grains of quinine in a bottle
of orange, claret, or sherry wines, as many grains as the
bottle contains of small liquor glasses, so as to keep the
proportion of one grain of quinine for each glass, taking
care to shake the bottle each time that you make use of it.

The second method, that which I have always used,
is. to weigh 32 grains Jof ‘quinine, jJandytomput sit omen
saucer with about the same quantity of flour. In the middle
of it, pour six or eight drops of water, and with a knife, mix
the whole gradually and well until it has the firmness of paste,

GRANADA. 93

work it well with your fingers and extend it in length as mac-
aroni paste, then divide it in 32 small pieces, which you detach
separately and roll between your finge rs, making them into pills.
Each pill will contain about one grain ‘of quinine, and will be
easily swallowed, the flour having taken away a great part
of the bitterness.

Taken with wine it is a preventive, one glass being
taken every day before breakfast. The pills are better fit for
curative purposes.

Kind Mr. Rouhaud found a house for me, where I made
myself at home. I took a female cook at a cost of ten
shillings monthly, with board and lodging. I remained in
Grenada from the 16th of December, 1852, to the end of
May, 1853.

Grenada, as | said before, is the most important city of
Nicaragua. It lies on the north west ofthe lake. In 1852 its
pupulation was about 15,000. Like all the Spanish cities it
was built in squares, the streets crossing each other at
right angles. The houses are usually one story high,
very few have a first floor. This is chiefly due to the
frequent earthquakes. All the rooms are onthe ground floor.
They are large and the ceilings high. All of them look
on a patio (yard), in the middle of which it is not unusual
to see a fountain. In the best ones, covered galleries
surround the patio, and are used as reception rooms during
the summer. In fact it is more agreeable to sit and work
there than inside the rooms which are badly lighted. On the
wall supporting the galleries it is the custom to have all
sorts of flowering plants placed upon it, which give a charming
aspect to that part of the house.

The rooms fronting the street have large, low windows,
enclosed with iron railings, which are sometimes beautifully
carved, and which gives them the appearance of gaols. In
the afternoon and at night, it is the custom to stand or sit
inside these windows, and to converse with the friends
passing by in the street. When they have a first floor, there
is also a gallery above surrounding the patio, and balconies
facing the streets.

During my stay, I remarked that many of the best
houses were in a very bad condition, some completely ruined.
Few were the monuments, oe churches more or less
damaged, the municipal Pre the gaol built much
the same as the private houses, so that it is quite easy to
speak with the prisoners from the outside, several hotels, and

94 NICARAGUA.

the remainder shops or private houses. Living was cheap and
regular. In the American hotel, which was a large building,
the fare was six shillings daily, for board and lodging. Inthe
French hotel four shillings. Besides these, they were mesons
(native inns) where you could rent- one room for one
shilling a day, getting your food where you liked. Meat,
fish, pork, fowls and eggs were always plentiful in the
market, where you could buy also many sorts of vegetables
and fruits, brought over by Indians from the interior.
Plantains were very abundant and cheap. For sixpence you
could buy an entire bunch containing from 60 to 100 fruits.
Many sorts were seen, Guinea, Manilla, Santo Domingo, and
others, but the most abundant were P/atanos machos (Male
Plantains) “a very large ome, eaten by all) imsteadiaen
tortillas of maize, or bread. This last commodity could be
had good and at a fair price.

In Nicaragua, the plantain is the most important article of
food. It is eaten raw, baked, roasted, or made into sweets.

At first it is well liked, but it would never be supposed
that the time would come when you could scarcely do without
them, but itis a fact. The more you eat them. the more you like
them. Excepting the large ones, all the other sorts are eaten
raw, or made into sweets, Lu it is dangerous to eat too many.
It is said that they contribute to engender fevers: 71 do ner
know how far this is true.

The platano macho is eaten green, or half ripe, or quite
ripe. In this last stage it is good, but not so much as the
smaller sorts. Fried it is delicious. When green, they \are
boiled and have a very unsavoury taste, but they are farinaceous.
and replace bread advantageously. The natives usually eat
them so. Half ripe they are roasted upon hot cinders, and
they are exqusilte, when well done. They are then slightly
sweet and farinaceous. I was never tired of them, when pre-
pared in this manner. Boiled, one is enough for one meal.
Roasted, two are the utmost which you can eat.

The plantain belongs to the family of the Wwusacae. It
is found in all tropical countries. These plants have scarcely
any aerial stem, but shoots from subterraneous root stocks,
from which emerge stems composed of sheathing leaf stalks.
The leaves are flat and traversed throughout by a thick
median rib, with simple veins running directly towards it
from the margin. The general aspect of the plant is some-
what like that of a palm tree. The genus, usa, is the type
of the family.

PLANTAINS. 95

The Platano macho (Musa sapientum), is the largest of
the species. It has a fruit which grows sometimes to the
length of twelve inches or more. Each plant produces a
bunch containing from twenty to sixty fruits closely grouped
together. It weighs from thirty to one hundred pounds.

Another common species 1s Musa paradisiana, so called
from an allusion to an old notion of being the forbidden fruit
of Scripture.

The fruits of this species are small, only about three
inches long. When ripe, they are very delicate eating.

Many other species are known, and all of them are used
for food. All animals are fond of them. When over ripe,
I have seen hundreds of beetles and butterflies feeding upon
them, and some of the rarest species which [ have collected
were caught when feeding upon these fruits. I believe
the fermented juice of the over ripe fruits intoxicate them,
as I have always seen them more or less stupefied when
feeding on plantains, to the point of allowing one to catch
them easily with the hand. During the last few years, a large
trade in these fruits has developed between the United
States and the Atlantic ports of America and West Indies.
In 1892, 1n the months of August and September, seventy-
eight thousand tons have been imported to the United
States, the result of which has been, that the culture of this
fruit is increasing to a remarkable degree.

A good many tons have also been imported to several
parts of Europe, especially to England, but it is quite in-
significant compared with the importations to the United
States.

It is the most nutritious and the most prolific of all
known ‘plants. It requires very little labour, and a mere
patch of ground, say of one hundred yards square, will suffice
to sustain a whole family. Not only the fruit, but every
part of the plant 1s useful. The leaves make a good shelter,
and are employed by the Indians to cover their huts; and its
fibres can compete with the best qualities of cotton or flax.

Lately, a very good quality of paper has been made with
the fibres, and at a very small cost. The supply of this
material being unlimited, it is probable that it will greatly
reduce the cost of paper. The sap of the stem and the skin
enveloping the fruit contain a very strong acid, which
blackens hands and clothes, and is not easily disposed of.
I believe that no one has ever studied its properties, but it is
probable that a good ink can be obtained from it, and no
doubt many other uses will be found for it.

96 NICARAGUA.

An intoxicating liquor is made with the fruit. It is rather
pleasant and has a peculiar taste.

Sugar can be extracted from the fruit.

I have also seen parcels of dried fruits sent to Europe,
and we had a fair sample of them in the Guatemala Pavilion,
at the Paris International Exhibition of 1889; but it was not
much appreciated by the Visitors.

With a little care, the plants may be made to bear fruits
all the year round, and it is estimated that an acre planted
with bananas will produce forty times more in weight than
potatoes, and one hundred and thirty times more than
wheat. It has also been calculated that the produce of one
acre, planted in dananas, will yield a yearly income of four
thousand pounds sterling.

It is very easy to set out a plantation of bananas. The
stems are annual and usually die after the exhaustive process
of fruiting has been completed, new ones being produced
from the root-stock. It is by planting these buds that the
banana is propagated, and a new plantation made. These
stems being numerous round the dead plant, the task is
easy. In about ten months, the new plants will bear fruit.
It requires scarcely any work at all in the way of weeding;
these plants being so perennial that they do not leave room
for any other plants to grow between them.

To the fertility and large productive power of these
plants is partly due the laziness of the Negroes and Indians
inhabiting the tropical countries of America, and this is more
especially seen in Nicaragua, where these fruits are the
principal food of the inhabitants.

To that fact, I have attributed the difficulty I experienced
in getting men tohelp me in my researches. As soon as they
had earned a few shillings, it was quite impossible to make
them work. So long as they had a little money for drink,
they lazily remained for hours and davs’ warming themselves
in the sun, like lizards, or bathing in the lake for hours at a
time.

From the town to the lake, the route was always crowded
with people, some going, others returning. In fact it was a
curious and interesting sight to see these people bathing, both
sexes together. It is true that a bath inthe lake was delightful,
and | enjoyed many ; but I never remained in the water for
hours as the natives did.

They were not at all afraid of crocodiles, which were
abundant at certain places, and which from time to time

HOWLING MONKEY. 97

caught one of the legs or arms of the bathers to feed with. It
is true that these casualties were rare, but nevertheless it
occurred several times during my stay in Granada. When it
occurred, they frightened the animal with their discordant
cries, and several times the monster was caught, and paid the
penalty of death for its audacity.

I believe that the Indians of Nic aragua are as much at
home in the water as on land. They are truly amphibious.
From the time of their birth, we may say that they go in the
water, and when they are full grown, it seems to be their
natural element. They swim splendidly.

At the beginning “of March birds appeared in large quan-
tities, and | made some fine hunting expeditions in the
neighbouring primeval forests bordering the lake. In one of
them, I killed a fine specimen of the Howling monkey (/ycetes
palliatus). Their native name is Congo, probably in honour of
their black colour, alike that of the inhabitants of that African
country. ‘Two species of this genus are known, one peculiar
to South America, and this one peculiar to Central America.
They are the largest American species known, measuring
about four feet, exclusive of the tail. They are remarkable for
the great development of the organ of their voice, which
sane eke of a peculiar kind of bony drum, formed by a
convexity of the hybroidal bones and communicating with the
larvnx. The noise produced by these howlers, at day-break, at
sun-set, and sometimes during the night, is perfectly appalling.
It is more like the roaring of jaguars than any thing else.
I was a long time before ascertaining that such an infernal
noise was produced by this monkey. Many are the nights
which I passed sleeplessly, when encamped in the forest,
fearing an attack of ] [tare or other ferocious animals, and all
this, due to the vociferous cries of these monkeys.

It was a great satisfaction to me when | ‘discovered it,
because these animals are quite harmless, and [ cannot
conceive what can be the meaning of their noisy howls.

They are sociable aie and live in troops in the
deep forests. As many as forty of them are sometimes
seen together. They are fond of their offspring, and very
active, and it is a grand sight to see a troop of these
monkeys running away with their young, firmly attached to
their backs, or gambolling among the creepers. The male
is rather dangerous to approach w Reh wounded, but it never
attacks man.

They are great enemies of the Indians in consequence of

98 NICARAGUA.

their devastating propensities. Scarcely are maize or fruit
ripe when these monkeys invade the plantations and carry away
the ears of maize or the fruit. Unfortunately for the owners it
is very difficult to surprise and kill them as they leave scouts
all round during their plundering expeditions, and when the
Indians arrive on the scene, not one is to be seen. It is is
only by surprise that they can be killed.

Although I was very fond of eating the flesh of most of
the mammals and birds which | killed in my expeditions, I did
not taste that of this animal, so I cannot say what it is like,
but I have been told that the Indians and hunters consider
it a great delicacy, roasted.

I also procured some other species of monkeys, but they
were very small One of them, a’sort of Os (Jaca):
was a very pretty creature, and is often domesticated.

Among the birds, one called Wot-mot (Eumonota super-
ciliaris), was very abundant, and I secured many specimens.
Its native name, J/of-mot, comes from its cry, which sounds
exactly asthe pronunciation of that word in a deep, low voice,
and which it repeats frequently, when perched in the interior
ot the “forest, one) to ats ei pceultarahabice Sometimes
it will remain for hours on the same branch repeating now
and then its curious cry, and at the same time moving its tail
up and down. The two central feathers of the tail are very
long and bare in the middle, terminating with a sort of round
spot similar to an eye. They are quite visible when, he
moves its tail. It is said that the bird itself, with its bill, lays
bare that part of the median feathers by plucking one by one
the feathers of the quill, so as to make it more ornamental.
It is possible, but I am not certain, that it has been proved.
It is true that in the young birds these feathers, excepting in
their length) vane like thie others, and do not show any bare
place, ir. hie may be produced by some other means than
by the plucking of them.

It would be necessary to know how and where they nest,
a fact which I have never been able to find out, but which
would throw some light on the matter, if what I have been
told is true, that they nest in the cavities of trees and holes in
the ground, where they may loose their quill feathers in
entering and getting out of their nests. I say this because |
have killed many specimens which not only had the middle,
but also the extremity of the quill, bare of feathers and very
much worn.

These birds are always seen in pairs; but several pairs

MOT-MOTS AND MANAKINS. 99

may be seen at a very short distance from each other. It is
a very pretty bird, grass olive-green above, the tail feathers
blue with black shafts and tips, the two central produced
into a long bare shaft with a broad blue racket, the terminal
half black. The crown 1s grass-green with a broad super-
cillery band commencing at the base of the nostril, first
silvery white, shading into silvery cobalt, the lores and ear
coverts black as well as the feathers below the eye, the latter
spangled with a few silvery blue spots. The undersurface is
olive yellowish-green, becoming grass-green on the fore neck
and breast.

The centre of throat is black, forming a broad streak,
bordered by a band of elongated blue-silvery feathers, the
sides of the body, abdomen, undertail and wing-coverts
are ferruginious. Many species are known, all from America.
They are all coloured more or less alike.

They belong to the order COCCYGES, sub-order Anyso-
dactylæ, and family Momotidz. “They are characterized by
having a long, strong and thick bill, a little compressed,
laterally inflated at the point, and having the edges crenu-
lated. Their tongue is long, narrow, and barbed on the
edges, the wings are short, and their tails have always the
two central feathers two or three times longer than the
others.

They are sometimes called Bobo, or Simpleton, by the
natives, because they are very familiar, the presence of
man dees not frighten them, and are easily caught.
They are about the size of a starling, and have strong
feet. The egg is round and pure white.

Another species, Momotus Lessont, 1s also found in
Nicaragua. Itis slightly larger, but not so brilliantly col-
oured. Another beautiful bird, also abundant in Nicaragua,
was the Long-tailed Manakin, (Chiroxvphia linearis.) tis a
charming little creature, adorned with the most brilliant
colours, red, blue, and black, with two very long and narrow
central tail feathers.

These beautiful birds belong to the PASSERES, sub-order
Oligomyodae, and family /Ppridae. About 70 species
are known, all of them from America. They are about the
size of a canary, and have a very short bill, slender feet,
short wings and very short tails in general, but in the genus
Chiroxyphia all the species have two very long and narrow
central tail feathers, but this peculiarity exists only in the
males. It inhabits small woods, is very active, has a short

100 NICARAGUA.

flight, and utters a sharp piping note. They live in pairs, but
many pairs may be seen at a short distance from each other.
They feed on insects.

Some species of Pipridae make a great deal of noise
with their wings, when flying from one branch to another,
but I never heard it from this species.

Among the other remarkable species of birds met with in
Nicaragua, I shall mention several species of Tanagers,
among which, Ramphocelus passerint and icterontus,
several species of Calandra (Icterus) remarkable for their
long purse shaped nests, built near one another at the top of
high trees. These birds usually yellow and black, are very
fond of plantains. The curious Fly-catchers (Milvulus
tyrannus and forficatus), two fine species with long tails,
_always found in the savannas (plains) chasing all sorts of
insects, and having the habit of selecting a special branch as
a post of observation, to which they always return. Two
species of Jacamar, Galbula melanogenia, and Yacamerops
grandis, two very fine birds, el golden- green, chiefly
seen singly, in the small forests : several species of Tro-
gons, also brilliantly coloured, metallic golden-green above
fad on the neck and breast. with the ec of the under-
surface usually crimson or yellow, several species of Pico
Canoas, or Toucans. The native name is derived from the
form of its brilliantly coloured bill, which is extremely large,
each mandible having somewhat the shape of a canoa
(boat.)

They are remarkable birds, and only found in America.
They belong to the family of Lamphastidæ, and about sixty
species are known. The true Ramphastos are the largest
and most brilliantly coloured, with patches of bright yellow
and crimson on the breast. They are much killed for the
sake of these bright feathers, which are greatly prized by
some Indians, HG make curious head-dresses with them.
The yellow feathers are also much used in England for the
manufacture of flies, for trout and salmon fishing.

Although their bill is very large compared to the size
of the Dies it is in reality very light, its interior consisting of
a maze of delicate cells, throughout which, the ICONE of
the olfactory nerves are multitudiously distributed. The use
of this extraordinary bill is not satisfactorily known Their
long, slender, pointed tongues are horny, and fringed or
feathered on each side. The tail is peculiar for the facility
with which it can be turned up, so as to lie on the back.

HUMMING-BIRDS AND BUTTERFLIES. IOI

They have a short flight, and hop and flit from branch to
branch with graceful ease. They live in families, and build
their nests in the hollows of trees.

They feed chiefly on fruit, and it is very amusing to see
how they seize and swallow Sine ta First they lay hold of the
fruit with the extremity of their long bill, then they throw it
upwards into the air, catch it in chet open bill and
swallow it. When searching for fruit, they have the habit of
placing sentinels in different parts, a if there is any cause
of alarm, they begin to scream in such a noisy way that the y
are eee miles on

I also collected several species of Humming Birds,
Pyrrhophaena cyanura, Lampornis prevosti, Sancerottia
sophiae, and Chrysuronia eliciae. This last species was only
found in the forests. It is a beautiful bird, with a blue throat
and the tail entirely metallic golden.

In Insects, I collected many species of butterflies and
moths, some of which were very fine. My principal hunting
grounds were the Barrancas, deep narrow ravines which
surround the town, and which are rather dangerous at times,
because they are used by the natives for conveying cattle from
one place to another. The sides of these ravines being very
steep in places, it was not always an easy matter to finda place
of shelter until the cattle had passed. Otherwise they were
delightful, cool, and green, the sides being covered with
small trees, bushes, and plants of all descriptions. These
ravines are sometimes many miles long, and many were
the species of Papilios, Morphos, Helicont and others, which
I caught there.

PE other good collecting ground was on the road from
Granada to the lake, or on the. margin of the last. In the dry
season, at all wet spots on the road, or on the maigin of the lake,
hundreds of species of butterflies used to assemble together to
drink. They were scrambling one upon another, and it was
an easy task to gather as many as one choose, or even to
select the species wanted, as they never fled awav.
Every wet spot was invaded by hundreds of them, which took
no notice of the collector. It was an extraordinary sight
indeed to see these patches where all colours imaginable were
mixed together.

Lastly, I collected some rare and fine species in the
hacienda (farm) of the French Consul, my friend Mr. Rouhaud,
now known, as Valle Mentzer, the property of the celebrated
Parisian chocolale manufacturers.

102 NICARAGUA.

In that hacienda, there were large plantations of cacao
trees and plantains. On the ripe: fruit of the last plants, and on
the mangoes, I collected many fine and rare species of insects.

It was delightful to ramble about the plantations of this
fine property. All kinds of fruit-trees were to be seen,
Orange, Lemon, Mango, Plantain, several species of Sapote
and others, but the most interesting was the Cacao tree
(Theobroma), or God-food. The Cacao tree (Theobroma
cacao), belongs to the genus of dicotyledonous plants of the
order BYTHNERIACEAE. The tree somewhat resembles the
cherry, and is found in all tropical America, and has been
imported to other countries. Several species are known.

The fruit is contained in a ligneous casing, usually five to
eight inches long, and of a bright yellow or scarlet colour,
when fresh and ripe. It turns to a dark brown after being
cut. The seeds are about the size of a large bean, rufous and
enveloped in a pulp of the consistence of butter. Dried they
are, consumed in the country or sent to Europe for the
manufacture of the well-known chocolate. It is one of the
principal articles of exportation of America. The well-known
Parisian firm of Menier consumes daily 40,000 pound which
means a yearly average of FOURTEEN MILLIONS OF POUNDS !!
Its actual value being about two shillings per pounds, it
represents the enormous total of ome million, four hundred,
and fourty-four thousand pounds sterling! And yet four
hundred years ago, it was quite unknown to Europeans. Long
before the discovery of America by Columbus, the Indians
cultivated the trees which produce this fruit.

Mexican tradition mentions Quetza/coat/ as the introducer
of the tree in that country, from where it was successively
exported to Central and South America.

The tree was called by the Mexicans Cacaboaquait/ and
the fruit Cacahoatl. With the seeds they made a beverage
called Chocolat? from which the name of Chocolate is derived.

This beverage was universally used by the Mexicans, but
the best sorts of seeds were reserved for their kings, princes,
and celebrated warriors. In many countries, the seeds were,
and are still, the current money, and are received in payment
for other commodities. In Mexico the taxes were usually paid
with these seeds, and it has been written that when Fernand
Cortez entered that city, he found in one storehouse, forty
thousand large baskets of cacao seeds.

Fora long time, the Spaniards did nothing with them,
and even in Spain, up to 1728, it was scarcely known.

CACAO AND CHOCOLATE. 103

In 1728, Philippe V. sold the monopoly of that commerce
to a company of Spanish merchants, with the faculty to ship
for Vera Cruz (Mexico) all the seeds which could not be
imported to Spain.

After this, Cacao was imported to Italy and in France,
but in the last country its use was very limited until the
marriage of Louis XIII. with Anne of Austria. The Spanish
Infanta was very fond of chocolate, and continued to have it
at breakfast. Soon after this, all the Court ladies copied her,
and enjoyed this beverage.

During the reign of Louis XIV., its use had made such
progress that this King, in 1692, gave the monopoly of its
sale to one of his favourites. A tax of about seven pence per
pound was imposed on all seeds imported, and the price of
chocolate was fixed at six francs per pound, a little less than
four shillings and tenpence.

Under the reign of Louis XV. the custom of drinking
chocolate progressed considerably, and the annual consump-
tion reached the large total of 300,000 pounds; but this
is nothing compared to the quantity manufactured by the first
French Company, which made use of steam engines, for the
first time.

About 1820, this company required annually about six
millions of pounds of cacao-seeds, and manufactured twenty
millions of pounds of chocolate, which is still nothing, com-
pared with the quantity required for the actual fabrication of
that commodity.

Now large plantations of cacao trees exist, not only in
all the tropical countries of America, but also in Java, and
many other Asiatic countries. The countries which produce
the best qualities are Soconusco, and several other places in
the Department of Oaxaca (Mexico), Mazatenango, and other
places in the Department of Juchitepec (Guatemala),
Granada in Nicaragua, Caracas in Venezuela, and many
other places in South America; but the large plantations
near Guayaquil, in Ecuador, produce more than any other,
but the quality is much inferior. The seeds are larger, more
flattened, and blackish; meanwhile those of the other
countries mentioned, are smaller, somewhat rounded, and of a
beautiful pale rufous colour.

The Guayaquil, as it is commercially called, has less
value ; but, nevertheless, it is bought in large quantities in
America and in Europe for mixing with the other qualities.

The usual height of the Cacao tree is from twenty to thirty

104 : NICARAGUA.

yards, and sometimes more. It is always green, the lanceo-
lated leaves are smooth, about eight to twelve inches long,
of a dark green colour, and attached to the branches by large
petioles. The flowers, which are small and abundant, appear
on the trunk and branches. Many of them fall to the
ground, and the few which are productive are soon replaced
by 2 green. rounded fruits, which lengthen as they ripen, and
become brownish red. The capsule is divided internally in five
cells, containing from twenty-five to forty seeds, enveloped in
a rosy pulp acid, agreeable to eat, when the fruit is ripe.

The best ground for a plantation of Cacao trees is
the virgin soil of the tropical forests, in warm and moist
climates, never higher than 2,000 yards above thesea; the lower
the altitude, the better it is. It requires to be well sheltered,
and to obtain this, openings are made in the primeval forests,
leaving high trees at intervals of about twenty-five to thirty
feet apart, to shelter the Cacao trees.

The nurseries, like those for the coffee trees, are also
made under the shelter of large trees, which completely
shelter the young plants from the rays of the sun.

A selection 1s made of the best seeds, and these are
placed, one by one, in furrows, two inches deep, covered with
a light bed of earth, on which plantain leaves are spread.
Two weeks after, these leaves are removed with great care,
the seeds have germinated, and it is important to pull up as
often as necessary all weeds, so as to keep the young plants
always free of them. In three or four months the plants
are about one yard high. Then it is time to transplant them.
This delicate operation is done by special workmen. One of
them raises the young plant with the greatest precaution with
a good ball of earth around the roots, another transfers it at
once to the hole prepared beforehand for that purpose, and a
third one buries it with care, keeping the stem upright, and fill-
ing up the hole. A distance of twelve to fifteen feet 1s required
between each plant. When the plantation cannot be made in
‘the forest, it is important to prepare several years before, a
piece of ground in which, orange, lemon, plantain, or other
suitable trees have been planted from distance to distance to
shelter the cacao plants.

Water is also indispensable to engender the necessary
humidity. For that purpose many canals are dug up in the
plantations. With a thick hedge to protect the plants from
the animals, the work is concluded. It only remains to keep
away the weeds, and to replace the dead plants if there are

CACAO HARVESTS. 105

any. Two years after flowers begin to appear, but it is only
in the fourth or fifth year that the first gathering is made. If
well cared for, the trees will bear fruit during twenty-five to
thirty years, and every day, a harvest will be reaped.

Besides these every-day harvests, there are two principal
ones, from November to January, and from May to July. This
last one is the best, because it takes place at a good time of
the year; the fruits are larger, weigh more, and the quality of
the seeds is better.

The fruits are heaped under sheds for two or three days,
then broken, and the seeds taken out and deposited in closed
rooms where they remain two or three days, or less, then they
are dried in the sun for one day. They are stored again, and
soon they begin to ferment, and a large quantity ‘of sugar
exudes from Dre

This fermentation is a very important operation. [If it is
carried out properly, the cacao will be of superior quality. It lasts
from two to five days, then it is dried again in the sun or in
heated drying rooms. When well dried, it is put into bags
and ready for use.

A very good method for drying coffee, or cacao, is to
build a moveable roof, on wheels, permitting the seeds to be
covered or uncovered as necessary.

Among the enemies of the Cacao plant are the ants and
the Coccidae, or Mealy bugs. The ants destroy the leaves,
but at the same time also destroy the bugs. The monkeys,
squirrels, parrots and other birds and animals, fond of the
fruits are also the enemies of these plants. If proper care is not
taken at the time of the gatherings, in a few hours they will
be destroyed by these animals.

From the seeds, in late years, an alcoholic essence, named
Caféine, has been extracted. It is said that it possesses the
same properties as the Coca from Peru, and that life can be
maintained for many days without any other food. One fact
is certain that it acts considerably on the nervous system, and
that under its influence, man is able to do a greater amount of
work than otherwise. ee butter is also extracted from
the seeds. In fact they contain about 52°/, of it. It is much
employed as a medicine, or in the manufacture of refined
soaps, oils, &c. Naturally it could also be made into candles.
Asa medicine, it is efficacious against chaps, chilblains, and
the like. I think that it can also be effectually used as ioint-
ment for sore throats and colds. At least I have tried it
successfully on myself.

100 NICARAGUA.

Actually, 25°/, of this oily substance is extracted from
the seeds and sold for certain purposes. It is considered that
chocolate containing as little as possible of this oil is more
wholesome and agrees better with debilitated delicate con-
stitutions. The different sorts of cacaos are commercially
known as Caracas, Maracaibo, Guayaquil, Trinidad, Maragnan,
Para, Cayenne and Cacao of the Islands, according to the
country where they come from. Under the last named category
are known the Cacaos, grown in the Antillae. In 1889, at the
Paris International Exhibition, I saw some samples of a very
good cacao from Java; but it was scarcely known in the trade.

Besides these sorts, there is in Mexico a superior quality
of cacao known as Soconusco, from the province where it
grows, but it is very scarce and is not raised in sufficient
quantity to supply the Mexican markets. When I visited
that country, the usual price of this Cacao was four shillings
per pound.

To make a good chocolate, cacao and sugar are all that
are wanted Sometimes a small quantity of cinnamon bark,
reduced to powder, or vanilla is added to give it flavour, but
many add flour and other farinaceous powders. These |
additions augment the quantity, but spoil the quality.

In Nicaragua the chocolate is done on your own premises.
There are women specialists, who never do anything else.
For about one shilling, or one shilling and sixpence, and
food, one of these women will make from five to ten pounds
of chocolate in one day.

You give them two pounds of sugar to every pound of
cacao. First of all, they shghtly burn the almonds on a slow
fire, then they take off the skin and bruise them on the same
stone which they use for the bruising of maize, when making
tortillas. This stone is called metate. It is made of a
porous granitic stone, about half a yard long and from twelve
to sixteen inches wide, bent upwards at the extremities and
supported on four low legs carved in the stone. With this
goes the mano (hand) of the same width as the metate, or
slightly longer, made of the same stone and rounded. With
it, they bruise the seeds on the metate, until it is quite liquid,
then little by little, they mix the sugar, bruising all the
time until the whole is well mixed together and has acquired
the consistence of paste. Then they add the cinnamon or
vanilla, and with their hands roll the paste in pieces of a
certain length, cut it in small round pieces and let them dry.
It is hard work, but the result is very satisfactory. Each

CHOCOLATE AS FOOD. 107

piece makes a small cup of splendid rich chocolate, costing
about one penny.

Very good chocolate can also be made by mixing several
sorts together, but is is very important to reject all the rotten
seeds.

Pure chocolate is considered as one of the most nutritive
and wholesome foods. With bread and chocolate alone, life
can be sustained for a long while, or for ever. Its aromatic
principles stimulate the most debilitated or delicate tempera-
ments without tiring them. It is easily digested and suits
everyone. It is more nourishing and less exciting than
coffee or tea. It has the property of fattening those who
drink much of it.

In Mexico, Central and South America, as well as in
Spain and Portugal, it is usually drunk pure. Before serving
it, they bring the froth to the top by placing in the pot what
they call the molznz//o, a wooden instrument, like a wheel
attached to a long stick, and twisting it round with rapidity.

In America, chocolate replaces the tea of the Chinese and
Japanese. The first things which are always brought to
visitors, at any time of the day or night, are cups of chocolate
and cigarettes. This reminds me of a good story of an in-
cident which occurred in one. of the mesons, or native inns.
A German asked for something to eat. He was told that there
was only chocolate in the house. So he asked for some. A
little while after, they brought him a cup. The German took
it and swallowed it in one draught, returned the cup, said it
was very good and asked them to bring him some. Another
cup was brought, and was drunk in the same manner. He

asked again for some more. When the third cup was brought
to him He was quite furious, and told the waitress to stop this
mockery, that twice he had told her that he liked the drink
very much, and to bring him a cup, instead of which they only
brought him samples. Explanations followed, and it was with
the greatest difficulty that they convinced him that chocolate
was always served up in small cups, and that no one had
tried to fool him. He was quite surprised when he had to pay
about one shilling for what he had taken.

The German knew perfectly well what chocolate was, but
he was accustomed to drink it with milk in his own country,
where it is served in large bowls. It is the usual manner of
taking chocolate in Europe, and it is also the best, pure choco-
late being rather difficult of digestion for certain delicate
constitutions, especially if taken in large quantity.

108 NICARAGUA:

The Mexicans used to mix the cacao with different
farinaceous substances, mixing a small quantity of capsicum
with it; but the chocolate as it was made in the time of
Moctezuma was very simple. They rasped the seeds and
diluted the powder in boiling water. Sometimes they added
to it an /aromatic substance. Mt was also drumkicoldmaces
refreshing beverage. |

Indians have given me some, prepared in that manner,
and with sugar, I have found it excellent. As everyone
knows, it is much used for all sorts of creams, ices, sweets,
&c., and there are few ladies, who are not fond of chocolate.

Some fermented drinks are also made with the pods, and
the well-known drink Baravoise is also made with the seeds.

The Hacienda belonging to Monsieur Rouhaud, where |
collected some of my best species of Insects, was partly planted
with Cacao trees. Soon after my departure from Nicaragua it
was sold to Mr. Menier, of Paris, and is known now as Valle
Menter. Wk is the fimest (plantation wot ) Cacao, tree in
Nicaragua. It provides occupation for thousands of people.

Another valuable tree, abundant in the primeval forests
of Nicaragua, is the (w/e tree or India-rubber tree (Szphonia
elastica). It is a dicotyledonous plant, belonging to the
order Luphorbiaceae.

This fine and valuable tree grows to a height of fifty to
eighty feet. It is getting scarce, because at first they used to
cut the trees to get the india-rubber ; but now it is done on
more scientific principles, and some intelligent persons have
made plantations of these trees which are succeeding well.
In the Paris International Exhibition of 1889, some fine sam-
ples of india-rubber were exhibited in the Nicaragua Pavilion.
The exhibits of Messrs. Menier Brothers were remarkable.

The gathering of india-rubber is done by all the worst
characters. All the runaways from Nicaragua and Costa
Rica turn gatherers of india-rubber. They live for years in
the primeval forests searching for these trees. When found,
they climb upon them and make small incisions in the bark
‘at a distance of several yards from each other. From these
incisions, the sap or resin which is milky white, slowly comes
out and drops to the foot of the tree, where it is gathered
in due time. After a time it turns black, as sold in the
European markets. The gatherers say that it 1s very hard
work; nevertheless, they make a good living by it, the price
of the resin rising gradually and constantly.

Several always associate together for the gathering of

INDIA-RUBBER, AND OTHER PRODUCTS. 109

the resin, and when they have a certain quantity they carry
it in boats to San Juan del Norte, or Greytown, where it is
easily disposed of. The annual exportation at the present
time is worth about £40,000. All the forests bordering the
banks of San Juan and San Carlos rivers are those where the
india-rubber trees are abundant. One of their enemies is the
well-known beetle, vulgarly called Harleguin, (Acrocinus
longimanus,) a very large insect belonging to the family of
Longicorns, or Cerambycide. It is about three to four inches
long and one inch wide, with antennæ and legs five inches
long. Its name, Harlequin, has been given to it in conse-
quence of the colour of its elytra, streaked with various
colours, gray, black, and red being prominent. It feeds on
the sap of the Siphonia, and deposits its eggs in the incisions
made, to extract the gum. Later on, the larvæ bore for them-
selves great holes right through the stem. These larve
boiled are considered as delicacies by the Indians.

So we see that Nicaragua produces three very important
articles of commerce—plantains, cacao, and india-rubber, but
this is not all. Very good coffee is also cultivated in that
country. Vanilla is also found, and many are the cereals,
fruits and vegetables grown. The principal are maize, beans,
rice, capsicum, among cereals; orange, lemon, mango,
sapote, guavas, among fruit-trees; and many sorts of vege-
tables, capsicum, tomato, radish, cabbage, potato, &c., &c.

To give an idea of the commerce done in that country in
1852, 1 submit the list of several goods exported from Xealezo
in that year.

Cedar, 20,000 square yards; Mahogany, 21,000 square
yards; Boards, 71,764; Brazil Wood, 22,845 hundredweight ;
Hides, 12,870; Cotton, 1,000 hundredweight ; Maize, 16,155
bags; Azce, 7,627 hundredweight; Sugar, 1,664 quintals ;
Cigars, 120,000; Coyol Ozl, 615 gallons; Honey, 11,000
gallons; Beans, 100 quintals; Lemons, 50,000; Eggs, 600
dozen; and a quantity of mules, pigs, indigo, fruits, hammocks,
shoes, and other manufactured articles, &c., &c. Besides
cattle, horses and mules are reared in the plains, and
many haciendas possess several thousand heads of them,
which produce a good yearly income to their owners. They
are exported to the neighbouring Republics, where they fetch a
good price.

There are also rich mines of gold and silver. The prin-
cipal are those of Chonfales, on the AtlanticCoast. The late Mr.
Thomas Belt, who published in 1874, a very interesting book

110 NICARAGUA.

on that country, Zhe Naturalist in Nicaragua, was the
manager of the Chontales Gold Mines, and worked them
successfully for several years. The Chontales Mines are
situated nearly midway between the two oceans, at an alti-
tude of about 2,000 feet. The gold is confined almost entirely
to auriferous quartz lodes. The stones are crushed by
machinery, and the gold extracted with quicksilver. It is not
very rich in gold as a rule, but occasionally do/sas or patches
of ore of great richness are found and pay well. About sixteen
different veins were worked in 1874, by different companies.

The aspect of the country in the Chontales district is
mountainous, intersected with valleys well timbered. The
climate is hot and damp, as in Granada. The dry season is
very short, scarcely four months, from February to May. But
on the west side, it is quite different. The dry season lasts
from November to May, almost without rain.

The sky is cloudless, the heat is less, the nights are
cool, and the winds occasionally chilling. It is the healthiest
season of the.year.

The temperature of Nicaragua in general is equable. The
extreme variation recorded at the head of the San Juan River
was 23°. It rarely rises above go® Fahr., or falls below 70°
Fahr.

The consequence is that the products of Nicaragua are
greatly varied in spite of the fact that the greater part of the
country is not as yet entirely developed.

Animal life is very abundant and varied. During his
stay in the country, Mr. Belt made a remarkable collection of
beetles and butterflies containing many new species, especially
in the family of Longicorns. One of the finest insects which
he discovered of that family, was Belt’s Mallaspis, (Mallasprs
beltz), which his friend Mr. Bates dedicated to him. It is
about two inches long, varying greatly in colour from golden
bronze to golden-green or golden-red. Many other fine and
new species were collected by him.

He also succeeded in procuring the very rare and
beautiful Humming-bird, Wicrochera parvirostris, described
by the well-known American Ornithologist, Mr. Lawrence,
from one single specimen found in Costa Rica. This beauti-
ful creature, belonging to the group of Sxow Caps of Gould,
of which only two species are known, is about three times the
size of a drone, dark rosy-purple all over, with the head snow
white. It was unknown to European Ornithologists, and is
still excessively rare. The fine male specimen which I have

CLIMATE, LAKES AND RIVERS. III

in my collection, is one of the very few specimens collected
by Mr. Belt.

Nicaragua, like nearly all the other Republics of Mexico,
Central and South America, can be divided in three distinct
zones, that of fterras calientes (hot countries), fzerras
templadas (temperate countries) and tzerras frias (cold coun-
tries) according to their altitude above the sea. All the lowlands
up to 1,000 feet, belong to the first zone, those from 1,000 to
3,000 feet, belong to the second zone and dia remainder belongs
to the third zone. Plantain, Cocoa, Palm, Siphonia, Cedar,
Cotton and other trees and plants are found in the first zone.
The best coffee is cultivated in the second zone, where the
plantains, maize, beans, &c., also do well. In the third zone
wheat, barley, vines and other European fruit trees are
cultivated.

From the first to the third zone, the climate varies accord-
ing to the altitude. In some parts of the country, in one day,
you can pass from a tropical climate to that of a semi-arctic
region. The higher you ascend, the healthier is the climate,
but as a whole, excepting fevers, the climate of Nicaragua
may be considered as healthy.

The principal rivers of Nicaragua are the San Fuan
River, which flows from the south-eastern extremity of the
Lake of Nicaragua to San Fuan del Norte, which course is
very changeable. Since 1853, when I travelled the whole
length of this river in a small American steamer, a large
proportion of the water has been carried away by the Rio
Colorado, which flows through the Costa Rica territory,
and at the present moment, navigation for steamers is
impracticable.

Many are the rivers flowing into the lake; but they are
not of much consequence, the Rio Frio and Rio Acoyapo are
the principals. Another large river, the source of which is not
very far from Segovia, is Rio Escondido, which empties itself
on the Atlantic, in the bay of Bluefields, the capital of the
Mosquito Indians.

On the Pacific, there is a small river emptying in the Bay
of Salinas, the place chosen by various engineers as the
terminus of the Nicaragua Inter-oceanic Canal.

Two important lakes exist in the Republic of Nicaragua.
The first and most important is the celebrated Lake of
Nicaragua, with its many islands, standing at an elevation of
128 feet above the sea. The second is the Lake of Managua,
close to the town of Managua, the actual capital of the

112 NICARAGUA,

Republic. It is at a distance of about ten miles from the
Lake of Nicaragua, with which, it communicates by the
Tipitapa River. It is a fine lake also, but only about twenty
miles in circumference. About ten miles from Granada there
is another lake called Massaya, but it is very small. It looks
like the mouth of an extinct crater, and probably it is one.
It is enclosed on all sides with steepy rocky walls. Close by,
lies the town of Massaya, with about 15,000 inhabitants,
nearly all Indians. It is very large, each house having a
garden attached to it. The streets have the appearance of a
‘picturesque promenade among fruit trees. Their only supply
of water is that of the lake close by, about 300 feet deep,
from which they draw water, by means of buckets attached
to long ropes. This lake is called in the country /#ferno
de Massaya (Hell of Massaya). All its surroundings are of
‘volcanic origin, flanked. on its western side by the active
Volcano of Massaya, whose lava streams have covered the
sides of the lake and all adjacent grounds.

From Massaya to Leon, a distance of 70 miles, nearly all
of which consists of barren plains, is called the M/a/pazs, or
bad country. As many as fourteen distinct volcanoes are
scattered from place to place in that short space.

At night the whole of it is lit up by bluish flames, flash-
ing across the land or leaping like columns of fire, appearing
and disappearing in succession. It is called by the Indians
el baile de los demontos, or the devil’s dance.

The principal towns of the Republic of Nicaragua are
Managua, the actual capital of the Republic, 10,000 inhabit-
ants; Leon, the capital, when I visited that country, 30,000
inhabitants; Grenada, 12,000 inhabitants; Rzvas, south of
Granada, at a short distance from the Lake of Nicaragua,
8,000 inhabitants; Âassaya, already cited; Segovza, the
capital of that district ; Matagalpa, the capital of the district ;
San Fuan del Norte, the principal port on the Adare:
Bluefields, the capital of the Mosquito Indians; San Fuan
del Sur, one of the Pacific ports, and Rea/ejo, close to the
port of that name, on the Pacific.

The area of the Republic embraces 51,600 square miles.
Its actual population exceeds 600,000 inhabitants, and in
consequence of the variety and fertility of its soil and its
admirable position, a great future can easily be predicted for
that country.

HISTORY OF -NICARAGDA. Lig

CHAPTER: OXI.

ris DORY “OF NICARAGUA:

History of Nicaragua—Its Discovery by the Spaniards—Their Expe-
ditions—Gonzalez de Avila—Hernandez de Contreras—Whole-
sale Slaughter of the Natives— Oviedo — Pedro de Alvarado—
History of the Independence of Central America— Morazan—
Presidents of Nicaragua—C Expedition of Walker—
Walker—His Fall and Execution in Honduras—The Mosquito
Kingdom.

à Rt is quite impossible to say, with any degree of certainty,

which were the first inhabitants of ne country, but
there is no doubt that the Toltecs invaded that country in the
sixth century, headed by their Cazic, VMimaguiché, and were
probably the first who civilized ane inhabitants of the
western and southern parts of that territory. Afterwards the
Aztecs replaced the Toltecs, and maintained communications
with that country up to the time of the Conquest.

Before the invasion of that country, it is probable that
several different nations inhabited Nicaragua, the principal
being the Caribs, who certainly occupied, and still occupy, the
coasts of the Atlantic Ocean. Nothing whatever was known
of these people until the magnificent discoveries of Christopher
Colombus.

The discovery of Nicaragua is attributed to Christopher
Colombus, on his fourth and last voyage to America in the
year 1503, and that he passed the place known now-a-days as
San Fuan del Norte, when he discovered the Cape named by
him, Gracias à Dios, which name it bears to this day, and
then coasted south to Vombre de Dios, the actual Chagres,
north of Colon.

But there are some probabilities that Pedro Alfonso Niño
had already visited that coast during his voyage to Curiana
and Parva in 1500.

It is also probable that about the year 1514, Vasco Nuñez
landed in that country, when Chief Governor of Uraba or
Darien.

114 NICARAGUA.

It is a fact that when Gonzalez de Avila embarked from
Panama to the Gulf of Nicaya about the year 1522, the
Pacific Ocean had been known to Nuñez for ten years at least.

In one of his expeditions in 1514, he came upon some
high mountains which he ascended, and from its summit, he
was the first who saw the two Oceans. Soon after he
reached a large bay, which he called San Miguel. This bay
was sprinkled with islands and treacherous rocks.

It lays south of Panama. From there, he made several
expeditions of discovery, and found great treasures of gold
and pearls, the last being very abundant. In the province of
Bononiama, perhaps Panama? the Spaniards enriched them-
selves with chains and breastplates of gold, which in great
plenty hung on the walls of the houses.

About that time Pedrarias Davila, a knight, accom-
panied by his wife, E/zzabeth Boadilla, sailed from Spain to
New Andalusia. He had fifteen ships and fifteen hundred men
under his command. He first landed at River Darza, or Darien,
where he built three forts to secure the passage to the Pacific.
He was cheerfully received by Nuñez. Not being satisfied
with the place called Maria Antigua, the town built by the
Spaniards in a deep valley, too hot and unhealthy, he sent
several expeditions to survey the neighbouring countries.
Amongst others, Gaspar Morales was sent to explore the
Pacific Coasts; it was he, who found such a treasure in pearls
that Pope Leo X. gave forty-four thousand ducats to a
Venetian merchant for one of them. Gonzalez Badajoz, also
went to the Pacific later on, and explored the coasts for a
distance of about 180 miles. Soon after, he was joined by
Commander Luzs Mercado. At first they were very successful,
and raised a large qauntity of gold from the different Kings
and Cazics or Governors of the countries where they passed ;
but the end of their expedition was disastrous. Excepting a
few of them, amongst whom was one named francisco de la
Puente, who escaped and returned to Darian, the others were
killed by King Panza, who, with his troops surrounded and
massacred them. This disaster was partly due to their
avarice, each soldier at the time, carrying a full load of gold,
which prevented them defending themselves as they could
have done, had they not been so burdened with treasure.

About the same time there was a clash between Nunez
and Pedrarias, who had the former imprisoned and beheaded.
Not long after, Lobo Sosa, Governor of the Canary Islands,
was sent as Governor of New Andalusia, to replace Pedrarias

SPANISH EXPEDITIONS. LTS

Davila. But it is time to come back to Gonzalez de Avila,
who is supposed to be the discoverer of Nicaragua.

Gonzalez de Avila is supposed to have sailed from
Panama in the year 1522. He embarked in that port with
one hundred men and four horses in several small schooners,
and went north. The first place where he is supposed to
have landed is at Vrcoya, governed by a Cazic of that name,
who received him with the greatest regard, and offered him
a quantity of gold and gold idols in exchange for trifles.
This Cazic and some of his followers were baptised.

From there, he penetrated into the territories governed
by a powerful Dee named Nicaragua. The Capital of the
Cazic, was situated where now stands Azvas.

Nicaragua received Gonzalez and his followers well, and
exchanges were soon made with the natives, who gave them
a large quantity of gold for trifles. In the relations of the
first historians on the conquests of the Spaniards in America,
it is mentioned that this Cazic was a man of great intelligence
and that Gonzalez was very much puzzled to give satisfactory
replies to his questions. It is more by fear of the devil, than
otherwise, that he obtained the conversion of Nicaragua and
nine thousand of his subjects. Gonzalez passed through six
large Indian towns, each containing about two thousand well-
built houses. Crowds of people came to see them and were
never tired of looking at their beards, clothes, and horses, all
of which were novelties to these natives.

In the middle of his excursion, Cazze Diriangan pre-
sented himself before Gonzalez. He was accompanied by
five hundred men and several young women; each of the men
carrying a couple of turkeys, and the women gold, all of which
was duly offered to Gonzalez.

Gonzalez did all what he could to convert Cazic
Diriangan to Catholicism, but did not succeed. Diriangan
replied that it was imperative that he should consult his
priests and women before.

Some days after, he returned, not to be converted, but
with a troop, several thousand strong, armed with wooden
swords, arrows, and other primitive weapons and covered
with cotton cuirasses and strange helmets.

The Spaniards defeated them easily; but Gonzalez,
fearing that he could not resist successfully many more
such attacks with such a small troop as he had, resolved to
return to Panama. During his retreat he met his old friend,
Nicaragua, but this last had become hostile to Gonzalez, who

116 i NICARAGUA:

had to fight in order to effect his passage through that
WEMIM LOL.

In Panama, ‘he related: to: the “Governor alll that) he had
seen and done, and spoke highly of the country which he had
visited. But Pedrarias, who was a jealous man, and who
had shortly before passed sentence of death against Nufiez,
took umbrage at Gonzalez, and sent a new expedition to
Nicaragua, headed by Hernandez de Cordoba, who was
successful, and founded the towns of Granada and Leon
without much opposition from the Indians.

Gonzalez returned to Spain, called some followers and
came back, on his own account, to Nicaragua, via Honduras.
A civil war began between Gonzalez and Cordoba for the
possession of that country, and continued for a long time.

Several years after, Hernandez de Contreras, who lived
in Nicaragua, for some reason or other, revolted against Spain.
At the head of many Spaniards, who agreed with his ideas,
he took possession of Nicaragua and Panama; and it was
said that he had the intention to conquer Peru also, and to make
an independent kingdom of the whole; but it came to naught
in consequence of his death, which took place soon after an
attack made by him on Vombre de Dios, or Chagres.

According to the celebrated historian and Bishop,
Bartolomé de las Casas, 60,000 Indians perished during the
first year of the wars fought against them by Gonzalez,
Hernandez de Cordoba and others. Here is what he says :—

“The Indians of Nicaragua were very sociable, gentle
and peaceable. Nevertheless the Governor, or better say the
tyrant, and the ministers of his cruelty, treated them as badly
as in the other kingdoms. They murdered and robbed them
wholesale. Under the least pretext, they killed the inhabitants
without regard of sex or condition. They exacted from them
tribute of all sorts, and death was the penalty for those who
did not comply at once. Nobles, women and children were
obliged to work day and night. These poor people were
obliged to carry on their shoulders, at long distances, trunks
of trees or boards for the construction of ships. Thousands
of them were sent to Panama and in Peru to be sold there as
slaves. Over 500,000 of them were disposed of in that
manner, and banished from their country.”

Another ocular witness, Ovzedo, in his History of
America also said that the treatment of the Indians was so
barbarous, that in 1528, when the treasurer, Alonzo de
Peralta, another nobleman called Zurita, and the brothers

BARBAROUS EXECUTION OF INDIANS. EEF

Ballas, started from Leon to visit the villages, and the
Indians belonging to them, but they never came back.

Pedrarias sent a small troop to arrest the supposed
murderers. Seventeen or eighteen were arrested and
strangled by dogs.

The execution took place on the public square of Leon
on the 16th of June, 1528, in the following manner :—
A stick was given to each, and was told to defend him-
self against the dogs. [ive or six young dogs, which
their masters wanted to train, to Indian hunting, were set loose
against each Indian. These young, inexperienced animals,
barking all the time, ran round the Indian, who easily kept
them at bay; but when believing to be victorious, two of
the old trained dogs were loosened, and in an instant threw
the Indian down, the other dogs flew at him, strangled and
devoured his bowels. It was a most cruel and disgusting
scene. The seventeen prisoners, which were from the
valley of OJlocaton, were killed in the same manner, the
bodies remaining there, by order of the authority, threatening
that the same should be done to those who tried to take them
away ; but on the second day the smell of these corpses was
so intolerable that the Governor gave orders to carry them
away.

“Oviedo adds that as soon as the order was given, some
Indians came, cut the bodies to pieces, carried them into their
houses and feasted upon them; but I doubt the veracity of
this author very much, and I think that he spoke of things
which he did not see.

From that time up to 1821, Spain retained possession of
Nicaragua, but never conquered completely the mountainous
Indians of Chontales, nor the Mosquito Indians. They
built several towns; one of the principal is Realejo, close to
the Pacific, where the Kings of Spain had many of their
ships built. In that time, it was a port of great importance.
In 1524, Pedro de Alvarado, instructed by Cortez, took
possession of Guatemala, and received from the Emperor,
Charles-Quint, the title of Captain-General of Guatemala,
which he kept up to the time of his death, which took place
in 1545.

At that time, Guatemala was the Capital of that Captaincy.
It included what we know now-a-days as the five central Ameri-
can Republics of Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador, Nicaragua
and Costa Rica. It remained so during three centuries until
the 15th of September, 1821, when the provinces of Central

118 NICARAGUA.

America separated themselves from Spain, and declared their
Independence. Some of the royalists seeing that resistance
was impossible left the country, others adhered to the pariy
of Independence, with the hope of establishing a Central
American Kingdom. After the separation with Spain, two
parties were formed, the Republican, under the name of
Liberals, the other formed by the Royalists and called by the
Liberals, Servriles. From that time to now, desperate contests
under various names have taken place and are not yet quite
concluded ; but the Liberals seem to have the upper hand.

The Liberals decided in favour of a Federative Republic,
taking as a model that of the United States, and established
under the name of the Central American Republic, a Federa-
tion comprising the five provinces of Guatemula, Honduras,
San Salvador, Nicaragua and Costa Rica, the same which
formed the Captaincy of Pedro de Alvarado. They made a
Constitution, were among the first, who abolished slavery,
introduced a system of universal religious tolerance, built new
schools, ameliorated the old ones, and did all they could to
attract foreign colonists, and aid to their establishment in
their country.

When the Royalists saw that a Central American
Kingdom had no chance of being established, they applied to
the Mexican Emperor, Iturbide to annex Guatemala. The
Republican Congress replied by decreeing the annexion of
Guatemala to the United States.

The short duration of the Empire of Iturbide dispelled the
alternative of an adjunction to the Mexican Empire, or to the
Union of the United States. Nevertheless, Iturbide sent
Mexican troops, commanded by General Filisola, who occupied
Guatemala in 1822, but this short domination ended with the
fall of Iturbide. General Filisola with his army returned to
Mexico, but before going, he convoked a National Assembly,
with the idea of establishing the Government of the country.

This assembly met the 24th June, 1823, and on the 1st
of July following, they issued a decree, which to this date, is
considered as the solemn and fundamental act of the emanci-
pation of Central America. On the 22nd November, 1824,
this same assembly proclaimed a federal Constitution establish-
ing the Republic of Central America as a popular and
representative government.

On the 20th of April, 1825, General Manuel Fosé Arce,
was elected President of the Republic of Central America.

He was succeeded by General Francisco Morazan, who,

CIVIL WARS. 119

with the exception of a short interval, during which the
Republic was administered by. dede José del Valle,
remained in power until 1839, when the Federation came to
an end, and the five States, one by one, separated and re-
sumed ere autonomy. Sinks then, they have kept separate
under the names of Republics of Guatemala, Honduras,
Salvador, Nicaragua and Costa Rica.

When the Royalists saw that they were completely
beaten by the Liberals, with the clergy they plotte d against
the last, but with no other result than the sending in exile of
the bishops. They then entered into treaty with England for
the sale of their country to that power, but under the energy
and perseverance of General Morazan, the Confederation,
although wavering, was still keeping a good front to the
attacks of the Royalists, when the cholera made a sudden
appearance in the country. In some way the Royalists
availed themselves of this disastrous event to induce the
Indians to a revolt. They put an Indian, the celebrated
Carrera, at the head of the Indians, and in 1837, he declared
war to General Morazan. Beaten several times by Morazan,
he was at last victorious, and captured Guatemala, the capital,
on the 19th of March, 1840, and proclaimed himself President
oi the Republic, the rith of December, 1844.

Several attempts have been made by several Presidents
to form again a federation between the five Republics; but
nothing has come out of them.

Nicaragua proclaimed its independence on the 30th of
April, 1838, and from that time to now, has been direéted by
various Presidents under the names of Directors of the
Government.

Here is the list of all the Direétors and Presidents, since
1825, to date. It has been made out by by my esteemable
friend, Mr. Désiré Pector, Consul of the Republic of
Nicaragua, in Paris.
1825—1828—Manuel Antonio de la Cerda.

1826— Pedro P. Pineda, Provisional.
1826—1827—Fuan Arguello.
1829—1833—Diontsio Herrera.

1830— Yuan Espinosa, Provisional.

1833—Lenito Morales.

1834—Fosé Nuñez.

1835—1837— Fosé Zepeta.
1837—1838— Fose Nuñez.
1840—Tomas Valladares.

120 NICARAGUA.

1841— Pablo Buitrago.
1843—Manuel Perez.
1844—Fruto Chamorro.
1845—Sandoval.
1847—1849— Fosé Guerrero.
1849—Teran.
1849—RKosales.
1849—1850—/Vorberto Ramirez.
1850—Fusto Abaunza.
1851—Laureano Pineda.
1851— Fosé del Montenegro.
1851—Fosé Fesus Alfaro.
1851—/ulgencio Vega.
1853—Fruto Chamorro.
1854—1855—Licenciado Franciseo Castellon.
1855—/Vazario Escoto.
1856—Patricio Rivas.
1856—Fosé Maria Colzada.
1857—General Martinez.
1857—Agustin Aviles.
t859—1867—General Martinez.
(867—1871—General Fernando Guzman.
1871—1875—Quadra.
1875—1878—Foaquin Chamorro.
1878—1883—General Zavala
1883—1887—Doctor Adam Cardenas
1887—1891—Ævaristo Carazo.
1891—General lonacio Chavez, Provisional.
1891—1893—Doctor Roberto Sacasa.

Many have been the civil wars from which this Republic
has suffered from time to time. In 1849 Samozga,a chief of
robbers, tried to do with the Republic of Nicaragua what
Carrera did with Guatemala, but he was defeated by General
Mufioz, who made him prisoner and sentenced him to be
shot. In 1851, Wr. Pineda, a modest but meritorious man,
was elected Director of the Government. But soon after
war was resumed between the different parties, fomented by
the English, who wanted to take possession of San Juan del
Norte. Muñoz at that time, who was hostile to the English,
was considered by them as their principal antagonist, and
they did all they could to put him out of the way. The
result of all this was that Munoz resigned his command.

FIRST PRESIDENT OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT. I21

Pineda and his Ministers who wanted to arrest him were
apprehended themselves, and conducted to the frontier.
Muñoz resumed the command of the troops and Ar. Fusto
Abaunza was elected Provisional Director of the Government.
When the Parliament heard the news, they also elected a
Provisional Director, Wr. Fosé del Montenegro, and trans-
ferred the seat of the Government to Granada. Each of
the Provisional Directors composed a Ministry. So it came
to pass that Nicaragua had at the same time two Govern-
ments, one in Leon, the other in Granada.

On the 20th August, 1851, Montenepro died. Granada
fearing to be attacked by Munoz sent 200 men to occupy
Managua, and barricaded streets, waiting future events.

Meanwhile a project of a federal Constitution, prepared
by the plenipotentiaries of the three States, Honduras,
Nicaragua, and Salvador, was concluded and signed on the
8th of November, 1849, and communicated to the States
which they represented for its ratification. It was accepted
by Honduras, Nicaragua, and Salvador, and the adherance
of Costa Rica and Guatemala to it was solicited.

The federal Government having for first president 477.
Fosé Barrundia, was installed on ‘the oth of January, 1851,
and notification of it was sent to all the diplomatical agents.
The Government of Nicaragua was the first who ne God the
fact to all the governments with which they had diplomatic
relations, and appointed #77. Marcoleta as the representative
of the Confederation at Washington. From 1851 to 1854, a
sort of peace reigned in the country, and during that time
Mr. Fruto Chamorro, was appointed Director of the
Confederation, and Muñoz, who had been exiled, was recalled
and appointed Commander in Chief of the troops; but in the
beginning of 1854, when the inhabitants of Leon rose in
insurrection in favour of Castellon, who was elected Director
of the Provisional Government, Mufioz answered to the call
of the celebrated Walker, and when the last, on his first
attack on Rivas, was abandoned by the native troops com-
manded by Munoz, this General was charged with treachery
towards the North Americans.

At the same time the Government of Leon was attacked
by troops from Honduras, commanded by General Guardiola.
Munoz marched upon the enemy and routed them completely,
but this was done at the cost of his life.

In 1855, Walker disembarked for the second time at Sax
Fuan del Sur, and gained several victories over the troops of

122 NICARAGUA.

the Government at /a Virgen, and about the month of October
of that year, he captured the city of Granada, and established
a Government in that town. Successively he conquered all
Nicaragua, and was appointed Director of the Government.
He retained office for some time; but at last was obliged to
leave the country with the remainder of his followers.

This is the same Colonel Walker which I have men-

tioned in my narrative of Count Raousset Boulbon’s Expe-
ditions to Sonora. He was the model type of the true free-
booter. :
If he had been successful, it 1s probable that Nicaragua
and the other Central American Republics, would have been the
centre of a large American and European emigration, and the
future of that country quite changed; but it is impossible to
say if for better or worse, but certainly the change would have
been considerable. Walker made a third attempt to re-
conquer Nicaragua, which he considered as his personal
property. Although thrown down from the Presidential chair
by a revolution, he never renounced his determination of re-
conquering it. There was a party in Nicaragua which was in
his favour, and if his first intentions were to conquer that
country for the United States, he soon changed his mind.
What he wanted was to conquer it for himself by all means.
From Protestant he turned to Catholic, this being imperative if
he wanted to make himself popular with the Nicaraguans.

Walker was very popular in the United States, principally
in the South, having resided a long time in New Orleans.
In matters of discipline he was inflexible, and for that reason,
liked and respected by his officers and soldiers.

In 1860, when he prepared his last expedition, recruiting
followers, so many offered to accompany him that he had
only to choose amongst them.

This was done with much secrecy, Leagued with an
ex-President of Honduras, General Cabanas, they resolved
to put down President Guardiola, and replace him with
Cabanas. |

The occupation of Zruxzllo, a small town situated on
the coast of Honduras, opposite Ruatan Island, was his first
exploit.

Walker presented himself before the town, at four in the
morning, with one hundred and ten men, well armed with
Minié rifles. He divided them in two columns. In the fort,
there were about one hundred soldiers and three hundred
volunteers. The two columns of Walker advanced, one by

WALKER 123

land, the other in boats. At about half a mile from the fort,
those on land fell into an ambuscade, but they defended them-
selves so well that the enemy took to flight, and the Americans
captured the fort easily.

In it, they found a large store of provisions and arms,
among which sixteen cannons. The population seemed to
accept the accomplished fact.

The project of Walker was to reinstate Cabanas as
President of Honduras, and with his help, to re-enter Nicaragua,
and to form a new federation between the five Republics of
Central America, but his first success came quickly to an end.

On the 2oth of August, 1860, the English steamer, /carus,
appeared before 7rax«i//o, and its commandant summoned
Walker to evacuate the town. This evacuation took place
the next day. His army was reduced to eighty men well
equipped.

After leaving 7ruxz//o, Walker and his men advanced in
the direction of Cape Gratzas, where they were attacked by
Honduras troops, which obliged them to retreat. They
camped on the margins of Rzo Negro. Some English boats
landed at that place some troops commanded by Alvarez, who
captured Walker and some of his men. They were taken
back to Truxillo and delivered to the authorities, to be treated
as the circumstances required. It was immediately decided
to put him on his trial and he was sentenced to be shot.

His faithful companion, Colonel Ruddler, was sentenced
to four years’ confinement, and the men to be sent back to
the United States, at the expense of the American Govern-
ment.

Before being delivered into the hands of the Hondurian
authorities by Captain Shannon, Commandant of the Icarus,
Walker signed a protestation as under :—

PROTESTATION OF GENERAL WALKER.

‘“ By the present, I protest, before the civilized world,
“that when I surrendered to the Captain of the steamer
‘ [carus, this officer has declared to receive my sword and
‘pistols, as also those of Colonel Ruddler, and that my
‘surrender has been made expressly to him as a repre-
“sentative of her Majesty.

WILLIAM WALKER.”

‘On board the steamer Icarus, this' 5th of September,

M1860.”

Immediately after the sentence Walker was put in prison,

and when asked if he wanted anything he replied that he

124 NICARAGUA.

wished to see a priest protesting of his faith in the precepts
of the Catholic religion. He said to his guardian :—

lam resigned to death, my political career ts ended.

On the 12th, he was taken out of the prison and con-
ducted to the place of execution, assisted by a priest. When
in thesquare of the troops, he made the following discourse :—

Lama Roman Catholic. The war that I have made
upon Honduras, at the instigation of another, was unjust,
my followers are not to blame. Ll ask pardon of the people,
and [ hope that my death will benefit society.

After this, he was shot, and so ended the career of this
extraordinary man. His body was buried by direction of two
American citizens inhabiting Truxillo. Little was said of him
after his death, and some papers hinted that the American
Government was glad to be rid of him.

His body was claimed by two of his faithful officers and
taken back to his ‘native country (Tennessee), where he was
buried in a family vault. Several friends accompanied his
remains with the honours due to his rank as General and ex-
President of Nicaragua.

The same may be said of Walker as of Raousset Boulbon,
that very little prevented him from being a hero; but he was
more fortunate than Raousset, having enjoyed for a time all
the glory and honours attached to power.

It is time now to say a few words about the English
doings in that part of the world.

Shortly after the conquest of ¥amarca by the expedition
sent by Cromwell in 1656, the King of Mosquito asked for the
protectorate of Charles II., King of England. The Governor
of Jamaica, acting for his Sovereign, accepted, promising the
Royal protection. The Mosquitos kept faithful to this agree-
ment, and each time that England was at war with Spain, they
acted as allies, and fought with valour and success against the
common enemy.

But this nation, if it can be called by that name, was only
composed of a few tribes of Caribs, mixed with whites and
blacks.

These tribes occupied the lagoons of Blue-fields, nothing
more, and it was only an act of justice when the English gave
back that territory to the Republic of Nicaragua; but up to
that time they were in possession of Blue-fields and all the
adjoining territories, and in 1780, the celebrated Ve/son was
sent to Nicaragua to take possession of San Juan del Norte,
but nothing came of it.

MOSQUITO KINGDOM. 125

Soon after the conquest of California by the North
Americans in 1848, Lord Palmerston made another attempt
on that country, and succeeded. San ‘Yuan del Norte and
part of the river San Juan were taken possession of, by the
English, who changed the name of San Juan del cigars into
that of Greytown.

In the name of the King ot Mosquito, they administered
it for several years ; but ultimately, in 1850 and 1854, it was
occupied for a while by the North Americans, and lastly
returned to Nicaragua.

In 1851, an Englishman called Samuel Shepherd was
still living in Greytown. He was one of the two brothers
with om Robert Charles Frederick, the third Mosquito
King, had exchanged a considerable extent of land for
brandy. But part ai that land belonging to Nicaragua, this
Republic protested.

The real or imaginary acquisition of title deeds con-
firming that purchase was the base of the speculations of
Colonel Kinley, who wished to annex the Kingdom of
Mosquito to the United States. Several members of that
Republic were at first in favour of the scheme, but they
changed their mind soon afterwards. Colonel Kinley took
part in the successive events of Nicaragua as the rival of
Walker, but his attempt failed.

In 1851 Samuel Shepherd was about 80 years old, a fine
robust and active man yet, he had lived on the Mosquito
Coasts since his youth, and considered that country as one of
the finest and healthiest of all America. When speaking of
Mosquito, he used to say, 7hat country is all mine. He
was certainly a man of character.

But the faét remains that the Mosquito Kingdom has
always been a very poor one, scarcely inhabited, and far from
being healthy. Its capital, Blue-fields, consists of miserable
huts, inhabited by several hundreds of Indians. The best of
it consists in its central position with the river Escondido and
its tributaries, partly navigable, and giving access to the rich
provinces of Watagalpa and Chontales.

1206 NICARAGUA.

CHAPTER XII.

Projects for opening Interoceanic Canals by Nicaragua, Panama,
Darien and Tehuantepec—Manuel Alfonso de la Cerda—John
Bailly—Pierre Rouhaud—Napoleon Garella—Napoleon Bonaparte
—Vanderbilt Company — What the South American Republics
ought to do— Felix Belly—The Maritime Canal Company of
Nicaragua—My Opinion about the Cost of Opening a Canal—
Certainty of the Opening of the Panama and Nicaragua Canals
in the Future.

OTTO

JE idea of an Interoceanic Canal in the Isthmus of

Nicaragua is not a new one. We may say that since
the discovery of America by Christopher Colombus, the
Emperor, Charles Quint, recommended to Cortez not to lose
sight of e/ secreto del estrecho (the secret of the Straits), and
the discovery of the Straits of Magellan in 1519, was hailed
with much satisfaction, and contributed to the belief that
another strait, somewhere in the Isthmus of Panama and
Nicaragua could exist. Many were the expeditions sent into
these countries with this object; but an exact knowledge of
the Continent shewed that no such thing existed.

From that moment arose the idea of establishing a
communication beween the two Oceans by a canal.

Gomara, in his history of the Indies says:—‘‘The voyage
between Spain and the Philippines, by the Straits of
Magellan, is so long and dangerous, that, having spoken
many times with illustrious travellers, historians, and navi-
- gators, [ heard from them about the possibility of opening
other passages much shorter, and very profitable to the trade
and to enterprisers.

The first could avail itself of the Lagartos River, which
source is about sixteen miles from Panama, and would
terminate at Vombre de Dios (Chagres). The second could
make use of the river San Juan, which joins the Nicaragua
Lake with the Atlantic Ocean. By both these rivers the
passage is already half done. The third would be from the
river Vera Cruz (he meant the river Goatzacualco) to
Tecoantepec (Tehuantepec), where the inhabitants of New
Spain carried boats from one sea to the other. /¢ zs a fact that

Genera of Humming Pirds. 55

Genus XXVII. Abeillia, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av., 1850, p. 79.

Baucts, Reich, Aufz. der Col., 1853, p. 13.

Mytabeillia, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854, p. 253.

sill minute, straight, shorter than the head. Wings long,
pointed, reaching the end of tail. Tail very slightly forked.
Rectrices wide, and of even size, excepting the medians,
which are slightly shorter. Size small. Sexes unlike.

Habitat.—Mexico and Central America.

79. ABEILLIA TYPICA, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., 1850, vol. 1,
P- 79-
Ornismya abeillet, Less et Del., Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 16.
Mellisuga abeïllei, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1, p. 112.
Ramphomicron abeillei, Bonaparte, Consp. Av., vol.1., p. 79.
Basalimna abeiller, Reich, Aufz. der Col., 1853, p. 13.
Myabeillea typica, Bon., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1854, p. 253.
Baucts aberller, Reich, Troch. Enum., 1855, p. 11.
Abeillé’s Flutterer, Gould, Mon. Troch, vol. 1v., p. 211.
Le Baucts d’Abeitlé, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
vol. lll, p. 144.
Habitat.—Mexico, Guatemala.

Male.—Upperside shining green. Throat luminous emerald
green. Breast black, washed with green on the sides. Ab-
domen, flanks, and undertail-coverts pale green, with a
grayish appearance, in consequence of the grayish base of
feathers. A tuft of white on each side of vent. Median rec-
trices shining green, lateral bluish-black on internal edges,
green on external for two-thirds of their length, then bluish-

black with gray tips. Wings purplish brown. Bill black.
Total length, 34in. Wing, 2. Tail, 14. Culmen, à.

Female.—Upperside bronzy-green. Underside ashy-gray,
washed with some few green feathers on flanks. Tail like
that of male with larger gray tips on lateral feathers.
Slightly smaller in size. |

This species was discovered by Delattre, near Jalapa,
Mexico, and dedicated by him, to his friend, Doctor Abeillé.

56 Genera of Humming Birds.

Some of my specimens [ collected in Mexico, others came
from Coban, Alta Vera-Paz,* Guatemala.

With Patagona gigas, they are the only two species without
crest or crown.

GENUS XXVIII. Chrysolampis, Boié. Isis, 1831, p. 546.
TYPE: 7. moschitus, Linné.

Bill straight, long as the head. Feathers of the forehead
projecting on the culmen and hinding the nostrils. Wings
long nearly reaching the end of tail. Tail rounded. Rec-
trices of even size. | Peet small Mars bare Head #throat
and upper part of breast brilliantly coloured. Sexes unlike.

Habitat. — Brazil, Trinidad, Venezuela, Columbia and
Guiana.

80. CHRYSOLAMPIS MOSCHITUS, Lo Syst. Nat 1766, velo 1
pe 102:
Trochilus carbunculus, Gmel. Syst. Nat., 1788, t. 1., p. 498.
Ornismya moschitus, Less, Ois. Mou., 1829, p. 166.
Mellisuga moschita, Steph. Shaw. Gen. Zool., vol. xiv.,
P: 253-
Chrysolampis gigliolr, Oustalet., le Naturaliste, 1885, p. 3.
Chrysolampis infumatus, Berl.
Chrysolampis moschitus Var.,Boucard. H. Bird. vol. 1., p. 26.
Ruby and Topaz, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 1v., p. 204.
Le Chysolampe Rubis-Topaze, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
1870 vol Wh (On 25,5.
Habitat.—Brazil, Trinidad, Venezuela, Guiana and Colum-

loner

Male—Head metallic ruby-red. Upperside bronzy-brown,
appearing black on sides of neck and upper part of back.
Chin, throat and upper part of breast metallic topaz. Abdomen
and flanks dark brown, nearly black round the breast. A line
of white feathers on sides of flanks, anda tuft of white feathers
on each side under the vent. Undertail-coverts rufous. Tail
rufous with brownish-black tips. Bull and feet black.

Total length, 34m Wings,-2,.) allie eae aliens.
Female.—Upperside golden green. Underside grayish-white,
washed with golden feathers on sides of breast and flanks.

Genera of Humming Brrds. 57

Median rectrices bronzy-green, lateral gray at base, then pur-
plish-brown with white tips. Bill and feet black.

This species is very abundant in Brazil, Trinidad, Guiana,
and Columbia.

Chrysolampis giglioli, Oustalet, was a made up bird
fabricated in Colombia with half a specimen of C. moschitus,
and the other half of -Vlorzsuga mellivora.

Chrysolampis infumatus, Berlepsch, can only be a dark
coloured bird of C. mochitus, and I don’t think it can stand
as a species.

GENUS XXIX. Eustephanus, Reich. Syst. Av. Nat,
1849, pl. 40.
Sephianoides, Less, Int. Gen. et Syn. Gen. Av., 1832, p. 20.
Sephanoides, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av., 1850, p. 82.
Thaumaste, Reich, Aufz. der Colib., 1853, p. 14.
Stokosvella, Reich, Bon. Ann. Sc. nat., 1854, p. 38.
TYPE: 7. galeritus, Molina.

Bull short, straight, rather stout, subcylindrical, pointed, shor-
ter than the head. Nostrils covered with feathers. Wings
long, nearly reaching the end of tail. Median rectrices short-
est, remainder very slightly and gradually longer. Tarsi
clothed. Sexes unlike.

Habitat—Chili and Islands of Juan Fernandez.

81. EUSTEPHANUS GALERITUS, Mol. Hist. Chili, p. 219.
Colstrrdu Chir, rad and Viel Oss Don 1; p))125.
Mellisuga kingt, Vig. Zool. Journ., vol. 11, p. 432.
Mellisuga galerita, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 113.
ee es sephanoides, Less and Garn. Voy. Coquille,
pla gi.
Ornysmia sephanoides, d’Orb. and Lafr. Syn. Av., t. 1, p. 20.
Trochilus ferficatus, Gould, Voy. Beagle. 1841, pl. i.,p. 110.
Sephanoides kingt, Gray, List Gen. Birds, p. 10.
Chilian Fire Crown, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. iv., p. 265.
Eustephane corffé, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876, t. i1.,
pera
Habitat.—Chili and Islands of Juan Fernandez.

58 Genera of Humming Brrds.

Male.—Head metallic fiery-red. Upperside dark bronzy-
green, appearing black on neck in certain hghts. Tail bronze-
green. Throat white, spotted with green. Tuft on thighs
white. Undertail-coverts pale bronze-green edged with buffy-
white. Wings purplish. Bill black.

Total length, 4gin. Wings, 2, Vail, 13. /Culmen, >:

Female.—Upperside bronze-green, passing to shining green
on uppertail-coverts. Four median rectrices bronze-green, the
two next with subterminal blackish bar and gray tips, outer-
most bronze-green at base passing to blackish on internal

web, and gray on external web, tips gray. Underside like the
male.

Total length, 47m. "Wines, aile C@ulmemes
I have alsoa young male of this species with metallic silvery-
green feathers on top of head.

My specimens of this species were collected near Valparaiso

by Mr. Reed.

82. EUSTEPHANUS BURTONI, Boucard, H. Bird, 1891, vol. 1.,
D 10!

Burton’s Golden Crown.
l’Eustephane de Burton.
Habitat —Chili.

Male.—Closely allied to the preceding species from which
it differs by the brilliant golden crown of the head, and the
dark shining green of the upperside, with bluish reflections.

Total -length,'4din. “Wing, 25 War Culmen =
Female.—Unknown.
Type unique in my collection.

83. EUSTEPHANUS FERNANDENSIS, King, Proceed, Com. and
Corr, Zool Soc, prMNpi80
Ornismya cinnamomea, Gerv. Mag. Zool., 1835, p. 43.
Ornismya robinson, Delatt & Less, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 18.
Trochilus stokest, King, Proceed. Com. and Corr. Zool. Soc.,
Pts 1:7 23,30:
Mellisuga fernandensis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol i., p. 113.
Mellisuga stokest, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. igapr PIs:

ye y à ? ° erro
Genera of Humming Brids. 59

Sephanoides fernandensis, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av. 1850,
MOIS D: (62:

Thaumaste stokesir, Reich, Aufz. der Colib, 1853, p. 14.

Eustephanes stokesii, Cab and Heine, Mus. Hein, 1860,
[Ee TNE o aay flac

Stoke’s Humming Bird, Gould, Mon. Troch, vol. iv., p. 266.

Cinnamon Fire Crown, Gould, Mon. Troch, vol. iv., p. 267.

l’Eustephane de Robinson, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
ttl, D: 240:
Habitat.—Island of Juan Fernandez.

Male.-—Top of head metallic fiery-red. Upper and under-
side including the tail, dark cinnamon-red. Vent buff.
Wings purple. Bill black.

Warallensthy sin) Wing; 43.) Paik 25, Culmen,, 3.

Female.—Top of head metallic bluish-green. Upperside
and wing-coverts shining bronze-green passing to green, with
bluish reflections on rump and uppertail-coverts, feathers of
rump edged with white. Median rectrices and outer webs of
lateral dark bronze-green with bluish reflections, inner webs
white, outermost nearly all white, excepting a narrow margin
and tip on outer web, bronze-green. Underside white, spotted
profusely on throat with shining green, and sparingly on sides

of breast, and flanks with minute greenish spots. Wings
purplish. Bull black.

Total length, 44in. Wing, 2%. Tail, 2. Culmen, 3.

This fine species was discovered in the island of Juan
Fernandez, by Captain King, who collected the two sexes.
For many years they were considered as two species, and the
female described by Capt. King under the name of Zrochdlus
stokest.

Mr. Bridges is the first one who mentioned to Parzudaki
that they were only sexes of one same species. This has been
confirmed afterwards by Mr. Landbeck, sub-Director of the
Museum of Santiago, and lately Mr. Reed, who collected and
dissected a fine series of this species on the Island of Juan
Fernandez, confirmed what was already accepted by all the
leading Ornithologists.

My specimens were collected by Mr. Reed.

60 Genera of Humming Birds.

84* EUSTEPHANUS LEYBOLDI, Gould, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
FOTO Ds 400:
Leybold’s Cinnamon Fire Crown, Gould.
l’Eustéphane de Leybold, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
Ibo Ung. [De 262.
Hlabitat.—Island of Mas-à-fuera.

Male.—Exactly like the preceding species, with the excep-

tion that the metallic fiery-red of the crown extends over the
occiput.

Total length, 54in.. Wing, 3,3. Tail, 22. Culmen, 3.

Female.—Similar to the female of Æ. fernandensis, but
differs chiefly in the tail feathers which have the basal portion
of the inner webs and all the outer webs green, having only
the apical part of the inner ones white. The spots on the
throat are bronzy and disposed in lines, and not generally
dispersed, as in the female of Æ. fernandensis. “ Elliot’s,
Syl hl Binds ap Onn.

I am in doubt about the validity of this species, which is
one of my desiderata.

GENUS XXX. Patagona, Gray, List. Gen. Birds, 1840,
Oka Teh,
Cynanthus, Less, Tabl. Esp. Ois. Mou., 1829, p. 12.
Hylocharis, Gray, Gen. Birds, 1848, Vol. 1, p. 114.
Hypermetra, Cab and Hein, Mus. Hein., 1860, t. ii, p. 80.

Type: 7. gigas, Vieillot.

Size very large. Bill stout, straight, longer than the head.
Feathers of the forehead projecting shghtly upon the culmen,
hiding the nostrils. Wings very long, reaching nearly the
end of tail. Tail long, forked, median rectrices broad, long,
and shortest, lateral and outermost ones slightly and gradually
longer. Feet large and/stout, tansi clothed toy thes ees:
Sexes alike.

Habitat.—Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chili.

85. PATAGONA GIGAS, Vieill, Gal. Ois., 1834, -t- 1, p. 200.
Cynanthus tristis, Less, Ois. Mou., 1829, p. 43.

Ornismya gigantea, d'Orb and Lafr. Syn. Av., 1838, p. 26.
Hylocharis gigas, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1, p. 114.

Genera of Humming Birds. 61

Hypermetra gigas, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein, 1860, t. i,
p. 80.

Giant Humming Bird, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, p. 232.

le Patagon géant, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876, t. ul,
ps 195;

Habitat. Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chili.

Male—Upperside pale greenish-bronze, greener on head.
Patch of white on rump. Uppertail coverts greenish-bronze,
margined with white. Tail brownish bronzy-green. Shafts
of outermost and two lateral next to it white, except at tips.
Outermost rectrice grayish-white with tips brownish-green.
A buff spot behind the eye. Throat and abdomen rusty red,
the feathers of the former with a blackish-brown spot in the
centre of each feather. Breast and flanks pale brown,
margined with rufous. Vent, tuft onside of flanks, and under-
tail coverts white. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.

Motallenethre zm) Wang seal aCulmens 17.

Female—Coloured like the male, but paler on underside,
and smaller.

iotalleneth 751m Wane. Tale Gunmen, 1.

I have in my collection what I consider as the type of
Melo hx. Coll Wkiecour. | My" othenispecimens, were
collected in Chili by Reed. I have also three specimens
collected by Whitely in Peru, and in Bolivia by Buckley.
They are different in their coloration.

The specimens from Peru have the upper part of the throat
black, margined with buff, and the lower part rusty red, all
the underside slaty-gray, with the abdomen buffy-white.

The specimen from Bolivia has the upperside more bronzy
with a rufous tinge on neck, the patch on rump buffy-white,
all the underside deep buff, and the wings shining purple with
bluish reflections, each feather, excepting the two longest
tipped white.

If they should prove distinct species, | propose the names of
Patagona peruviana and Patagona boliviana for them.

I have put this genus here considering that it 1s more
nearly related to Eustephanus than to any other genus.

62 Genera of Flumming Birds.

FAMILY IV. METALLURIDAE,
OR FAMILY OF THORN-BILLS.

Body moderate or large. Bill straight and slender,
moderate or very small as in the genera, Oxypogon and Ram-
phomicron. Feathers projecting on the culmen, especially so
in Oxypogon and Ramphomicron. Vhroat brilliantly coloured
in the males, excepting in the genus Avocettinus. In the
genera Chalcostigma, Eupogonus, and Oxypogon the brilliant
feathers of the throat are more or less elongated, reaching
about the middle of the breast. In the two last genera the
forehead is also ornamented with long feathers forming a
crest. KRectrices of tail broad, slightly or greatly forked, as in
the genus Ramphomicron, and generally brilliantly coloured.
Sexes unlike.

yen ra NOUS MC tro
GENUS XXXI. Oreonympha, Gould, P.Z.S., 1869, p. 295.
TYPE: O. nobilis, Gould.

Bill longer than the head, stout, and with a somewhat
downward curvature. Wings large and sickle-shaped. Tail
ample and forked. Tarsi clothed nearly to the toes, which
are of moderate size, the hinder toe and nail rather shorter
than the middle toe and nail ‘ Gould, l.c.”

avira IE,

86. OREONLYMPHA NOBILIS, Gould, P.Z.S., 1869, p. 295.

Bearded Mountaineer, Gould, Mon. Troch, Suppl. 1886,
p. 60.

L’Oréonymphe noble, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
LL oe aki

Habitat.—Peru.

Male.—Forehead and centre of crown black, remaining
portion of top of head dark blue. Cheeks and sides of throat
black. Throat metallic green succeeded by a tuft of lengthened
metallic reddish-purple feathers. Upper surface bronzy-brown.
Sides of neck and under surface grayish-white, mottled faintly
with brown on the abdomen and flanks. Undertail-coverts
bronzy-brown. Central rectrices bronze, lateral feathers white
at base, rest bronze; the external one all white, excepting a

streak of bronze at the tip of the inner web. Bill and feet
black.

Total length, -7in. “Wings, MEN RS elmer ar,

Genera of Humming Birds. 63

“Description given by Mr. Elliot, from a very fine male
collected at Huatocto (Peru), by H. Whitely.”

FEMALE? Centre of crown deep chestnut, rest greenish
blue. Sides of face and throat black. Centre of throat
metallic green, no pendent tuft. Underpart brownish white.
Rest of plumage like that of male.

This magnificent species was discovered by Mr. Henry
Whitely during his scientific expedition in Peru.

Head crested. Bill short, straight, and pointed, shorter
than the head. Face above and below the bill, ornamented
with lengthened feathers. Wings long, reaching nearly the
end of tail. Tail long, slightly forked when opened. Median
rectrices broad, shorter than the next one and rounded, lateral
gradually longer, the two outermost ones of the same length.
Feet large. Tarsi naked. Hind toe and nail longer than
middle toe and nail.

Habitat —Venezuela and Columbia.

87. OXYPOGON GUERINI, Boiss., Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 7.
Trochilus parvirostris, Fras., P.Z.S., 1849, p. 18.
Mellisuga guerint, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i., p. 112.
Guerin’s Helmet-crest, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, p. 182.
LOxypogon de Guérin, Muls., Hist. Nat., Ois. Mou., 1876,

EU. ecb 79:

Flabitat.—Columbia.

Male—Head and crest brownish-black with a central tuft
of buffy-white feathers, the two longest nearly reaching the
middle of the back. A wide band of buffy-white surrounds
the back of the throat and head. Rest of upperside and
wing-coverts bronzy-green, median rectrices bronzy-green,
with white shafts very apparent. This white shaft is con-
spicuous over all the rectrices, lateral white margined and
tipped with coppery-bronze. Centre of throat metallic green
encircled with a tuft of buffy-white feathers, the longest
of which reach the centre of breast. Sides of breast, abdomen

64 Genera of Humming Birds.

and flanks pale brown, washed with bronze feathers. Bill
black.

Total length, 45m. Wine 25

Taal, 22. -Culmen, 2.
Female.—Upperside bronzy-green. Tail like that of male ;
but rectrices narrower. Underside including urdertail-coverts
pale buff, nearly white, with dark bronzy feathers encircling
thie throaty (tte abdomen and flanks washed with bronze

feathers. Bill black.

Total length, 6 0 Wine ce Vail) 22. (Cnlmeni
This species was probably aigeomenedd by Boissoneau and

dedicated by him to Guérin de Méneville, the Editor of the
“Revue Zoologique,” afterwards called Dee et Magasin de
Zoologie,” and the author of many other well-known screamin
wots:

88. OXYPOGON STUEBELI, Meg. Madar. Zeitschr ges Ornit,
1864, VOl. isp. .204e

Stuebel’s Helmet Crest, Gould, Mon. Troch, Suppl., 1886,
P- 59:

LOxypogon de Stuebel.

Habitat.—Volcano of Tolima, Columbia.

Female.—Upper surface bronzy-brown. Neck, sides of
neck, entire under surface and undertail-coverts brownish
cream-colour. Wings, especially towards their distal end,
with a vivid purple tinge. The two middle tail feathers, as
well as the upper tail-coverts more or less coppery-red, each
one with a broad cream coloured shaft stripe which does
not reach to the distal end, the latter being lighter. The
outermost tail feather cream-coloured, except a coppery
patch along the inner web, leaving the terminal spot free.
This marking of the tail is the best specific character. Bill
black, very ‘landes and hardly larger than that of Ramphomt-
cron microrhynchus.

Total length, 3in. Wing, 248. Middle tail feathers, 1.65,
the penultimate and longest, 1.9. “‘ Mey, loc cit.”

It was dedicated to Doctor Alphons Stüebel, of Dresden,
said to be the first collector in that part of the globe.

. This seems to me to be the female of Oxypogon guerint.
Edit

Genera of Humming Birds. 65

89. OXYPOGON CYANOLAEMLUS, Salv. and Godm., Ibis., 1880,
aay:
Blue-throated Helmet-crest, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl,
1886, p. 58.
l'Oxypogon à gorge bleue.
Habitat.—Sierra Nevada, Santa Marta (Columbia).

Male—tThis species is closely allied to ©. guerinr. The
principal differences are the throat, including its elongated
feathers, which are metallic purplish blue, with base of feathers
of chin white, followed by a metallic rubi spot, and the
outermost rectrices entirely white with bronzy tips. Bill and
feet black.
= Votallenpth, ain. Wing, 27: . Tail, 22... Culmen, 3.

Female.—Like the male, but without the crest and the
ornamental feathers of enr

It is a very rare species in the collections. It was discovered
by the traveller-naturalist, Mr. Simons, in Sierra Nevada of
Santa Marta (Columbia).

90. OXYPOGON LINDENI, Parz., Rev. Zool., 1845, p: 253.
Mellisuga lindeni, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 113.
Linden’s Helmet-crest, Gould, Mon. Troch, vol. 11., p. 183.

a de Linden, Muls. Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
CAN PEO 2:

Poe

Male—Centre of forehead, head and crest velvety black,
with two narrow lines of white feathers starting from the bill
and uniting quickly with the elongated white feathers of crest.
Upperside bronze-green. Chin white, with black spots on
the central feathers, and a lengthened tuft of white feathers
reaching the lower part of breast. The black part surrounding
the chin is encircled by a band of white. All the underside
pale bronzy-brown. Anal region and upper part of under-
tail coverts bluish-white, remainder of undertail coverts bronzy,
edged with white. Median rectrices bronzy-green, lateral
coppery-bronze. Shafts of rectrices white for nearly their
entire length. Wings purplish-brown. Bill and feet black.

Total jennie Afin. Wing, 3 Tail, 22. . Culmen,.2.

Female—vUpperside bronzy-brown. Underside mottled

with white and coppery brown. Flanks coppery brown with
a green lustre.

66 Genera of Humming Birds.

It is still a rare species in the collections. It was discovered
in 1842, in the Sierra Nevada of Merida (Venezuela), by Mr.
Linden, to whom it was dedicated by Parzudaki.

GENUS XXXIII. Eupogonus, Muls and Verr., Class.
roche IOS Os 98:
TYPE: 7. herranz, Delattre and Bourcier.

Bill short, straight, slightly curved at tip. Nostrils hidden
by the feathers on forehead. Wings long, not reaching the
end of tail. Tail shghtly forked. Median rectrices wide,
shorter than the three next ones. Outermost ones shorter,
but longer than the median, all of them, excepting the two
median, largely tipped with white. Tarsi clothed. Sexes
unlike.

Habitat.—Ecuador and Columbia.

91. EUPOGONUS HERRANI, Delattre and Bourc, Rev: Zool.,
1210, je BOO).
Calothorax herrant, Bon. Consp., Gen. Av., 1852, vol. 1.,
p. 85.
Ramphomicron herrant, Gould, Mon. Troch, vol. 111, p. 187-
Chalcostigma herrant, Reich, Aufz. der Col., 1853, p. 12.
Lampropogon herrant, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1856,
De 25
Herran’s Thorn-bill, Gould, Mon. Troch, vol. ui., p 187.
Le Ramphomicron ad’ Herran, Muls., His. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
170 ab. Ws ES;
. Habttat—Ecuador and Columbia.

Male.—Forehead and centre of the crown chestnut-red, paler
on the long feathers of the crown. Sides of chin, crown and
ear-coverts dark bronzy-green, appearing black in certain
lights. A small white spot behind the eye. Rest of upper-
side shining bronzy-green, becoming red on lower part of
back. Upper tail-coverts shining purplish-red. Median
rectrices purplish-blue, with a reddish tinge at tips, lateral
purplish-blue, largely tipped with white. Chin metallic green,
beneath which are elongated feathers forming a narrow band
extending to the middle of breast, metallic rubi. Rest of

Genera of Humming Birds. 67

underside dark bronzy-green, washed with gray-buff. Anal
region white. Undertail-coverts bronzy in centre and margined |
with gray. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.

Total length, 48in. Wing, 2g. Tail, 24. Culmen, 3:

Female.—Forehead chestnut-red. Rest of upperside like
the male. Underside like the male, ‘excepting the throat,
which is buffy-brown with greenish bronzy spots.

Total length, 42in. Wing, 2. Tail, 24. Culmen, 3.

This fine species was discovered, the male in Ecuador, by
Mr. Bourcier, the female at Pasto, Columbia, by Delattre.

I have several specimens collected in Ecuador by Buckley.

It was dedicated to General Herran, who was then President
of the Republic of Colombia.

GENUS XXXIV. Lampropogon, Bon. Rev. and Mag.
Zool., 1854, p. 252.
EUPOGONUS, Muls. and Verr., Class. Troch., 1865, p. 73.

TYPE: Lampropogon ruficeps, Bonaparte.

Bill short, acutely pointed, nostrils hidden, Wings long, ©
reaching the end of tail. Tail forked, median rectrices
shortest, lateral and outermost ones gradually longer, all of
them uniform in colouration. Tarsi clothed. Sexes unlike.

Habitat.—Bolivia.

92. LAMPROPOGON RUFICEPS, Gould, P.Z.S., 1846, p. 89:
Mellisuga ruficeps, Gray, Gen. Birds, 1844, vol. 1, p. 112.
Ramphomicron ruficeps, Bon. Consp. Gen, Av., 1850, vol. 1.

P- 79.

Lampropogon ruficeps, Bon. Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854,

pee 252!

Red-capped Thorn-bill, Gould, Mon. Troch, vol. i., p. 188.
Le Ramphomicron à téte rousse, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,

PR FOr ks NDS speek ZE
Habitat.—Peru and Bolivia.

Male.—F¥orehead chestnut red. Upperside bronzy-green.

Tail bronze. Centre of throat metallic green, terminating
with some elongated feathers metallic golden. Sides of throat

68 Genera of Hlumming Brrds.

dark brownish bronze. Breast, buff, with a bronzy tinge.
Abdomen and flanks dark buffy-bronze washed: with bronzy
feathers. Undertail coverts pale buff. Bull black.

dotal length, Sn Wine, 2 Tali Culmen
female.—Upperside bronzy-green. Underside pale buff,

washed with greenish-bronzy feathers. Outermost rectrices
tipped pale buff. Bill black.

& 2: . . 3 1
Total length, 321m, Mine daily 125 “Culmien; >.

I have several specimens of this rare species collected in

Bolivia, 1876, by Buckley.

GENUS XXXV. Chalcostigma, Reich. Aufz der Col. 1853,

Des:
LAMPROPOGON, Bon. Rev. and Mag. Zool. 1854, p. 252.

Bill very small, straight, shorter than the head. Feathers
of lower part of throat lengthened, and brilliantly coloured.
Wings long, ample, not reaching the end of tail. Tail deeply
forked when opened. Rectrices broad, median smaller than
the rest, next one longer and gradually so, with the others,
outermost ones the longest. Sexes unlike.

Habttat—Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

CHALCOSTIGMA HETEROPOGON, Boiss. Rev. Zool., 1839, p.
SSD:
Trochilus coruscus, Fras. P:Z.S.; 1840, p.15:
Mellisuga heteropogon, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 112.
Ramphomicron heteropogon, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., 1850,
MO DO:
Lampropogon heteropogon, Bon. Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854,
Ge252
~ Columbian Thorn-bill, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. u1., p. 184.
Le Ramphomicron à quene bronzée, Muls. Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mon, 1870; ep aOc
Habitat.—Columbia.

Male.—Head shining green. Upperside greenish-bronze.
Uppertail coverts reddish bronze. Tail shining bronze. Throat

Genera of Humming Brids. 69

metallic golden-green, followed by a long narrow tult of
metallic rose-llac. Rest of underside buffy bronze-green.
Undertail-coverts buff with bronze in the centre of feathers.
Wings purplish-brown. Ball black.

Total length, 4$in. Wing, 26. Tail, 25. Culmen, à.
ie) se 5 8 8 3)

Female.—Upperside bronze, reddish on forehead, lower
part of rump, and uppertail-coverts. Underside uniform
grayish-bronze, with the lower part of abdomen and under-
tail-coverts buff. Tail bronze. Maxilla black. Mandible
flesh colour at base, rest black.

Petal length, shins Wing, 2. Tail, 2.” Culmen, 4.
This species was probably discovered by Mr. Boissoneau.

~o45 CHALCOSHGMA (OLIVACEA, -duawr:,.Ann, N:Y.;, Lyc.,
Nat. Hist., 1867, p> 44.
Olivaceous Thorn-bill, Gould., Mon. Troch., Suppl., 1886,
p02:
Le Ramphomicron d'un pale olivatre, Muls., Hist. Nat,
Ois. Mou., 1876, t. i11., p. 170.
Ffabitat.—Peru and Bolivia.

Male.—Upper surface and tail dull olive-green. Wings light
purplish-brown. Chin and upper part of throat metallic green,
ending in a bunch of elongated feathers, metallic crimson,
terminating in violet-purple. Undersurface brownish olive.
Vent grayish-white. Undertail-coverts olive-green, the feathers
margined with pale rufous. Bill and feet black.

Total length, 5¢1n. Wing, 3%. Tail, 2§. Culmen, {5.

There does not seem to be any difference in the plumage of
pie sexes: --“ Rihot; loc. cit:?

Surely the plumage of the female must be without any of
the metallic feathers on the throat. ‘Editor.

95. CHALCOSTIGMA STANLEYI, Bourc and Muls., Ann. Soc.
Agri., Lyon., 1850, p. 199.
Ramphomicron stanleyt, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. i,
p- 185.
Ramphomicron vulcani, Gould, Jard., Cont. Ornith., 1852,
p- 135.

70 Genera of Humming Birds.

Lampropogon stanleyr, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854,
Dp. 253. ;

Stanley’s Thorn-bill, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, p. 185.

Southern Thorn-bill, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. iu, p. 186.

Le Ramphomicron de Stanley, Muls., Hist. Nat., Ois. Mou.,
£O7O) CNIL ps MO

Habitat.—Ecuador, Peru.

MWMale.—Top of head dark greenish-bronze. Upperside
violet-blue. | Uppertail-coverts dark shining bronzy-bluish-
green. ‘Tail shining bluish-green. Centre of throat metallic
green, followed by a narrow band of bright amethyst feathers.
Sides of throat brownish black. Underside sooty brown with
bronzy reflections. Undertail-coverts dark violet, margined
with brownish gray. Wings brown. Bill black.

Total length, 4gin. Wing, 28. Tail, 24. Culmen, 55.

Female.—Upperside pale violet-blue, with all the head and
upperwing coverts pale bronze-green. Underside sooty brown
with a greenish-bronze tinge. Tail shining bluish-green, but
not so brilliant as in male. Outermost rectrices margined
externally with grayish brown.

Total length, gin... Wing, 2g. Tail, 23. Culmen.
GENUS XXXVI. Metallura, Gould, P.Z.S., 1867, p. 94.
UROLAMPRA, Cab. and Heine, Mus. Heine, 1860, t. 111., p. 68.
LAVANIA, Muls., Cat. Ois. Mou., 1875, p. 24.
LAVINIA, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1877, t. 11., p. 106.
TYPES 0 ace lichtenstens

Bill straight, acutely pointed, rather short. Tail long,
slightly forked, rectrices wide, brilliantly coloured. Wings
long, reaching the end of tail. Feet large. Tarsi bare. Hind
toe longer than middle toe. Sexes unlike.

Habitat.—Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia.

96. METALLURA OPACA, Licht., Tsch. Consp., p. 38.
Trochilus cupreicauda, Gould, P.Z.S., 1846, p. 87.
Mellisuga cupretcauda, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 113.

Aglaeactis cupretcauda, Bon. Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854,
P- 253:

Genera of Humming Birds. 71

Coppery tail, Gould, Mon. Troch, vol. ï1., p. 191.

La Metallure à queue cuivreuse, Muls., Hist. Nat. Oils.
Mon: 928.76) ti app. TITI.

Habitat.—Peru and Bolivia.

Male.—Upperside purplish black, with metallic reflections
in certain lights. Tail above shining-bronze with metallic
reddish purple reflections, beneath fiery-red in certain lights.
Throat spotted with a long narrow band, metallic green. All
the rest of underside, purplish-black. Wings bronzy-brown.

Bill black.
Rorllenath~ in Wing, 2 Tail 23. ; Culmen, ¢.

Female—Unknown.

*g7.. METALLURA JELSKYI, Cab. Journ. fur Ornith., 1874, p. 99.
Metallura cupretcauda, Yacz. P.Z.S., 1874, p. 544.
Felsky’s Copper Tail, Gould, Mon. Troch. Suppl., 1886,

p- 63.

La Métallure de Felsky.
Hlabitat—Peru.

Wale.—Entire plumage black, of a dull silky texture, pre-
senting under certain lights, when viewed from behind, a
slight lustre of bluish or reddish-violet, according to the light.
Tail-coverts brownish-black, glossed with bronzy or reddish-
copper. Fore part of the throat ornamented with scaley
feathers of a dark and brilliant emerald-green. Anal region
downy and white. Undertail coverts bronzy, with a violet
reflection and bordered with pale reddish. Wing-coverts dull
coppery-bronze, taking under certain lights a lustre of reddish-
violet, similar to that of the general plumage. Quills brown,
glossed with bronzy-olive and violet in their terminal parts.
Tail slightly emarginate, the tail feathers broad, the middle
ones slightly rounded, the others rather pointed at the ex-
tremity, of a dark coppery-bronze, taking a lustre of more
reddish or violet, according to the direction of the light, and
changing to a fine brilliant greenish-blue; lower part of the
tail coppery-red or violet, more brilliant than the upper
surface. Bull straight, black; much longer than the head; a
little less than half the body. Feet black, with the tarsus
entirely bare.

Female.—Above dusky-black; brownish below, with the

same violet lustre as the male. Forehead pale brownish-gray,

72 Genera of Humming Brrds.

gradually passing into a darker shade on the hind neck.
Feathers of the breast and abdomen narrowly fringed with
buff, more distinctly in the middle of the belly. Tail-coverts
dull bronze. Fore neck ornamented with scaley feathers of a
blue colour, broadly edged with violet, the lustre less strongly
developed than in the male. Tail not so long, somewhat
truncated, similar in colour to the male, but less red and more
coppery, with the greenish-blue less brilliant.

This rare species was discovered in Peru by Mr. Jelski,
the celebrated Peruvian explorer, and it was dedicated to him
by Mr. Cabanis.

By the description and Mulsant’s plate, it looks as if it was
WH OBaCi., ° iyelirs”

#98. METALLURA CHLOROPOGON, Cab. and Hein., Mus.
Ieee ail). Lau à Os,
White vented Copper Tail, Gould, Mon. Troch, Suppl.

LOCO.) Palo:
La Metallure a ventre blanc.
D hi

Mas—Purpureo-fuscescens nitore quodam metallico vires-
centi, vertice humeris uropygioque valde, imprimis antem
macula gulari splendidissime virescente- fulgentibus ; alis
purpureo- ‘tuscis, rectricibus latissimis pulchre purpureo-re-
splendentibus, crisso albido, tectricibus caudac inferioribus

virescenti-nitentibus, margine lutescenti. ‘Cab. l.c.”
By the description it looks as a very allied species to
M. opaca, if it is not the same. ‘‘ Edit.”

*99. METALLURA EUPOGON, Cab” Journ. tun) Ornith se
pi 07:

Metallura hedwigae, Tacz., P.ZS., 1874, p. 544.

Red throated Copper Tail, Gould, Mon. Troch, Suppl.,
1886, p. 64.

La Métallure a gorge rouge.

Fabriar men

Male.—General plumage bronzy-green. Line down the
centre of the throat metallic fiery-red. Tuft of white feathers
below the thighs. Wings purple-brown. Tail bronze with
blue reflections, beneath luminous grass-green. Bill and feet

black.

s : fen
Genera of Humming Birds. 7%

Total length, 32in. Wing, 24. Tail, 2. Culmen, 3.
SS ENot,, loc. Cr.
Female unknown.

This rare species was discovered by Mr. Jelsky.

100. METALLURA SMARAGDINICOLLIS, D’Orb. and Lafr.,
BVH. AV, 1090, 11, pPr31-
Mellisuga smaragdinicollis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol 1. p. 112
Urolampra smaragdinicollis, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein.,
1600, £: I, <p. 00:
Violet Tazl, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 111., p. 196.

La Métallure a gorge a’ émerande, vie Hist., Nat. Ois.
Mow. 1876,'t) in.,p: 120.

Habitat.—Bolivia, Columbia ?

Male—Upperside shining dark bronzy-green. ‘Tail purple
bronze, with shining dark blue reflections in certain lights,
beneath reddish purple. Throat luminous dark grass-green.
Rest of underside bronzy-green washed with pale buff on
breast and niuddle of abdomen. Undertail coverts brownish
bronze edged with pale buff. Bill black.

Totallength, 321m.) Wing, 25, Tailvrd:,-"Culmen,.2.

Female.—Upperside bronze-green. Underside buff, glossed
with green on flanks. Throat and breast spotted with bronzy-
green. Anal region white. Undertail coverts, buff, with
bronzy green in centre. The two outermost rectrices of tail
tipped with gray.

This rare species was discovered by D’Orbigny. My
specimens were collected in Bolivia by Buckley.

101. METALLURA PERUVIANA. Boucard}-H--Bird., 1893,
vol. De 0:
Peruvian Violet Tazz.
La Métallure Péruvienne.
Habitat. Peru.
Male—Upperside bronzy-green. Median rectrices dark
greenish bronze, with bluish purple reflections in certain lights,

beneath shining bluish-purple, with reddish-purple reflections.
Throat luminous grass-green. Sides of neck and breast

74 Genera of Humming Brrds.

golden-green. Abdomen and flanks bronze-green. Anal
region white. Undertail-coverts bronze-green, margined with
pale buff. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.

lLotMeneth, esi. ine Mr Cullen, 5

Female.—Upperside bronzy-green. Tail like that of male
with the two outermost rectrices tipped grayish-white. Under-
side pale buff, whiter on abdomen and flanks, minutely spotted
with golden-green on throat and breast, and bronze-green on
flanks and abdomen. Anal region white. Wings purplish-
brown. Maxilla black. Mandible flesh colour at base, the
rest black. Same size as male.

This new species was discovered in Peru, 1873, by Mr. H.
Whitely. It is closely allied to A7. smaragdinicollis, but is
a much larger bird. Besides the size, the principal differences
consist in the greenish colour of the tail above, and the more
golden tinge of the underside.

Types in Boucard’s Museum.

ro2. METALLURA TVRIANTHINA® WoddiiPrZ5 ee 2 ap mor
Ornismya allardi, Bourc, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 294.
Ornismya paulinae, Boiss, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 354.
Mellisuga tyrianthina, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1, p. 112.
T'rochilus allardi, Jard., Contr., Ornith., 1850, pp. 81-82.
Urolampra tyrianthina, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein., 1866,
(Es TH POS.
Tyran Lav, Gould, Mon. Vroch> ol iin pegs:
La Métallure d’ Allard, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
Wo Why Os T7
Habitat.—Columbia, Venezuela.

Male.—Upperside bronzy-green in some specimens, in
others golden-green. A small white spot behind the eye.
Tail metallic purple-bronze, brighter above than beneath.
Throat luminous grass-green. Underside bronzy-green in
some specimens, golden-green in others. Buffy on breast.
Undertaif coverts, bronzy-green margined with buff.

Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.

Total length, fin Wine 27.8 “Vail fig) Cum

Female.—Upperside bronzy-green. Underside rufous
marked with bronze feathers on sides of breast, abdomen and

Genera of Itumming Brrds. 75

flanks. Tail above bronzy-purple, beneath reddish-purple,
outermost rectrices tipped with buffy-white.

It is a common species.

I have one male specimen, grayish-brown all over, darker
on forehead and on tail, with the throat dark metallic blue.
If it should prove a distinct species, | propose the name of
Metallura griseo-cyanea for it.

103. METALLURA QUITENSIS, Gould, Int. Troch., 1861, p. 112.

Quito Tyrian Tail.

La Métallure de Quito, Muls. Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
beet. . LL0:

Habitat Ecuador.

I am not of the same opinion as Mr. Elliot about this
species. It is closely allied to 7. tyrzanthina, but is a much
larger bird. The principal differences consist in the upper-
side, which is more golden, the green of the throat not so
dark, the general colour of the underside more buffy-golden,
and the colour of tail, which is bronze, with purplish reflections.

Petal length, gin Wing, 25 Vail, rie°Culmen, 4.

Female.—Upperside golden-green, shining green on fore-
head. Underside rufous on throat and breast, with small
bronze spots on throat. Whitish on abdomen, washed with
golden-green. Outermost rectrices with large grayish spots
at tips.

104. METALLURA AENEICAUDA, Gould, P:Z.S., 1846, p. 87.
Mellisuga aeneicauda, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 113.
Aglaeactis aeneicauda, Bon. Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854,

p. 253.

Urolampra aenetcauda, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein., 1860,

Paces PO:

Brassy Tail, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11., p. 192.
La Métallure à queue d’atrain, Muls. Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,

EEO ue lil. pel 2
Habitat.—Peru and Bolivia.

Male—Upperside bronzy-green. Tail metallic bronze
above, changing to blue in certain lights, beneath luminous:

76 Genera of Humming Brrds.

golden bronze, with reddish-purple reflections on margins.
Throat luminous metallic green. Underside bronzy-green
marked with buffy-brown. Undertail-coverts pale bronze-
green, tipped with rufous. Anal region white. Wings purple
brown. Bill black.
Total length, 4 in Wing, 22... Tail, 2, [Culmen =

Female.—Upperside bronzy-green. Tail metallic bese
changing to blue. Underside buffy -brown, each feather tipped
bronzy-green. Undertail coverts rufous. Lateral and outer-
most feathers of tail shghtly tipped with gray. Bill black.
Same size as male.

This is a very rare species. My specimens were collected
in Bolivia, by Buckley. Bridges is the discoverer of the
species.

To show how specimens of one species differ, | give below
the description of one of my male specimens :—Upperside
bronzy-green. Tail purplish- bronze, changing into blue in
certain hghts. Throat luminous metallic gold. Tail beneath,
luminous purple-bronze, distinct enough to make a new species
with it; but it is not so.

*105. METALLURA PRIMOLINA, Bourc., Rev., and Mag.

Zool., 1853, p. 295. |
a primolina, ca and Hein., Mus. Hein., 1860,
yDuOG:

nine Primola, Gould, nt Tr ochs 60m, pi.

Primoli’s Humming Bird, Gould, Mon. Troch, vol. ui., p.
104.

Le Métallure de Primoli, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
TOTONEMIS DUO

Flabttat.— Ecuador.

Male.—Upper surface dark bronzy-green. Tail luminous
bronzy-green, edged with coppery-green on the upper surface.
Underside bronzy-green, darker on flanks. Throat luminous
green, with base of feathers rufous. Undertail coverts bronzy-
green edged with rufous. Anal region pure white. Wings
purplish-brown. Bill and feet black.

Total length, 3%. Wing 2. Tail, 15. Culmen, >.
Female (?)—Upper surface bronzy-green. The under
surface has the base of the feathers rufous-white, darkest on the

throat and abdomen with bronzy-green tips. Wings purplish-

Genera of Humming Birds. 77

brown. Tail luminous bronzy-green changing to purple in
certain lights, on the upper surface, and metallic luminous
grass-oreen on the under surface, the three outermost feathers
tipped with brownish-gray. Bull and feet black.

Total length, 3-in. Wing, 25. Tail, 13. Culmen, 7%.
From Bourcier’s Collection: ‘Elliot, loc: cit.”

This rare species which seems to be very closely allied to
M. æneicauda was discovered in Ecuador, by Mr. Osculati,
and was dedicated by Bourcier to Count Primoli, grandson of
Prince Canino.

*106. METALLURA WILLIAMI, Bourc and Delatt., Rev. Zool.,
1866, p. 308.

Mellisuga Williami, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1, p. 112.

Urolampra Williamt, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein., t. 11,
pe Go.

Purple Tail, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. ii1., p. 193.

La Métallure de William, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
Ro te Hl, Di 115.

Habitat.—Columbia.

Male.—Upper surface dark bronzy-green. Throat and
upper part of breast luminous grass-green. Under surface
bronzy-green, the base of the feathers buff. Wings purplish-
brown. Tail dark green above, with bright purple reflections
in certain lights, beneath luminous violet with green reflections.
Bill and feet black.

Total length, 3%in. Wing, 27. Tail, 15 Culmen, à.

Type in Elliot’s Collection ? ‘Elliot, loc. cit.”

GENUS XXXVII. Avocettinus, Bon, Rev. and Mag.
LOO ESSA, LD: 250:

Oprsthoprora, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein, 1860, t. ii,

Dai:
TYPE: 7.-eurypterus, Loddiges.

Bill shorter than the head, maxilla straight until just at the
tip, when it turns slightly upwards, mandible straight up to
the middle, then turning sharply upwards. Wings long.
Tail long, slightly forked, rectrices wide. Feet strong, hind
toe of same length as middle toe and nail. Sexes alike.

Habitat.—Columbia.

78 Genera of Humming Birds.

107... AVOCERTINUS EURYPIERUS, old ie Zion 632) DE
Trochilus veorginae, Bourc’, P-Z.5., 1847, p. Ad.
Polytmus eurypterus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 109.
Avocettula eurypterus, Reich, Aufz. der Col:, 1853, p. 6.

Delattria georgina, Bon. Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854,
p. 250.

Opisthoprora eurypterus, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein.,
1800, AND sO

Purple tailed Avocet, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 111., p. 200.

L’Avocettin euryptére, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
Peli, Pp 205;

Habitat.—Columbia.

Male—Head bronze, rest of upperside bronzy-green.
Median rectrices bronze, lateral bronzy-black with a green
gloss, outermost tipped with buffy-white. Throat, breast, and
centre of abdomen grayish-white, each feather tipped with
green. Sides of neck, breast, abdomen, and flanks, shining
green with rufous tinge. Lower part of abdomen, and
undertail-coverts rufous, slightly tinged with green. Wings
purplish-brown. Bill and feet black.

Fotalleneth am Wine 24.) ae Culmenrs.

Female (?).—Seems to-be coloured’exactly as the male,
with outermost rectrices tipped white.

It is still a rare species in the collections. The type, which
I believe is still in the Loddiges collection, was sent from
Popayan.

GENUS XXXVIH. Adelomyia, Bonaparte. Rev.and Mag.,
Zool:, 1854), p25 3%
ADELISCA, Cab. and Heine., Mus. Hein., 1860, t un, pr 72:
TYPE: 7. melanogenys, Fraser.
Bill straight, about equal to the length of the head. Tail
slightly rounded. Middle rectrices about the same length as

the lateral, outermost shortest. Wings long, primaries slightly
curved inward near the tips. Tarsi naked. Sexes alike.

Flabitat.—Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

Genera of Tlumming Birds. 79

108. ADELOMYIA MELANOGENYS, Fras., P:Z.S., 1840, p. 18.

Trochilus sabinæ, Bourc. and Muls., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon,
1040, Pp: 323:

Mellisuga sabinæ, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 112.

Ramphomicron sabinæ, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av., 1850, p. 79.

Metallura sabinæ, Reich., Aufz. der Col., 1853, p. 8.

Adelisca melanogenys, Cab. and Heine., Mus. Hein., 1860,
Cl 0: 72:

Adelomyia maculata, Gould, Mon. Troch., p. 190.

Adelomyia cervina, Gould, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1872,
P- 453:

Adelomyia aeneosticta, Simon, Soc. Zool. de France, 1889,
pa 22e.

Spotted Adelomyia, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. u1., p. 198, 199.

L’Adélomye de Sabine, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
AU ps, 13a.

Habitat.—Venezuela, Columbia, and Ecuador.

Male—vUpperside golden-green. Median rectrices bronzy-
brown, lateral of same colour with the basal half of inner webs
and tips buffy white. Some specimens have a purple gloss
near the tips of lateral rectrices, just below the buffy tips. A
white line behind the eye. Ear-coverts brownish-black.
Underside pale buff, marked with bronzy spots on neck and
breast, and shining golden feathers on sides of breast and
flanks. Undertail-coverts pale buff, with a bronzy spot in the
centre. Wings purplish-brown. Ball black.

Ponllenath, eine" ar NT) er Culmen, 3:

Female—Exactly the same, with the rectrices slightly
rounded, and the underside of a paler buffy-white.

It is a common species, with a wide range. I have not
been able to see any difference between my specimens from
Venezuela, Columbia, and Ecuador, and I think that the names
of A. maculata and A. cervina, Gould, cannot be retained as
distinct species. It is quite probable that what Gould described
as A. cervina were very adult males of A. melanogenys. |
have several specimens, received from Columbia, which
correspond exactly to that description.

80 Genera of Humming Birds.

I have also one specimen with the upperside pale slaty-
gray. Tail and wing brownish-gray. All the rectrices,
excepting the median, tipped with buffy-white. Underside
whitish-gray, spotted with small brown spots on throat and
flanks. If it should prove a distinct species, | propose ve
name of Adelomya simplex for it.

109. ADELOMYIA INORNATA, Gould, P.Z.S , 1846, p. 89.
Mellisuga tnornata, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1, p. 112.
Ramphomicron tnornatus, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av., 1850,

WO, Day (Ds Oe
Metallura inornata, Reich., Aufz. der Col., 1853, p. 8.
Adelisca tnornata, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein., 1860, t. i11.,

Dee
Purple-throated Adelomya, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. iu.,

Pp: 197.

L’Adélomye sans parure, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,

65 ley (Ds AI).

Flabttat.—Peru and Bolivia.

Male.——Upperside shining golden-green. Tail bronzy-
brown, with purplish reflections on lateral feathers, which are
widely tipped with buff. A buffy-white stripe behind the eye.
Ear-coverts blackish-brown. Underside brown, gradually
passing to rufous on lower part of abdomen and flanks, and
spotted with bronzy feathers. Centre of throat metallic blue.
Wings purple-brown. Bill black.

Total length, 32in: Wing; 20 Vail, 13°. Gulmeny5-

Female.—Exactly like the male, without any blue on the
throat.

It is a rare species. I think it was discovered by Bridges
in Bolivia. My specimens were collected in Bolivia, by

Buckley.

#110. ADELOMYIA CHLOROSPILA, Gould, Ann. and Mag. Nat.
ENS 872 eon
Green-spangled Humming-btrd, Gould, Mon. Troch.,
Suppl., 1886, p. 66.
L’Adélomye mouchetée de vert, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
1870, Cuire O,
Flabitat.—Peru.

Genera of Humming Birds. 81

Male.—Exactly like the preceding species, excepting the
green spots on the throat, which, however, are very small and
indistinct. Posszbly the same species — Editor.”

GENUS XXXIX>” Urosticte, Gould, Int. Troch., p. 110.
TYPE: 7. benjaminz, Bourcier.

Bill slender, straight, longer than the head. Nostrils ex-
posed. Wings moderate, pointed, reaching the end of tail.
Tail slightly forked. Rectrices narrow, median shortest,
next one slightly longer, the remaining three slightly longer,
and of same length. Hind toe shorter than the middle one.
Sexes unlike.

Habitat.—Ecuador.

111. UROSTICTE BENJAMINI, Bour., Compt. Rend., 1851,
vol. xxvii, p. 187.
Urosticte benjamint, Reich., Aufz. der Colib., 1853, p. 13.
Basilinna benjamini, Reich., Troch., Enum., 1855, p. 11.
White tip, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 111., p. 190.
L’Urosticte de Benjamin, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
CHI p. 1O2-
Habitat— Ecuador.

Male.—Upperside shining green. Four median rectrices
purplish bronze, extensively tipped with white, and purplish-
bronze at point, lateral, bronze at base of outer webs, rest
purplish-bronze, darker at tips. A spot behind the eye white.
Throat luminous metallic emerald-green, beneath which is a
broad central spot of dark shining violet. Breast, abdomen,
and undertail-coverts white, mingled with green. Flanks

shining green. Wings purplish. Bill black.

Total length, 33in. Wing, 2. Tail, 13. Culmen, $.

Female. — Upperside golden-green. Uppertail-coverts
shining green. Four median rectrices bronzy-green, coppery
at tips, lateral purplish-bronze with white tips. White spot
behind the eye. Underside white spangled with green,
brilliantly and more profusely spotted on throat. Wings.
purplish. Bill black.

Total length, 33in. Wing, 2. Tail, 13. Culmen, &.

This species was discovered in Ecuador by Bourcier, and
was dedicated by him to Mr. Benjamin Leadbeater.

My specimens were collected in Ecuador by Buckley.

82 Genera of Humming Birds.

*112. UROSTICTE INTERMEDIA, Dacz., F2Z.S5:,11882, 98 go:
Peruvian White-tip, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl., 1886,
Pp. 34:

L’Urosticte intermédiaire.
Habitat.—Peru.

Male—Upperside shining golden-green. Tail deeply
forked. Median rectrices green at base, then dark coppery-
red with large white tips, with a small brown spot at the
extremity, lateral and outermost green at base, passing to
dark coppery-red, with white tips on lateral. Chin and throat
brilliant metallic green, followed by a jugular spot dark violet.
Breast and abdomen green, the central feathers margined
with grayish-white. Undertail-coverts rufous and green.
Vent white. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.

Total length, 118 mil Wine SSL 30: Culmen, 22

Female.—Upperside green, less golden than the male.
Underside white spotted with green, more minutely on throat
and breast, and more brilhantly than on the abdomen.
Undertail-coverts rufous-white. Tail less forked than the
male, median rectrices green, lateral and outermost ones green,
passing to coppery, with large white tips. This rare species
takes its place between U. benjamint and U. ruficrissa.

#113,.: UROSTICTE RUFICRISSA, Paie Ann Bye Nat anita

N.Y., 1864, vol. vill., p. 44.

Red-vented White-tip, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl., 1886,
P: 33-

L’Urosticte à sous caudales rousses, Muls., Hist. Nat., Ois.
Mou., 1876, vol. i1., p. 104.

Habitat.—Ecuador.

Male.—General plumage dark shining green. Throat
luminous grass-green. Wings purplish-brown. Undertail-

coverts rufous. Tail pale bronze-green with the four median
feathers tipped white. Bill black. Feet brown.

Total length, 44in: , Wine, 25 Mail 23. Culmen,.

Female.—Exactly like the female of U. bejamini, but slightly
larger and with a longer bill.

This species is one of my desiderata.

Genera of Humming Birds. 83

GENUS XL. Augastes, Gould, Int. Troch., 1861, p. 123.
LAMPRURUS, Reich., Aufz. der Col., 1853, p. 12.
TYPE: 7. superbus, Vieillot.

Bill straight, acutely pointed, serrated in the middle. Wings
long, reaching the end of tail. Tarsi clothed. Tail rounded,
nearly square. Rectrices wide.

Habitat—Brazil.

114. AUGASTES SUPERBUS, Vieill., Encyel. Méth., t 11., p. 561
Trochilus scutatus, Natt. Temm. PI. Col., No. 299, Fig. 3.
Ornismya nattereri, Less. Ois. Mou., 1829, p. 75.
Hylocharis superba, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 114.
Natterer’s Vizor-bearer, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 1v., p.

eo ip
L’Augaste superbe, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876, t. i,

p. 150.

Habitat.—Brazil.

Male.—Forehead and throat metallic emerald-green, with
pale golden reflections. Band across the crown, and ear-
coverts extending to throat, black. A spot behind the eye
white. Upperside sometimes bronzy-green or dark shining
green. Uppertail-coverts grayish-bronze. Median rectrices
rufous at base, sometimes golden bronze, or golden bronze at
base and rest greenish-bronze, lateral varies also from greenish-
bronze to bluish-green. Sides of throat and rest of underside
shining indigo-blue, with a large buffy-white spot in the
middle of the breast. In one of my specimens a wide buffy-
white band crosses entirely the middle of chest. Undertail-
coverts green, edged with grayish white. Bull and feet black.
Wings purplish-brown.

Total length, 33in. Wing, 22. Tail, 15. Culmen, 4.

Female.—Upperside bronzy-green, golden on _ forehead.
Éar-coverts brownish-black. Throat metallic-green, but not
so brilliant as in the male. A white band across the breast.
Abdomen and flanks greenish-blue. Undertail-coverts gray.
Outermost rectrices with gray tips. Bill black,

This beautiful species is rather rare in the collections. My
adult specimens differ so much that I really do not know if
they are not two species mixed together.

84 Genera of Humming Birds.

115. AUGASTES LUMACHELLUS, Less., Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 315.
Trochilus lumachellus, Bourc., Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 313.
Hylocharis lumachellus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i., p. 114. |
Lamprurus lumachellus, Reich., Aufz. der Col., 1853, p. 12

. Hooded Vizor-bearer, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. iv., p. 221

L’Augaste lumachelle, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
EE (Ba HAYS).

Habitat.—Bahia (Brazil).

Male—Forehead and throat metallic pale golden-green,
bounded beneath by a narrow line of greenish-blue. Forming
a point on the throat, a patch of metallic ruby and topaz.
Head, ear-coverts, and band round the throat velvety-black.
A small white spot behind the eye. Upperside bronzy-green.
A narrow white band crossing the breast. Underside golden.
Undertail-coverts shining reddish-orange, shghtly edged with
gray. Tail metallic bronze-red, beneath very brilliant red.
Wings purplish-brown, with bronzy reflections. Bill and feet
black.

Total length, 3$in. Wing, 25. Tail, 13. Culmen, +4

> 16:

Female—Upperside shining bronze-green, greenish on
forehead. Ear-coverts and sides of throat brownish black.
Throat and rest of underside as male, but less brilliant.
Outermost rectrices tipped with gray.

It is a very rare species.

GENUS XLI. Phlogophilus, Gould, ES uso} pro
TYPE: P. hemileucurus, Gould.

Bill straight, long, and acutely pointed. Wings ample and
rather rounded. Tarsi long and bare. Tail long. Rectrices
narrow and rounded. Hind toe and nail shorter than middle
toe and nail.

Habitat.—Ecuador.

116. PHLOGOPHILUS HEMILEUCURUS, Gould, P.Z.S., 1860,
passe:
Elvira hemileucura, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1874, t. 1,
p. 204.
Pied-tailed Humming-bird, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. v.,
p. 360.

Genera of Humming Brids. 85

L’Elvire à queue mi-blanche, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
FO7dy 4. Teh De 205.

Sex (?) Upperside shining grass-green. Median rectrices
bronze-green with tips brownish black, lateral white with a
wide band of purplish-black in the centre and white tips.
Throat white tipped with green. Breast and centre of
abdomen white. Flanks white at base, with tips shining
green. Outermost rectrices purplish-black at base, the rest
white. Bull black. Just under the mandible a rufous spot on
chin. A buffy white spot behind the eye. Wings purplish
brown. Feet and tarsi yellow, probably flesh colour when
alive.

Total length, 34in. Wing 2. Tail, 12. Culmen, &.

I have only one specimen of this peculiar species.

Genus XLII. Ramphomicron, Bon. Compt. Rend.,
1850, p. 382.
TYPE: ©. microrhynehus, Boissoneau.
Bill extremely short, acutely pointed. Wings long. Upper-
surface and throat metallic. Tail deeply forked. Sexes unlike.
Habitat— Columbia, Ecuador, Peru.

This genus forms the natural passage from Metalluridae
to Lesbidae.

117. RAMPHOMICRON MICRORHYNCHUM, Boiss., Rev. Zool.,
1839, p. 354.

Trochilus brachyrhynchus, Fras., P.Z.S., 1840, p. 16.

Mellisuga microrhyncha, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 112.

Thorn-bill, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. i., p. 189.

Le Ramphomicron à petit bec, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
1876, vol. 11., p. 163.

Hirondelle,

Habitat.—Columbia, Ecuador, Peru.

Male.—Upperside metallic purple. Throat luminous light
grass-green. Underside dark bronzy-green, slightly grayish-
buff on the vent. Undertail coverts grayish-buff, greenish in
the centre. Tail purple-black, with glossy tips. Wings
purplish-brown, Bill black.

Total length, 3fin. Wing, 2. Tail, 24. : Culmen, 2.

86 Genera of Humming Birds.

Female.—Upperside bronzy-green. Underside white, spotted
with green. Undertail-coverts buff. Median rectrices dark-

bronze, lateral purplish-black, the two outermost tipped white.
Bill and feet black.

Total length, 321n. Wing, 1g. Tail, 13. Culmen, 2.

*118. RAMPHOMICRON DORSALE, Salv. and Godm. Ibis., 1880,
PTE
Simon’s Thorn-bill, Gould, Mon. Troch. Suppl., 1886, p. 61.
le Ramphomicron de Simons,

Male—Above black, slightly shaded with greenish, the
rump narrowly bronzy-purple. Wings dusky. Tail deeply
forked, purplish-black. Sides of the head and neck deep
black. Throat very brilliant greenish-golden. Abdomen pale
dusky-brown, washed with greenish-golden, especially on the
flanks. Vent dull whitish, each feather marked down the
middle with a greenish spot. Bill short, a little curved, black.
Feet black. Iris dark brown.

Total length, 42in. Wing, 2%. Tail, 22. Culmen, 3.

Female.—Above green. Uppertail-coverts purplish-bronze.
Tail purplish-black, the outer feathers tipped white. Under-
neath whitish. Throat and flanks spotted with greenish-gold,
the middle of the throat marked with greenish-gold feathers.
Outermost rectrices, 1$in. long ; median, 14.

This beautiful second species of Ramphomicron was dis-
covered in the Sierra Nevada of Santa Marta, Columbia, by
Mr. Simons.

FAMILY V. LESBIDÆ,
OR FAMILY OF TRAIN-BEARERS.

Bill short, straight, acutely pointed, compressed in the genus
Cyanolesbia. Head sometimes crested. Wingslong. Tail ex-
tremely long and deeply forked. Rectrices more or less broad
throughout theirlength and generally brilliantly coloured on the
upperside, rounded at tips. Throat of males more or less
brilliantly coloured. Tarsi bare. Feet rather large. A patch
of white feathers on each side of the lower part of the
abdomen. Sexes unlike.

Genera of Humming Brrds. 87

Range.—Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and
Argentine Republic.

Type: Lesbza, Less, Int. Gen. et Syn. des Ois. du Genre
Arochilus 1692, "p: 17.

Conte <li, Zodalia,’ Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
HO 0 SE Miya 2o de
TYPE: Zodalia ortoni, Lawrence.
Bill straight, shorter than the head. Tail long, deeply
forked, feathers broad throughout their length.

Habitat —Ecuador.

*119; ZODALIA ORTON, Lawr., Ann. N.Y.;)Lye. Nat. Hist.,
1800) Molre tp 260,
Quito Purpleback, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl., p. 54.
La Zodalie d’Orton, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
NUE p207.
Habitat.—Quito (Ecuador.)

Male.—¥ntire upper plumage and wing coverts of a rich
glossy purple, the concealed bases of the feathers are green.
Uppertail-coverts similar in colour to the back, but marked
centrally between the purple and green with crimson. Tail
brownish-black except the two central ones which are green ;
the ends of the eight middle tail feathers are largely marked
with a deep nous bronzy-crimson, most in extent on the
short central feathers, the long outer feather on each side
ends with obscure bronzy-green; the outer edge of lateral
feather is buff for three-quarters of its length from base, this
colour occupying only about one third of the web. The
undersurface of the tail is steel-blue, bronzy at the ends of
the feathers; the shafts of the two long lateral feathers are
whitish at Fine for about half their length. Wings brownish-
purple. Throat brilliant metallic pale green. Sides of neck,
breast, upper part of abdomen and flanks shining green, lower
part of abdomen ashy-buff. Bill and feet black.

Total length, 53in. Wing, 24. Tail, 3. Bull, 5.

Female —Unknown.

This species was discovered by the well-known collector,
Orton, and it was dedicated to him by Mr. Lawrence. The

above description was taken from the Annals New York
Lyceum of Natural History.

88 Genera of Humming Birds.

*120. ZODALIA GLYCERIA, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool, 1854,
p- 252.

Cometa mossat, Gould, Athen, 1853.

Purple-tailed Comet, Gould, Mon. Troch, Suppl. p. 55.

Sparganura mossaz, Cab. and Hein, Mus. Hein, 1860,
UN ID

La Zodalie de glycère, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
Ey Mas Os Zod.

Habitat.—Columbia.

MWale.—Head, back of neck, wing-coverts, back, and tail-
coverts shining green. Wings purplish-brown. Chin and
throat metallic light olive-green. Sides of neck and under-
surface buff with a spot of deep shining green on the tip of
each feather. Tail dark reddish-purple, passing into deep
bluish-green at the tip, except on the outer feathers where
the hue is so faint as to be scarcely perceptible, the outer
feathers also have the basal three-fourths of the shaft and the
outer webs buffy-white, the base of the shaft paler than the
web; basal three-fourths of the shaft of next feather also
buffy-white. Undertail-coverts buff with a brown mark in
the centre near the tip. (Gould, Monog. Troch.)

Votal lengthy, Game, Wine sell ailing, see CulnenEs

Female. Unknown.

*121: ZODALIA CAROL) Bouncy ii 2IS NEO MD AIRE

Hylocharis caroli, Gray and Mitch, Gen. Birds, vol. 1,
parse

Calliphlox carolz, Reich., Aufz. der Col., 1853, p- 12.

Avocettinus carolus, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854,
p. 256.

Cometes caroli, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11., p. 17.

Polyonymus carol, Hein. Journ for Ornith, 1863, p. 206. .

Leobia caroli, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876, t. 1x,
p. 298.

Charle’s Comet, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11., p. 177

La Léobie de Charles, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
this pa 2Ooe

Habitat.—Peru.

Genera of Humming Brrds. 89

Male.—Crown, wing-coverts and uppersurface dull greenish-
bronze, becoming of a greener cast on the lower part of back
and uppertail-coverts. Wings purplish-brown. Four middle
tail feathers bronzy-green, the remainder black, with violet
reflections, the outer one with a stripe of dull or buffy-white
along the apical portion of the outer web. Behind the eye a
small white spot, and a small streak of buff from the angle of
the mouth. Throat red. Undersurface pale bronzy-green,
each feather slightly fringed with gray. On each flank near
the back a tuft of white. Vent and undertail-coverts buffy-
white, with a streak of brown down the centre of each feather.
Bill black.

Moral lengthy 5.1m Wine, 25.0 lailk2)Culmeny 3.

“Gould, Mon. Troch.”’

Genus XLIV. Sappho, Reich., Syst. Av., 1849, p. 40.
Cynanthus, Vschud, Consp., 1844, p. 36.
Gomeres Gould 2.55), 1847, par
Sappho, Reich., Syst. Av. Natur., 1849, pl. 40.
Sparganura, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein., 1860, t. 111., p. 52.
Polyonymus, Heine, Journ for Ornith, 1863, p. 206.
Leobia, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876, t. 11., p. 297.

TYPE: Sappho sparganura, Shaw.

Bill longer than the head, slightly arched. Tail brilliantly
coloured and deeply forked. Rectrices very wide, round at
tips. Throat metallic. Tarsi naked. Hind toe and nail
nearly as long as middle toe. Sexes unlike.

Hlabitat.—Columbia, Peru, Bolivia, and Argentine Republic.

122. SAPPHO SPARGANURA, Shaw, Gen. Zool., vol. vii:, p. 291.
Trochilus chrysurus, Cuv. Regn. Anim., 1829, t. 1, p. 426.
Ornismya sappho, Less, Ois., Mouch., 1829, p. 105.
Orthorhynchus chrysurus, Orb. and Lafr., Syn. Av., 1838,

Dp. 20:

Mellisuga sparganura, Gray, Gen. Birds, 1844, vol. 1,

DAS.

Cometes sappho, Gould, P.Z.S., 1847, p. 31.
Lesbra sparganura, Bon., Rev. Zool., 1854, p. 252.

Sparganura sappho, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein., 1860,
Lee 2552:

go Genera of Humming Brrds.

The Sappho Comet, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11., p. 173.

Le Cométès sappho, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876, t. in,
P- 275.

Habitat.—Bolivia, Argentine Republic.

Male.—Head, upper part of back and wing-coverts bronze-
green. Back and uppertail-coverts shining purple-crimson.
Rectrices dark-brown at base, remaining part metallic fiery-
orange, with a large, velvety black spot at tips. Basal half of
outer web of external rectrices pale brown. Throat metallic
grass-green. Remaining part of underside golden-green.
Flanks, and undertail-coverts rufous. A patch of white
feathers on each side of lower part of vent. Wings pale
brown. Bill and feet black.

Votallength, jin.) Wine NE ES Culments

female.—Crown and back golden-green, reddish on rump.
Uppertail-coverts shining crimson. Central rectrices metallic
fiery-red, with a slight brownish band at tips, lateral brownish
at base, remainder fiery-red, outermost brown on inner web,
remainder pale buff, nearly white. Throat buffy-white, spotted
with green. Breast and flanks white, with large green spots.
Abdomen grayish-white. Undertail-coverts pale buff.

Total Tengen, 40 Wine, ee emi mac ma ye

I have several specimens of both sexes of this splendid
species. Some were collected in Bolivia many years ago, the
others were collected by Mr. White in Argentine Republic.

122.) (SAPPHOMPHAON GouldiyeZ.o). aon gpa enor

Ornismya chrysura, Var., 7 Orb. and Lafr. Syn. Av., 1838,
Os 27e |

Cometes prdon) Gould, EPS MAT meme le

Mellisuga phaon, Gray, Gen. Birds, Vol. 1, p. 113.

Lesbria phaon, Bon. Rev. Zool, 1854, p. 252.

Sparganura phaon, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein., 1860, t. in,
De 52e |

The Phaon Comet, Gould, Mon. Troch., Vol. 11., p. 175.

Le Cométès phaon, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
Vol. tpm 27or

Habitat.—Bolivia, Peru.

Genera of Humming Birds. O1

Male. —Head and neck brownish green. Back and upper
tail coverts dark crimson. ‘Tail, basal half blackish-brown,
remainder metallic crimson with large velvety black spots at
tips. Throat metallic grass-green, remainder of underside
brownish-green. Undertail coverts pale buff with a central
line bronzy-green. Wings brown. Bill and feet black.

Total length, 68in. Wing, 25. Tail, 4. Culmen, +.

Female.—Like the preceding species, but the tail is dark
crimson.

I have a large series of this species collected by Buckley,
near to la Paz, Bolivia.

GENUS XLV. Lesbia, Lesson, Ind. Gen. et Syn. des
Dis du Genre roehilus 1832 1p 17.
Cynanthus, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av., 1850, p. 81.

Æoaciyra, Cab et Mem. Mus: Hein), 1860, 411. p.70:
Psalidoprymna, Cab. et Hein., Mus. Hein., 1860, p. 52.
TYPE: ZLesbia nuna, Lesson.

Bill short, straight. Tail deeply forked, rectrices broad,

the outermost very long. Throat in males brilliantly coloured.
Sexes different.

Habitat.—Columbia, Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia.

124. LESBIA NUNA, Less., Suppl. Ois. Mou, p. 160.
Ornismya Gouldi, d'Orb et Laf. Syn. Av., t. 11, p. 27.
Cynanthus bifurcatus, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av., 1850, p. 81.
Psalidoprymna bifurcata, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein., 1860,

BN lar, OAR
Nouna Koalr, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11., p. 169.

La Lesbie Nuna, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876, vol. in.
ps 200:

FHlabitat.—Peru.

Male.—Upperside dark bronzy-green. KRectrices black at
base, all but the outermost ones with their apical half metallic
grass green, the outermost ones black, with a slight metallic
green tip. Throat metallic grass green. Sides of neck,

breast and flanks bronzy-green, washed with rufous on lower
part of abdomen, beneath which is a patch of white feathers.

92 Genera of Humming Brrds.

Undertail-coverts green, margined with buff. Tail purplish-
black with the basal half of outer feathers grayish white. |
Thighs buff. Bull black.

Votal length, 75 mae Wamlere Coen 5s Clem

Female. — Upperside bronzy-green. Underside white,
washed with green, sometimes with a few metallic golden
spots on the throat. Undertail coverts buffy-white. Tail
coloured like that of the male, but much shorter. Bill black.

This fine species was discovered by Delattre, at Mayobamba,
Peru.

My specimens were collected by Mr. H. Whitely in Peru.

+125. JLESBIA BUCHARIS, bounce siNcye ZOO) 1848, 274

Cynanthus eucharis, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool., 1854,
D. 252:

Train bearer, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11, p. 171.

La Lesbie eucharis, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., vol. ui.
p-. 200.

Habitat.—Columbia.

Male.—Entire upper surface, breast, abdomen, and flanks
bronzy-green. Throat metallic grass-green. Vent and
undertail-coverts buff, the latter with green centres. Wings
purplish brown. Rectrices brownish-black, largely tipped
with grass-green, except the outermost one, which has a
bronze tip. Biull black.

Total length, 7gin. Wing, 2%. Tail, 5g. Culmen, 5%.

Female.—Above golden-green, beneath buff spangled with
green. Tail like that of the male but shorter, and with the

outer web of outermost feather grayish-white for three fourths
of its length.

The above descriptions were taken from Elliot’s Synopsis
of the Humming Birds.

126: LESBIA BOLIVIANA, Boucard, Hie itd) cot. inn pee
Bolivian Train-bearer,
La Lesbie bolivienne,
Habitat.—Bolivia.

Male.—Upperside, breast, and flanks golden-green. Throat
metallic golden-green. Wings purplish-brown. Vent deep
buff. Undertail-coverts buff, with a narrow central line green.

Genera of Humming Birds. 93

Tail purple-black. The three central rectrices black at base,
with their apical half metallic golden-green, the two next
purple-black, with metallic golden tip, and the two outermost
purple-black, with a scarcely visible golden tip, rufous-gray
on the basal outer web for about the third of its length. Bill
black..

Partiiencth, 7am. Wine, 2,. Tail,55. Culmen, #:

Female.—Unknown.

The principal differences between this species and Z. nuna
are the general colouration of its plumage, and the colour
of the throat and tips of rectrices, which are golden instead
of deep grass-green.

It was discovered by Buckley in Bolivia.

Type in my collection.

1 LESBIA/GOULDI, Lodd,.P.Z.S:;,1832; p. #7

Ornismya silphia, Less., Rev. Zool., 1840, p. 73.

Mellisuga gould?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 113.

Cynanthus gouldr, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., 1850, vol. 1., p. 81.

Agaclyta gould’, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein., 1860, t. 11.
p. 70.

Bogota Train-bearer, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11., p. 167.

La Lesbie de Gould, Muls., Hist. Nat., Ois. Mou., 1876,
vol.il.,; Pp. 294,

Habritat.—Columbia.

Male.—Upperside, breast, flanks, and abdomen golden-
green, a patch of white feathers on each side of lower part
of abdomen. Under-tail coverts green, margined with buff.
Rectrices brownish-black at base, remaining part metallic
green. Outermost one, black with shining green tip, the outer
web grayish-buff to half its length, completely hidden by the
median rectrices. Wings purplish brown. Bill black.

Total length, 6kin. Wing, 2. Tail, 44. Culmen, 3.

Female.—Upperside golden-green. Outer rectrices brown,
much shorter than those of the male, three fourths of the basal
outer web grayish buff, and hidden by the median rectrices,
tips grayish buff. Underside grayish, speckled with green.
Bill black.

Common in Columbia. It was dedicated by Lesson to the
celebrated English Ornithologist, the late Mr. John Gould.

94 Genera of Humming Lirds.

128, LESBIA GRACILIS, Gould, ES, 1046 p36:

Mellisuga gracilis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1, p. 113.

Cynanthus gracilis, Bon., Consp., Gen.,. Av. 1850, vol. 1.,
(Os Ole

Graceful Train-bearer, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 111., p. 168.

La Lesbie déliée, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876, vol. ii,
p.206:

Habitat.—Ecuador, Peru.

Male.—The only differences existing between this species
and L. gouldi are: the length of its tail which is half an inch
shorter in all the specimens which I have from Ecuador, the
outer grayish buff web which is constantly half an inch longer
than the longest median treetrices the patch ot teathers
beneath the lower part of the abdomen, and the undertail-
coverts which are green, greatly margined with buff.

*120," LESBIM (CHLORURAY Gould SEAT Sone

Green-tailed Train-bearer, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl.
De Doe

La Lesbie à queue verte.

Habitat.—Peru ?

Male.—Crown of the head and all the upper surface golden
green, gorget glittering green, rounded, and well defined as
in L. Gouldr, abdomen mottled green and buff, its lower
portion and the undertail-coverts pure buff. Wings purplish-
brown, the eight central feathers entirely light green, the
external one on each side olive, finely powdered and tipped
with green, and having the outer web buff for more than half
its length from the base.

Total length, 64in. Wing, 2. Tail, 52. Culmen;—*.

“Gould’s Mon. Trochil. Suppl., 1887, p. 53.”

According to Elliott, this species is the same as Z. Gouldr.

130. LESBIA VICTORIAE, Bourc. and Muls. Ann. Soc. Agr.
Lyon; 1846, is peste
Trochillus Amaryllis, Bourc.and Muls., Rev. Zool., 1848,
De 275
Mellisuga victoriae, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1. p. 113.
Cynanthus amaryllis, Bon. Rev. and Mag Zool., 1854,
page

Genera of Humming Birds. 05

Psalidoprymna amaryllis, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein.
1860, t. 111., p. 53.

Train-Bearer, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. in., p. 170.

Large Tain-Bearer,

La Lesbie de Victoire, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., t. 111,
D. 207:

Habitat.—Columbia, and Ecuador.

Male.—Upperside, breast, upper part of abdomen and flanks
golden-green. Throat brilliant metallic golden-green. Lower
part of abdomen and undertail-coverts rufous. Tail purplish
black, each feather tipped with greenish-bronze, the two outer-
most, more than twice longer than the longest of the median
-rectrices. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.

Total length, gin. Wing, 23. Tail, 64. Culmen, }.

Female.—Upperside golden-green. Underside white spotted
with green, a patch of splendid metallic gold feathers on centre
of throat. Undertail-coverts buff. Tail half the length of that
of the male, coloured the same, outer web of outermost feather
grayish-brown to within an inch-and-a-half of tip.

Dedicated by Mulsant to his mother, Madame Victoire
Mulsant.

131. LESBIA AEQUATORIALIS, Boucard, Hum. Bird, 1893, vol.
ili; Bs 0
Ecuador Train-Bearer.
La Lesbie de l'Equateur.
Habttat.— Ecuador.

Male.—Upperside, sides of throat and breast, vent and
flanks grass-green. Chin and throat metallic grass-green.
Lower part of abdomen and undertail-coverts pale rufous.
Rest of plumage as Z. wictorzae. Tail longer, with tips of central
rectrices greener than in the preceding species.

Total length, g}in. Wing, 23. Tail, 7. Culmen, }.

Female.—Upperside grass-green. Underside pale rufous,
washed with green. Throat white, speckled with sreenin A
small patch of pale golden feathers in the centre of throat. Tail,
half the length of that of male and coloured similarly.

I have separated this species from L. Vrctoriae, because in the
many specimens which I have, (over one hundred), collected
M

06 Genera of Humming Birds.

‘at Rio Napo, by Buckley, the differences in colour mentioned
above, are constant, and it is impossible to confound the
two species.

Types in Boucard’s Museum.

GENUS XLVI. Cyanolesbia, Stej. Auk., 1885, t. ü,
D. 46.

Cynanthus, Sw. Class. Birds, 1837, vol. i1., p. 330.

Lesbia, Cab. and Hein., Mus. Hein, 1860, t. i., p. 71.

Cyanolesbia, Berlep, Col. Art. Bog. Coll., 1888, p. 14.

TYPE: 7. forficatus, Edwards.

Bill shorter than the head, straight, graduating rapidly at
tip to a sharp point. Wings long. Crown and head covered
with metallic feathers forming a crest. Patch of metallic
feathers in the centre of throat. Tail long, deeply forked,

brilliantly coloured on the upperside. Tarsi bare. Sexes
unlike.

Habttat—Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia.

132. CYANOLESBIA GORGO, Reich., Aufz. der Col., p.p. 8-24.

Cynanthus forficatus, Edw. Birds, Tab. 33, pl. 1763.

Trochilus cyanurus, Steph. Shaw, Gen. Zool., vol. xix.,
is 2EG)

Ornismya kingi, Less. Trochil., 1829, p. 107.

Mellisuga cyanura, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 113.

Lesbia forficata, Reich., Aufz. der Col., 1853, p. 8.

Mellisuga salvadori, Bienvenut, Ann. Zool. Mus. Flor.,
1865, p. 204.

Blue-tailed Sylph, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. ii., p. 172.

Le Cynanthe cyanure, Muls., His. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
tai, p.200!

{Habitat.—Venezuela, Columbia.

Male.—Crown metallic grass-green, bordered on the sides
with a greenish-black line. Upper and underside bronzy-green,
darker on back. Upper and undertail-coverts shining-green.
Centre of throat metallic purple. Central rectrices black with

the outer webs dark shining blue, and the portions that
project beyond the tips of one another, metallic light blue.

Genera of Humming Birds. 97

In some specimens, the blue is replaced by metallic green,
the two outermost ones black for half their length, then
metallic purple-blue. Underside of tail purplish-blue. Wings
dark brown; a white patch on each side of lower part of
vent. Bill black.

Total length, 8in. Wing, 2%. Tail, 5$. Culmen, 14.

Female.—Head metallic dark green. Upperside bronzy-
green. Throat white spotted with green feathers. Breast
abdomen and undertail-coverts buff. Flanks rufous washed
with green. Central rectrices shining-green, lateral black,
with outer webs and tips blue, outermost black, tipped white.
White spots under and behind the eyes. Bill black.

Patallenoth, in Wine 2 cai it Culmen, 2
I have received a number of adult male specimens from
Merida (Venezuela), which have the crown of a lighter green,
no colour on the throat, and are golden-green. The under-
side is quite distinct of the colour of C. gorgo.
If it should prove a distinct species, | propose the name of
Cyanolesbia meridana for it.

I have adopted the name gorgo for this species because It
cannot be relied upon with certainty, on the name of 7°
forficatus, L. for that bird.

Ecuador Train-bearer, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl., p. 56.

Le Cynanthe bleu celeste,

Habitat.—Ecuador.

This species, which is closely allied to the preceding, can
be distinguished by the colour of the underside, which is
coppery brown. As it 1s constant, I think the species is valid.

The specimens which I have of this species were collected in
Ecuador by Buckley.

34. CYANOLESBIA MOCOA, Delatt. and Bourc., Rev. Zool.,
£846, p) gia.
Mellisuga smaragdinis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 113.
Cynanthus smaragdicaudus, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. ini,
pgs:
Lesbta mocoa, Reich., Aufz. der Col., 1853, p. 8.

gs Genera of Humming Birds.

Green-tailed Sylph, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11, p. 172.

Le Cynanthe mocoa, Muls., Hist. Nat., Ois. Mouch., 1876,
tt, sp. S72.

Habitat.—Ecuador, Peru.

Male.—Crown brilliant metallic-green. Upperside shining
bronze-green, greenish on lower part. Uppertail-coverts shin-
ing green. Basal half of the two median rectrices bluish-
black, remaining portion brilliant metallic green, the next two
are bluish-black four-fifths of their length, with outer webs
and tips metallic green; the outermost ones are black for two-
thirds of their length, remaining portion brilliant metallic-
green. A metallic blue spot on throat. Wings purplish

brown. Bill and feet black.
Total lensth,-7zin.- Wang, 23. Dail, 5.. Culmen, à.

female —Like the preceding species with throat and breast
white, the first spotted with bronze-green feathers, and rest of
underside rufous.

This magnificent species was discovered by Delattre, near
Mocoa, Ecuador.

I have several adult specimens received from Bogota, which
differ by the colour of the crown, which is golden-green, and
the upperside is of a lighter green. The throat is brownish
golden-green without any blue at all. If it should prove a
distinct species, | propose the name of C co/umbiana for it.

135. CYANOLESBIA BOLIVIANA, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl,
Poa:
Bolivian Sylph, Gould, Mon. Troch, Suppl., p. 57.
Le Cynanthe de Bolivie,
Habitat.—Bolivia.

Male.— Crown most brilliant golden-green. Upperside
golden-green, with dark reflections. Rump and uppertail-
coverts shining green. Tail like C mocoa, but shorter, and all
the rectrices wider, the metallic green of tips has a bluish
reflection on inner webs. Centre of throat metallic steel-blue,
with greenish reflections, rest of underside golden. Wings
purple-brown. Bill and feet black.

Total length, 6kin. Wing, 2%. Tail, 43e Culmen, ¢.

Female.—Crown shining green. Upperside golden bronze,
passing to green on the rump and uppertail-coverts. Throat

A 4 Dr ~.
Genera of Humming Brrds. 99

white, washed with green. Breast, abdomen, and undertail-
coverts rufous. Flanks golden green. Central rectrices shin-
ing green; lateral bluish-black on inner webs, the rest and
tips shining green, outermost ones, bluish-black tipped white.

Total length, 4in. Wing, 2. Tail, 18. Culmen, 3.
This beautiful species was discovered in Bolivia, by Buckley
in 1874.

*136. CYANOLESBIA GRISEIVENTRIS, Tacz. P.Z.S., 1883, p. 72.

Gray bellied, Train-bearer, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl. p.
56.
Le Cynanthe du Pérou.
Habitat.—Peru.

Upperside green, with the forehead scaly for a long distance
and very brilliant. Underside entirely pale ashy-gray. Throat
bright blue, the feathers white at the base, vent white, wing-
coverts uniform with the back, the edge of the wing white, first
primary externally margined with white. Tail deeply forked,
brilliant green, the median rectrices with a broad apical lustre
of reddish copper, outermost bluish-black with green tips.
Tail underside bluish-green. Bill black.

Length of wing, 81 mill. Tail, 90. Culmen, 25. :
This species was discovered in Peru, by Mr. Jelsky.

Genus XLVI. Neolesbia, Salvin, Cat. Birds, 1892. p. 145.

Cyanolesbia, Berlepsch, J. fur Ornith., 1887, p. 326.

Bill short and straight, slightly decurved. Tail long and
deeply forked. Rectrices wide, dark steel blue.

TYPE : Cyanolesbia nerkhornt, Berl. J. fur Ornith., 1887, p.326.
Flabittat.—Columbia.

*137. NEOLESBIA NERKHORNI, Berlepsch, Berch, eines, Neuen.
Colib., Zeiftr fur Ornith., 1887, p. 178.
Nerkhorn’s Blue-tatled Sylph.
le Cynanthe de Nerkhorn.
Hlabitat.—Columbia.

Male.—Head metallic blue. Upperside shining greenish
blue. Throat metallic green with bluish reflections. Breast

100 Genera of Humming Birds.

golden-green. Abdomen and flanks bluish-brown. Tail shin-
ing violet-blue. Undertail-coverts bluish-green, margined with
white. Bill and feet black.

Total, length, in Wing, 25," Fail,3. i@nimens.

This very rare species was sent from Columbia to Mr. A.
Nerkhorn. He submitted itto Hans von Berlepsch, who dedi- -
cated it to his friend.

It forms the passage of Lesbidae to Thaluranidae.

FAMILY VI. THALURANIDAE,
OR FAMILY OF WOOD-NYMPHS.

Bill black, longer than the head, sligtly curved. Body of
medium size. Underside, back, and wing-coverts brilliantly
coloured. In some species the forehead is also brilliantly
coloured. Wings long and narrow. Tail deeply forked.
Rectrices wide. Tarsi clothed. Sexes unlike.

Type > Lhalerani; Gould we: 5s 1546, woes

GENUS XLVIII. Thalurania, Gould, P.Z.S. 1848, p. 13.
MELLISuGA, Boie. Isis., 1831, p. 545.
GLAUCOPIS, Burm. Th. Braz., 1856, p. 333.
Tyee.) 7: furcatus, Gmelin:

Bill longer than the head, slightly curved. Wings long.
Tail forked. Sexes unlike.

Habitat.—Costa - Rica, Veragua, Trinidad, Venezuela,
Guiana, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

138. THALURANIA GLAUCOPIS, Gmel., Syst. Nat., 1788, vol. 1.,
P- 497:

Trochilus frontalis, Land. Ind. Ornith., 1790, vol. 1., p. 318.
Ornismya glaucopis, Less, Ois. Mou., 1829, p. 175.
Polytmus glaucopis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 108.
Coeligena glaucopis, Reich., Troch., Enum., 1855,

D
Glancopis frontalis, Burm., Th. Braz, 1856, p. 333.
Thalurania luciæ, Lawr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N.Y., 1862,

vol. wi, p} 2:

Genera of Humming Birds. 101

Brazilian Wood-Nymph, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11., p. 99.

La Thalurante glaucope, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
vol. 11., p. 60.

Habitat.—Brazil.

Male.—Crown metallic deep-blue. Upperside dark grass-
green. Underside shining green with golden reflections.
Undertail-coverts shining green edged with gray. Tail steel-

blue. Wings bluish-black. Bill black.

1; yy 52 6

Total length, 44in. Wing, 22. Tail, 2. Culmen, €.
Female.—Upperside shining green. Underside gray, washed
with green on flanks. Median rectrices green, lateral green

at base, then bluish-black, tipped white.
Common in Brazil.
I possess one female specimen, from Costa de Beauregard's

collection, with the names of Ozseau Mouche Modeste and
simplex upon the ticket.

139. THALURANIA COLUMBICA, Bourc and Muls., Rev. Zool.,
1042 Du
Polytmus columbicus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 108.
Coeligena columbica, Reich., Troch., Enum., 1855, p. 3.
Thalurania venusta, Gould, P.Z.S., 1850, p. 163.

Columbian Wood-Nymph, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 1.
p- 106.

La Thaluranie de Colombie, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
1876, vol. i11., p. 64.

Thalurania columbica, var. nigra, Boucard, H. Bird, vol.1.,
pus:

Habitat.—Costa-Rica, Veragua, Panama, Columbia and
Peru. |

Male—Crown of head anda band across the back, wing-
coverts and abdomen, metallic ultramarine blue. Nape, back
and abdomen, bronze-green. Uppertail-coverts green. Tail
bluish - black. Wings purplish brown. Throat and breast
shining emerald-green. Feet flesh color. Bill black.

Total length, 4in. Wing, 24. Tail, 2 Culmen, 2.

Female —Upperside golden green, more green on lower
part of back, and on undertail-coverts. Underside gray with
few green feathers on side of breast and on flanks. Median

102 _ Genera of Humming Brrds.

rectrices green, lateral green at base, rest steel-blue with
white tips.

| have a large series of this species, some collected by myself
at Costa-Rica and Panama, others sent from Columbia, and
some collected by Hauxwell at Nauta, Peru. The specimens
from Costa-Rica, Panama and Peru, are not so bronzy on nape,
and have a wide ultramarine-blue band on back; but other-
wise they are exactly the same as the Columbian specimens,
and [ don’t think necessaryto maintain the name of 7. venusta
for these specimens.

[ have also one pair of these birds collected at Valencia,
Columbia, in which the shining emerald-green of the throat
covers only the throat and upper-part of the breast. The
neck, back and rump are all green, without the bronzy tinge
constant on all the other specimens which I have under the
name of 7. columbica. The female is also distinct, having the
flanks and abdomen green. If it should prove a different
species, | propose the name of Thalurania valenciana for

this bird.

*i140. THALURANIA TOWNSENDI, Ridgw., P.U.S.M., 1888,
P- 590-591.
Townsend’s Wood-Nymph.
La Thaluranie de Townsend.
Habitat—Segovia River, Honduras.

Male.—Forehead rich metallic royal purple; rest of pileum
dull blackish-green, only slightly metallic; hind neck and
upper part opaque black; scapulars rich metallic royal purple;
lower back, rump, and uppertail-coverts metallic grass-green ;
tail uniform purplish blue-black; remiges purplish-dusky ;
wing-coverts metallic bluish-velvet, the larger tipped with
metallic green. Chin, throat and chest rich metallic Paris
green; median portion of breast metallic emerald-green,
changing gradually to more bluish-green on belly; sides ot
breast metallic blue ; sides and flanks greenish-blue. Under-
tail coverts blue-black edged with grayish-white. Bill black.
Feet dusky brownish.

Total length, 3°95. Wing, 2:10. Tail, 1°55. Culmen, 0’71.

Female.—Above metallic-green more yellowish for anterior
half, tinged with bluish on uppertail-coverts and lesser wing
coverts ; middle tail feathers bluish-green, next pair similar,

Genera of Humming Birds. 103

but terminal portion blue-black, next pair with the blue-
black more extended and the extreme tip pale grayish
or grayish-white, each succeeding feather with the white
tip and sub-terminal blue-black space gradually more
extended, until on the exterior feather the basal green
is indistinct, and the white terminal spot about 0:20 long.
Sides of head below eye, chin, throat, and lower parts
generally, except sides and flanks dull grayish white, the sides
and flanks metallic grass-green, like the back. Bill black.

Total length, 3°50. Wing, 1°85. Tail, 1°35. Culmen, 0.75.
Similar to 7. co/umbica, but much smaller, and male with

lower breast emerald-green, the sides, flank and belly, bluish-
green, instead of rich purplish-blue.

141. ['HALURANIA ERYPHILE, Less. Hist. Colib, p. 148.

Polytmus eriphyle, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i., p. 108.

Coeligena eriphyle, Reich., Troch., Enum., 1855, p. 3.

Glaucopis eripile, Burm. Th. Bras., 1856, vol. u., p. 334.

Brazilian Wood-Nymph, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. i.,p. 108.

Green Headed Wood-Nymph.

La Thaluranie ertphile, Muls. Hist. Nat., Ois. Mou., 1876,
vol. i., p. 68.

Habitat —Brazil.

Male—Crown and throat metallic emerald-green. Upper-
side metallic green. Shoulders, breast, and upper part of
abdomen metallic purple-blue. Flanks and lower part of
abdomen green, with a large white tuft at base of abdomen.
Undertail-coverts shining-green. Tail steel-blue. Wings
purple-brown. Bill black.

Total length, 44in. Wing, 24. Tail, 2 Culmen, 14.

Female—Upperside shining-green. Throat, breast and
abdomen pale gray, with a tew green feathers on sides of
breast and flanks. Wing-coverts shining-blue. Tail steel-
blue with white tips on outermost rectrices. Bill black. Feet
flesh color.

It is a very rare species and quite distinct from 7. verticeps.
My two specimens of this species were collected by Mr.
Gounelle in Brazil.

104 Genera of Humming Birds.

142. THALURANIA FANNIAE, Bourc. and Del., Rev. Zool, 1846,
ù p.810:

Thalurania verticeps, Gould, Jard. Contr. Ornith., 1851,
po:

hicordiaventreepsWech ur, dertColAeE SD
_ Chloristes verticeps, Reich., Troch., Enum., 1855, p. 4.

Thalurania eryphile, Elliot. Syn. Hum. Bird, 1879. p. 101.

Green-crowned Wood-Nymph, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. u.,
1D HO:

La Thaluranie eryphile, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou., 1876,
te D 00

La Thaluranie de Fanny.

Flabitat.—Ecuador and Columbia.

Male.—*xactly like the preceding species, excepting the
metallic emerald green of throat, which extend over the breast
as in 7. Columbica, the color of the shoulder, abdomen, and
flanks which is shining Prussian blue, with greenish reflections,
especially in lower part of abdomen, and the undertail-coverts
whieh are steel blue, fringed with gray. Bill black, feet flesh
color.

Total length, 4in. Wing, 22. Tail, 13. Culmen, $.

Female.—Upperside shining green. ‘Throat and breast
gray. Flanks and abdomen darkish gray, strongly washed
with shining green feathers. Undertail-coverts white. Tail
blue with white tips on outermost rectrices.

My specimens of this species were collected by Buckley in |
Ecuador. It is not common.

143. THALURANIA HYPOCHLORA, Gould, P.Z.S., 1870, p. 104.

Citado Wood-Nymph, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl. 1886,
Dino:

La Thaluranie hypochlore, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
1870, CAT M 200:

Habitat.—Ecuador.

Male.—Head and underside, metallic emerald - green.
Upperside shining grass-green. Wing-coverts and shoulders
metallic blue. Undertail-coverts white with dark blue in
centre and tip. Tail steel-black. Wings bluish-black. Bill
black. Feet flesh color.

Total length, 3$in. Wing, 23. Vail, 2 Culmen,<:

Genera of Humming Birds. 105

Female.—Upperside shining green. Throat, centre of
breast, abdomen and undertail-coverts, pale gray, nearly
white. Sides of breast and flanks bronzy-green. Median
rectrices grass-green with bluish tips, lateral green at base,

then deep blue tipped with white.

This is a very rare species. It was discovered by Buckley
in Ecuador. I have only two very fine specimens of both
sexes, collected at Chimbo, Ecuador, by Mr. J. de Silmiradzki,
and offered to me by Count Berlepsch.

144. THALURANIA WATERTONI, Bourc., P.Z.S., 1847, p. 44.
Polytmus watertoni, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 108.
Calligena whatertont, Reich., Troch., Enum., 1855, p. 3.
Waterton's Wood-Nymph, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 2
pures

La Thalurantie de Watterton, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mou.,
19/0 t..11, p78.

Habitat.—Brazil, British Guiana ?

Male—Crown and nape greenish-bronze. Back in its
entire length, shoulder, wing-coverts and flanks, metallic blue.
Uppertail-coverts green washed with blue. Underside metal-
lic grass-green. Undertail-coverts gray with green in centre.

Tail steel-blue. Wi ings purplish-black. Bill black.
Total length, 5in. Wing, 22. Tail, 2}. Culmen, £
Female.—Upperside dark green. Underside gray.

This is a very rare species. I have only two males, which
were found in a collection of Brazilian birds.

145. THALURANIA FURCATA, Gmel. Syst. Nat., 1788, vol. i.,
p. 486.
Ornismya furcata, Less., Hist., Nat. Ois. Mou., 1829, p. 82.
Polytmus furcatus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol.i., p. 108.
Coeligena gyrinno, Reich., Enum., p. 3.
Thalurania furcatoides, Gould, Intr. Troch., p. 357.
Cayenne Wood-Nymph, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 11., p. ror.
Para Wood-Nymph, Gould, Mon. Troch., Suppl., 1886,
Pp -33-
La Thaluranie à queue fourchue, Muls., Hist. Nat. Ors.
Mou., 1876, vol. ill., p. 72.

106 Genera of Humming Birds.

Habitat.—Guiana and Upper Amazons.

Male.—-Head dull green, black in certain lights. Upper
part of back, breast and abdomen brilliant purple, some-
times brilliant blue with purplish reflections. Rest of back
grass-green. | Uppertail-coverts bronzy-green. Tail blue-
black. Throat luminous grass-green. Wings purplish-black.
Bill black. ,

Total length, 4in. Wing, 23. Tail, r8. Culmen, $

Female.—-Upperside grass- green, bronzy on the head.
Underside grayish-white. Median rectrices green, lateral
gray at base, then bluish-black, tipped white.

Rather abundant in Guiana and Upper Amazons. I have
put 7. furcatordes as a synonym, as | cannot see in what they

differ.

146. THALURANIA REFULGENS, Gould, P.Z.S., 1852, p.
Refulgent Wood-Nymph, Gould, Mon. Troch., vol. 2, p. 102.
La Thaluranie resplendissante.

Habitat.— Trinidad ?

Male.—Exactly the same as the preceding species, but
slightly larger, especially the tail, which is deeply forked.
Some are brilliant purple, others are purplish-blue. Wing-
coverts metallic purplish-blue.

Total length, 42in. ‘Wing, 24 ‘Tail, 2: Culmen, $:

Female.—Upperside grass-green, bronzy on head. Central
rectrices bronze-green with black tips, lateral pale bronze at
base, then bluish-black, tipped white.

Total length, 38in. Wing, 24 Tail, 13. Culmen, #

Type of female in my collection.

I have received many specimens of this species, said to
come from Trinidad; but | am doubtful about the locality.

147. THALURANIA. NIGROFASCIATA, Gould., P.Z.S., 1846,
p- 89.
Polytmus nigrofasciatus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1., p. 10
Saucerotiza Soe ek ee Reich., Aufz. der Col., fey pay
Coeligena nigrofasciata, Reich., Troch., Enum., 1855, p. 3.
Thalurania tschudiz, Gould, P.Z.S., 1860, p. 312.

C2)

à
rad }
à ’
; a
4
j
|
|
;
'
J nl
oe BA |
\ 1
+ 5
|
À “

4
M ¢
=
CA
(Be
2 j j
[A
21: ;
“ > i

| {
0 | el
7 é À |
“3 j 4
AN CL
c 1 ê II
Oded RA Rss AE
ate, [REC ran À
tré" ; . ny
E heyy,
has + \ ‘vee
MC fi "LE
Gui + C4
‘ aby À pe de
: 4 LE |
1 Ni 1
Le , ae
F4 t + Aa

i
à
.
1
*
-
a
a
ge ti eee

#3
>

}
L
Je &
J
…
+

ANS rr

NAN EU | 4

ed ors ne
k.

e
ET PEL

3 2044 093 289 544

pa
lt
b=!

heheh
a
AMAR

RENE
En

she th
i

=H THE Br
ARR =

els

Mal

< 2

fhe

- ñ-
fe
Gr er

CA
Moats.
Siac
Ma Aa!
=<
Mots!

CR Hs fhe tho A PE Prier

i Ser ee irl
LA
pesant Rt,

A tait
LEE
AA

Notte!
Non (he

MsÂle te
LA

LÉIE base ne see
estetet stot:

ÉRESESTIT Se

Bae a :

:
Exes

oe iii =
É 2 His ne
banane
GE

Ne
sinha

. ete el thet
ARE
CATÉEATÈOR 2e

Res
of " mates

rae
nt.

He!

Won

RAD

Poe

Roth the Motta!

À olay Be itt

Mai)

ret Roue
t ‘ier te ures
rer er a rie MUR
PH These ire
Verte Lane de
ues ch
x ri ye bare
Lu DEEE SEEN et EE
haf . ey a rs
ASE ar Aline

acts

au US

AL TEA fe
CR Meher a
DO

an
*

gehts er ai : $2: ue

: REX qi =e:
3e38: ne à Fire
oo

Fat

=
a

asta fhe

Notettn ss ats “ ; effet Re Me AA Metts [bal
CRAN Monee | LP PL sto EE
i rer Mo ate Aura ofS

Ag Mg
ara

Vente)
LAS

Rolf

ET:
=
=

RENTE
CAE
(LEE te tale
He flo Mole Sethe late fe fl
Ve idtet|c Beit!
TE TE EE

4
g

de)
ie
ite
Vois an Ae

heeled

fh he Ree ee
he

Hat.
ne shehoha

Doha Me Res

Du a

Et
ae
HE

ta
+ a as
ee he
eters
eheiesrex
eaetene ee!
EX =
Stetesaae
Pier ear ae.
LAS = E 25;
§ RER 3
criss STE
eis pret et
ut
Sibeses 32
sue
Rip
is $e
ie
au +

tres

indie
2 2
a si
=

“ay:
=

eS : oe

carat

=
es
= S

fr
PAIE
elas

& si
2
=:
ata

tha’
F4
|

uit
ag)
Etat
atts:

Ne tettalhs thats

an
Mae

MR Ronnie
CHEAP CRE ETAT
Re PME Enr t
scie

sas

Wa La Po Pb
HAE
nas

CRUE

te Us Me (he

sha

Molt he Role M a
tete

à
et

as agi

Lt
HE

ei
th
aie
PLATE

WeMcfhe
fs

a3
ees sais S525 2
ao
ae

fhe}

4
Bethea
Mts (Ve M fell ho
Hii Mdr

3 Peer

eee |

he N:

=
a
aa

ite th

ef: Tet
arin

Naoto hetbetek

the He the!

Hethe fate lie 2
Well

ths =
er He lotte

wae

Detpue à
Ci Watetre fe Hohner

a ha thea Herat

Balke Neteae hah

tate plete!
35 dias

2: Fat See os
23e 24 à HE
Str aparepe Try

242122

Ne Care ee a fh
Anne herbe lle
Le fterthic eet
ALT

the HA 4 Tha Me
MR the ths
FH este PONT EU AL
ghel|

aoe

Heh

ig ha
ME

fle

ñ
ele

$303
ÈS
rt
+

Ed Lith ‘
mee

mails À

Ve ( le
cs
ne

Wonk

rane

PCT HEITOUE
A!) "2 4

eG =U HSA ES IN

AE:

4 -

[UE
t

Mt AS BS

fal ol fh

aca ata

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Humming bird"

See other formats